USCIRF Report Highlights Global Religious Freedom Violations, Urges TrumpAdministration Action

The U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) has released its annual report, identifying the world’s worst violators of religious liberty and urging the new Trump administration to appoint an ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom.

Published on March 25, the 2025 report largely mirrors the findings of the previous year, reflecting continued or worsening conditions in many nations.

“The administration of President Donald J. Trump faces a complex international environment in which to build on its previous success of centering religious freedom as a cornerstone of foreign policy and global leadership,” the report states. “Confirming this commitment to advancing freedom of religion or belief will require calibration and joint action with like-minded governments.”

Calls for Congressional Action

USCIRF’s eight commissioners have urged Congress to prohibit visits from representatives of governments deemed egregious violators of religious freedom.

“Lobbyists paid to represent the interests of governments that kill, torture, imprison, or otherwise persecute their populations because of what religion they practice or what beliefs they hold should not be welcome in the halls of Capitol Hill,” the commission stated.

The report also calls for a successor to Rashad Hussain, whose tenure as ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom ended with the Biden administration. Hussain was recently named a distinguished senior fellow at the Institute for Global Engagement, a think tank promoting religious freedom.

USCIRF Chair Stephen Schneck emphasized the need for a high-level appointee. “I think what’s critical here is an ambassador who has access, not only to Secretary (of State Marco) Rubio, but has access to the White House directly,” Schneck told RNS in an interview. “It needs to be somebody, I think, of that level, given the big uptick in violations of freedom of religion or belief around the world that we’re seeing right now.”

Countries of Particular Concern

USCIRF, an independent bipartisan body reauthorized through September 2026, annually recommends countries for the State Department’s designation as “of particular concern” (CPCs) for committing “systematic, egregious, and ongoing” violations of religious freedom.

The 2025 report calls for the redesignation of 12 countries:

  • Burma
  • China
  • Cuba
  • Eritrea
  • Iran
  • Nicaragua
  • North Korea
  • Pakistan
  • Russia
  • Saudi Arabia
  • Tajikistan
  • Turkmenistan

Additionally, USCIRF recommends adding four more nations to the CPC list:

  • Afghanistan
  • India
  • Nigeria
  • Vietnam

Last year, USCIRF sought similar redesignations and also recommended Azerbaijan’s inclusion. This year, it urges Azerbaijan to remain on the State Department’s special watch list, alongside Algeria.

Further, USCIRF seeks to add several countries to the special watch list, including:

  • Egypt
  • Indonesia
  • Iraq
  • Kazakhstan
  • Kyrgyzstan
  • Malaysia
  • Sri Lanka
  • Syria
  • Turkey
  • Uzbekistan

Rising Concerns Over Religious Liberty

Schneck, who was appointed by President Joe Biden, underscored the lack of progress in improving religious freedom worldwide.

“It’s become much worse in several places, including Iran, Nicaragua, and, frankly, Russia,” he said, attributing the trend to authoritarian regimes and religious nationalism in countries such as Myanmar, India, and Turkey. “We’re not seeing progress. In fact, in most of the countries on this list, we’re seeing regress.”

For the second consecutive year, USCIRF also called for appointing a special envoy for Nigeria and the Lake Chad region, where religious violence has escalated.

Concerns Over Policy Shifts Under Trump

Schneck expressed disappointment that the State Department had not issued its latest designations of religious freedom violators before the Biden administration ended or since Trump returned to office.

While the report acknowledges the Biden administration’s funding of hundreds of millions of dollars in humanitarian aid through USAID—supporting persecuted religious groups like Muslim Rohingya refugees and Syrians—Schneck pointed to a halt in funding under the new administration.

“As I understand, all of the freezes are still in place that affect those USAID programs,” Schneck said. “We’re very hopeful that the new administration will act quickly to resolve some of these situations so that some really needed programs to protect religious freedom on the ground in different parts of the world can be funded appropriately.”

Schneck also raised concerns about refugee protections, warning that recent policy changes could jeopardize asylum seekers fleeing religious persecution.

“We are concerned about anything that makes it more difficult for refugees to flee from religious persecution to find safe haven,” he said.

Push for Legislative Action

USCIRF’s report calls for permanent reauthorization of the commission itself and continued support for the bipartisan Lautenberg Amendment, which facilitates resettlement of religious minorities from Iran and former Soviet states.

Resilience Amid Persecution

The report highlights individuals who have maintained their religious beliefs despite facing discrimination, antisemitism, Islamophobia, and other hostilities.

“One of the most heartening things that we see around the world is the resilience of people to stand up for their faith or their lack of faith, for that matter, their principles,” Schneck said. He praised young Iranians and churchgoers in authoritarian nations but stressed that the broader global situation remains troubling.

“The larger picture doesn’t change,” he said. “We are concerned about what looks like a decaying picture for freedom of religion.”

Elon Musk’s Role in Global Politics Highlights India’s Evolving Economic Model

In April 2024, Elon Musk was scheduled to visit India to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi and announce a multibillion-dollar Tesla factory investment. However, at the last moment, he canceled the trip and instead flew to China. This abrupt change of plans triggered a wave of critical headlines in the Indian media. Even before Musk’s rising influence in a potential second Donald Trump administration, this incident underscored his unique role as a key player in engaging with Asia’s emerging industrial giants.

Musk represents much of what India seeks in its relationship with the United States—significant investment, technological advancements, and now, a direct link to the White House. Conversely, India’s economic structure, where billionaire industrialists maintain close ties with political leaders, provides insight into a shifting U.S. economic landscape. Increasingly, tycoons like Musk serve not just as facilitators of industrial policy but also as intermediaries of political influence.

Over the past few decades, India’s political leadership and its business moguls have formed increasingly strong alliances. Prominent billionaires like Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani lead massive corporate empires with influence extending across nearly every sector of Indian life. Their business dominance has been highly profitable, with both ranking among Asia’s wealthiest individuals. As of mid-March, Ambani and Adani were listed on Forbes’ real-time billionaire rankings with net worths of $92 billion and $57 billion, respectively.

In this environment, accusations of crony capitalism—where business elites and political figures collaborate for mutual benefit—are common. The country’s main opposition leader, Rahul Gandhi, made this a focal point of his campaign in last year’s general election, which Modi won decisively.

However, the nature of government-business relationships in India has evolved since Modi’s rise to power in 2014. In The Billionaire Raj, I detail the period of the 2000s and early 2010s, which was marked by rampant corruption and cronyism. During this time, India had a weak yet personally upright prime minister, Manmohan Singh, who presided over what became known as the “season of scams.” The era was riddled with corruption scandals involving billions of dollars, with allegations spanning various sectors, including telecommunications, coal, and iron ore.

Even then, corruption in India was not a matter of simple bribes in envelopes or suitcases—it was far more sophisticated. Nonetheless, many viewed the situation as spiraling out of control. “Every cabinet minister was a sovereign enterprise,” an observer of Indian business once told me, only slightly exaggerating the extent to which political leaders were implicated in financial scandals.

Under Modi, this dynamic has changed. Like Singh, Modi is known for his personal integrity. Although corruption has not vanished, large-scale scandals have significantly declined. Today, few government ministers would risk embezzlement, fearing repercussions from India’s politically dominant prime minister.

India’s economic model is now increasingly resembling the structured crony capitalism seen in East and Southeast Asia in past decades. For example, Malaysia under Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad in the 1980s and South Korea during President Park Chung-hee’s rule in the 1970s followed a similar pattern. These systems saw select business magnates forging close relationships with political leaders in exchange for constructing crucial infrastructure like airports, telecommunications networks, and buildings.

Under Modi, the role of India’s ultra-rich has become more strategically aligned with political objectives. Politicians collaborate with these billionaires because they can execute large-scale projects swiftly. If these business figures then receive financial or regulatory advantages in other areas as a result of their government connections—much like during India’s previous corruption scandals—that is seen as a justifiable compromise.

Musk’s role in Trump’s administration is unprecedented, spanning high-level politics, industrial policy, and even global diplomacy. No Indian industrialist enjoys Musk’s level of global recognition and influence. However, in a broader sense, the United States and India appear to be converging in their economic models. India’s crony capitalism has become more structured and efficient under Modi, while in the U.S., Trump’s administration is moving in the opposite direction. America’s historical system of open markets and fair competition is being replaced by one in which business leaders aligned with Trump receive special advantages. This shift marks a departure from a rules-based economic framework.

The long-term risks of this billionaire-politician nexus, despite its short-term benefits—such as increased investment and improved infrastructure—are substantial. One major concern is the potential for instability. Trump’s economic approach, which relies on deals with select business leaders, is fragile because it collapses if conflicts arise between him and his favored tycoons. An economic system dependent on seamless cooperation between industrialists and politicians is inherently vulnerable to disagreements and power struggles.

While billionaire entrepreneurs are often portrayed as independent visionaries in the public imagination—akin to characters from an Ayn Rand novel—the reality in autocratic-leaning states tells a different story. Across countries like India, China, and Russia, and increasingly in Trump’s America, business magnates function more as dependents than as power wielders. Despite their wealth, Adani and Ambani remain cautious in their dealings with Modi, much like Jack Ma in China with President Xi Jinping or Russian oligarchs with President Vladimir Putin. Even Musk has been noticeably deferential to Trump in recent interviews, seemingly aware that his privileged position is not guaranteed. Ultimately, in a system where industrialists and political leaders are closely linked, it is the politicians who hold real power.

India’s economic trajectory, however, does offer some reasons for optimism. While its initial phase of crony capitalism was marked by chaos and self-interest, it has gradually shifted toward a more streamlined and less overtly corrupt system. There is hope that a more rules-based economic order may eventually emerge.

Conversely, the United States appears to be moving toward a system rife with favoritism and financial misconduct. Under Trump and Musk, the nation is approaching what could be described as a new era of kleptocracy. The concern is that America’s own “season of scams” may not be far off.

Mayor Eric Adams Engages with Indian Community Leaders in Roundtable Discussion

On Thursday, March 20, 2025, New York City Mayor Eric Adams participated in a roundtable discussion with Indian community leaders to engage in direct dialogue with them and senior members of his administration. The meeting provided a platform for addressing concerns raised by the Indian American community.

The event was attended by representatives from various city agencies, including the Community Affairs Unit, Department of Buildings, Department of Small Business Services, New York City Police Department, Mayor’s Office of Food Policy, Mayor’s Office of Nonprofit Services, Mayor’s Office of Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprises, and the Mayor’s Office of International Affairs.

The primary focus of the meeting was to discuss pressing issues affecting the Indian American community, which has been vocal about its concerns regarding the current administration’s policies and actions.

Addressing the gathering of more than 50 representatives from Indian American organizations, Adams acknowledged the significant contributions of the Indian diaspora in New York City. He recognized that over 220,000 Indians play a vital role in various sectors, strengthening the city’s economy and cultural fabric.

Adams reassured the leaders that his administration was committed to addressing their concerns and fulfilling their requests. “Our administration is laser-focused on not only listening to your concerns on issues like public safety and inclusive food options, but making concrete steps to address them,” he stated.

Community Affairs Unit Commissioner Fred Kreizman facilitated introductions between the community leaders and key figures within the city’s administration. Dilip Chauhan, Deputy Commissioner for Trade, Investment, and Innovation at the Mayor’s Office of International Affairs, affirmed Adams’ dedication to the Indian American community and underscored the importance of collaboration in addressing their issues.

Welcoming everyone to the discussion, Adams expressed gratitude for the ongoing support from the Indian community. He then handed over the floor to Chauhan to continue the conversation.

A community leader who attended the meeting but chose to remain anonymous noted that while attendees were given the opportunity to voice their concerns, the one-hour duration of the meeting was not sufficient for everyone to be heard. The most frequently raised concerns included securing dedicated spaces for community organizations and addressing parking shortages. Additionally, discussions covered the need for vegetarian meal options in hospitals, an issue that has been a longstanding concern for many within the community.

Other topics brought up during the discussion included the availability of community spaces, expansion of the mayor’s Breaking Bread, Building Bonds program, the rise in shoplifting and theft affecting small businesses, the impact of repeat offenders on crime rates, mental health resources, the promotion of religious and cultural harmony, and increasing cultural competency within city agencies.

Community leaders acknowledged Adams’ initiatives to improve public safety and expressed appreciation for his efforts in supporting the Indian American community. They specifically thanked him for declaring Diwali a public school holiday, backing plant-based meal programs, and promoting Indian culture through city-led initiatives.

In response, Adams reassured the leaders of his administration’s dedication to fostering a more inclusive environment for the Indian American community. He emphasized his commitment to working with community partners to secure spaces for Indian organizations, enhancing cultural awareness of Hinduism, Sikhism, and Jainism, and supporting key faith-based events.

“We heard from Indian small business owners, nonprofit founders, and cultural leaders, all of whom work each day to improve our city and strengthen our communities. We are committed to working with them to ensure New York City is the best place to raise a family and thrive,” Adams said.

Senior members of the mayor’s administration provided updates on ongoing initiatives, including expanding the availability of religiously inclusive, plant-based meals in New York City hospitals and increasing support for minority- and women-owned businesses. Adams also assigned specific concerns raised during the meeting to senior officials in his administration, ensuring follow-up and action on the issues discussed.

Beena Kothari Assumes Charge as President of The Association of Indians in America – New York Chapter (AIA-NY)

Beena Kothari, a veteran community leader along with the Executive Committee assumed charge on March 20, 2025 as the President of the Association of Indians in America – New York Chapter (AIA-NY), during a solemn inauguration ceremony. The event was attended by over 150 distinguished guests, including elected officials, AIA founding members, Board of Trustees, past AIA Presidents, community leaders, members, and media partners.

image (8)The oath ceremony commenced with the singing of the American and Indian national anthems by Bina Sabapthy, Jyoti Gupta, and Roopam Maini, followed by a graceful Ganesh Vandana performance by Hamsaasya School of Dance. Harsh Vyas and Jasbir Jay Singh served as emcees for the evening.

President Beena Kothari and other dignitaries delivered inspiring speeches, emphasizing the importance of preserving Indian heritage and culture in the USA while promoting integration with mainstream America.

AIA-NY Executive Committee consists of: President: Beena Kothari; Vice Presidents: Anita Thakkar, Dr. Tarunimage (3) Wasil, Harsh Vyas, Nilima Madaan; Treasurer: Dr. Bal K. Gilja; Secretary: Dr. Sharad Kothari; Members-at-Large: Anju Sharma, Bhavana Sharma, Deepak Bansal, Deepika Modi, Dr. Narendra Lodha, Dr. Sumita Sengupta, Dr. Usha Bansal, Gobind Bathija, Jay Jasbir Singh, Jyoti Gupta, Kiran Reddy, Parvathala, Narinder Kapoor, Navneet Agarwal, Nick Garg, Nutan Roongta, Roopam Maini, Sanju Sharma, Surin Manaktala, Swati Vaishnav, and, Satnam Singh Parhar.

In her inspiring address, President Kothari highlighted the significance of cultural preservation and community engagement. “We represent not only ourselves but also our rich cultural heritage, values, and aspirations. We are the bridge between our Indian roots and our American dreams. Together, let us strive to take AIA to new heights and continue to serve our community with pride and purpose.”

image (4)She also emphasized the importance of youth involvement in AIA activities and fostering young leadership, saying, “We will encourage and induct young leaders who have grown up with our motto of ‘Indian Heritage and American Commitment’ and have great potential to shape the future of AIA.”

AIA- NY Chapter has planned several new initiatives, including, Holi Celebration – March 26th in collaboration with CUNY Asian American Student Board; National AIA Medical Council Awards Gala – May 3rd, at Cipriani 42nd Street, Manhattan; Annual Fundraising Gala for Deepavali – June 1st; Desi Next Youth Programs – (TBD); Fundraiser Dinner for AIA’s Project India – July 20th; and, AIA-NY Iconic Deepavali Festival – October 2025.

Beena Kothari expressed her heartfelt gratitude to past presidents, volunteers, sponsors, and supporters who haveimage (6) played a pivotal role in AIA-NY’s success. The evening concluded with a thank-you note from Treasurer Dr. Bal K. Gilja and Secretary Dr. Sharad Kothari, followed by a celebratory dinner. A special plaque was presented to the outgoing President of AIA-NY, Dr. Jagdish Gupta, in recognition of his service and dedication.

Beena Kothari is a distinguished community leader with a profound impact on the Indian-American community. She has previously served as President of IALI (Indian Association of Long Island), GOPIO-NY, and India Day Parade in Long Island. Through her extensive associations, charitable initiatives, and collaborative relationships, Beena has demonstrated image (2)an unwavering commitment to fostering connections, promoting cultural understanding, and supporting community well-being.

A seasoned professional, Beena has over 20 years of experience in real estate, with a distinguished career at Fortune 500 companies, including JP Morgan Chase, IBM, Sony, and Time Warner, where she served as a Global IT Team Manager.

Embracing the inclusive spirit of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam (The World is One Family), Beena strives to break down barriers and build bridges. She is deeply committed to empowering youth and women, believing in their potential to drive positive change and become future leaders.”My ultimate goal is to contribute meaningfully to the community, spreading love, kindness, and compassion, and making the world a better place for all,” she said.

Amazon MGM Studios Announces Amy Pascal and David Heyman as Producers for Next James Bond Film

Amazon MGM Studios has announced that veteran producers Amy Pascal and David Heyman will lead production on the next James Bond film—the first under Amazon’s creative control since acquiring the franchise’s parent studio in 2022.

Pascal, known for producing the latest Spider-Man films starring Tom Holland, and Heyman, who produced all eight Harry Potter movies, bring extensive blockbuster experience to the Bond series. Courtenay Valenti, head of film at Amazon MGM Studios, praised the duo in a statement Tuesday, calling them “two of the most accomplished, experienced, and respected film producers in our industry.”

In a joint statement, Pascal and Heyman described 007 as “one of the most iconic characters in the history of cinema,” adding, “We are humbled to follow in the footsteps of Barbara Broccoli and Michael Wilson, who made so many extraordinary films, and we are honoured and excited to keep the spirit of Bond very much alive as he embarks on his next adventure.”

The transition marks a major shift in the Bond franchise, which has been overseen by Broccoli and Wilson since the 1990s. Their departure, announced in February, ended decades of family stewardship that began with Albert “Cubby” Broccoli, who launched the first Bond film in 1962.

Next Bond Actor Still Undecided

The new producing team and Amazon now face the critical decision of choosing the next actor to play James Bond following Daniel Craig’s departure after No Time to Die (2021). Speculation has been rampant, with actors James Norton, Aaron Taylor-Johnson, and Theo James among the bookmakers’ favorites. However, there is no confirmed timeline for the next film’s release or casting decisions.

Amazon founder Jeff Bezos fueled speculation last month by asking his followers on X, “Who’d you pick as the next Bond?”

While preparing for Bond’s next chapter, Pascal and Heyman remain busy with other major projects. Pascal recently produced Challengers, starring Zendaya, and was behind the Spider-Verse film series. Heyman, meanwhile, is working on the Harry Potter television reboot and Taika Waititi’s adaptation of Klara and the Sun, starring Jenna Ortega and Amy Adams.

Despite the uncertainty surrounding Bond’s next iteration, Valenti expressed confidence in the new team, stating, “We are honored to be working with them on James Bond’s next chapter and are excited to deliver to global audiences storytelling that upholds the impeccable legacy of this beloved character.”

The Future of Western Security: Can Europe Step Up as the U.S. Steps Back?

The security landscape of the Western world faces its gravest challenge since the end of World War II, and this shift is likely to be long-term. As one expert notes, “Trumpism will outlast his presidency.” With the U.S. taking a step back, the pressing question is which nations are prepared to assume a leadership role.

In February 1947, at 9:00 AM, Lord Inverchapel, the British ambassador to Washington, entered the U.S. State Department with two critical diplomatic messages printed on blue paper—one concerning Greece and the other Turkey. Britain, financially drained and deeply indebted to the U.S., declared it could no longer support Greek government forces battling a Communist insurgency. Simultaneously, Britain was withdrawing from Palestine and India and reducing its presence in Egypt.

Recognizing the threat of Soviet influence expanding into Greece and potentially Turkey, the U.S. swiftly responded. President Harry Truman proclaimed, “It must be a policy of the United States to support free peoples who are resisting attempted subjugation by armed minorities or by outside pressure.” This policy, known as the Truman Doctrine, cemented the idea that defending democracy abroad aligned with U.S. national interests.

Following this shift, the U.S. launched the Marshall Plan to rebuild European economies and helped establish NATO in 1949 to counter Soviet expansion. This period marked the definitive transfer of Western leadership from Britain to the United States. With its vast economic and military power, the U.S. emerged as the dominant force shaping the post-war world.

For decades, the U.S. played a central role in maintaining global security, but now, the fundamental assumptions behind its foreign policy are being questioned. Donald Trump is the first post-World War II president to challenge America’s global commitments. His stance has created uncertainty about the existing world order and left many wondering what the new one will look like.

A Challenge to the Truman Legacy

Trump’s skepticism of America’s international obligations is not new. Nearly 40 years ago, he placed full-page ads in U.S. newspapers criticizing the country’s military commitments. In 1987, he wrote, “For decades, Japan and other nations have been taking advantage of the United States. Why are these nations not paying the United States for the human lives and billions of dollars we are losing to protect their interests? The world is laughing at America’s politicians as we protect ships we don’t own, carrying oil we don’t need, destined for allies who won’t help.”

This sentiment has persisted into his second term. Recently leaked messages on airstrikes against Yemen’s Houthis revealed administration officials expressing frustration over European reliance on U.S. military action. A message attributed to Vice President J.D. Vance read, “I just hate bailing Europe out again.” In response, another, reportedly from Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, stated, “VP: I fully share your loathing of European free-loading. It’s PATHETIC.”

Trump has gone further by embracing Russian President Vladimir Putin. Early in his second term, he informed Russia that Ukraine would not be allowed NATO membership and that he did not expect Ukraine to regain lost territories. Many critics saw this as a strategic blunder, surrendering leverage without securing anything in return.

Some Trump supporters view Putin as an ally in the ideological battle against liberal values, reinforcing the notion that U.S. foreign policy is increasingly shaped by domestic culture wars. Ed Arnold, a senior research fellow at the Royal United Services Institute, warns, “The US is becoming divorced from European values. That’s difficult [for Europeans] to swallow because it means that it’s structural, cultural, and potentially long-term. I think the current trajectory of the US will outlast Trump, as a person. I think Trumpism will outlast his presidency.”

NATO’s Article 5 “On Life Support”

Trump’s administration has signaled that the U.S. will no longer be the primary guarantor of European security, insisting that European nations must take responsibility for their own defense. Earlier this month, Trump stated, “If [NATO countries] don’t pay, I’m not going to defend them. No, I’m not going to defend them.”

For nearly 80 years, NATO’s Article 5—stating that an attack on one member is an attack on all—has been the bedrock of European security. While UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer expressed confidence in the U.S. commitment to NATO, others remain skeptical.

Ben Wallace, former UK defense secretary, warned, “I think Article 5 is on life support. If Europe, including the United Kingdom, doesn’t step up to the plate, invest a lot on defense, and take it seriously, it’s potentially the end of the NATO that we know and it’ll be the end of Article 5. Right now, I wouldn’t bet my house that Article 5 would be able to be triggered in the event of a Russian attack… I certainly wouldn’t take for granted that the United States would ride to the rescue.”

Public perception reflects this shift. A French poll by Institut Elabe found that nearly three-quarters of respondents do not consider the U.S. an ally of France. Majorities in traditionally pro-American nations like the UK and Denmark also hold unfavorable views of the U.S. Robert Kagan, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institute, argues, “The damage Trump has done to NATO is probably irreparable. The alliance relied on an American guarantee that is no longer reliable, to say the least.”

Is the West Fragmenting?

For Russian President Putin, these developments play into his strategy of destabilizing Europe. After Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky’s unsuccessful meeting with Trump, a Kremlin spokesperson declared, “The fragmentation of the West has begun.”

Armida van Rij of Chatham House echoes this concern: “Russia’s objectives are to destabilize Europe. It is to weaken NATO and get the Americans to withdraw their troops from here. And at the moment, you could go ‘tick, tick, and almost tick.'”

Meanwhile, European defense spending has dwindled. The UK, for example, has cut its military budget by nearly 70% since the Cold War peak. Wallace laments, “We had a big budget [during the Cold War] and we took a peace dividend… The problem is we went from a peace dividend to corporate raiding. [Defense] just became the go-to department to take money from. And that is where we just forgot the lessons of our history.”

Germany’s Chancellor-in-waiting, Friedrich Merz, has called for a Europe independent of the U.S. But building an autonomous European military-industrial complex remains a complex challenge. Ian Bond of the Centre for European Reform notes, “The further west you go, the more problematic it becomes until you get to Spain and Italy.”

A New World Order?

Historian Timothy Garton Ash identifies key military assets that only the U.S. currently provides: “The satellites, the intelligence, the Patriot air defense batteries, which are the only ones that can take down Russian ballistic missiles.” He argues that within five years, Europe should develop its own capabilities to replace U.S. support.

Van Rij acknowledges that while European defense autonomy is necessary, “what’s really difficult are the divisions within Europe on how to actually do this and whether to actually do this.”

Trump’s vision appears to favor a world where major powers dictate terms to weaker nations, akin to the spheres of influence system of the Cold War era. The uncertainty surrounding U.S. commitments has left Europe facing a pivotal decision: unite, invest in defense, and maintain independence—or risk becoming subordinate to larger global powers.

India to Welcome Three New Airlines in 2025: Air Kerala, Alhind Air, and Shankh Air Set for Takeoff

India’s aviation industry is set for a major shift in 2025 with the launch of three new airlines: Air Kerala, Alhind Air, and Shankh Air. This expansion will mark the end of Akasa Air’s reign as the youngest airline in India, having launched in December 2021.

New Airlines Poised to Transform Indian Aviation

Despite India having 12 active passenger airlines, the market is dominated by just two major carriers, which account for over 90% of passenger traffic. The arrival of these three new airlines aims to bring greater competition and accessibility to Indian travelers.

All three airlines were founded in 2024 and have received no objection certificates (NOCs) from the Ministry of Civil Aviation. They are now awaiting their air operator certificates (AOCs) from the Director General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) before officially launching operations.

Shankh Air: Uttar Pradesh’s First Full-Service Airline

Among the three, Shankh Air will become Uttar Pradesh’s first scheduled full-service airline. It will operate from the soon-to-be-inaugurated Noida Jewar International Airport.

  • Initial funding: $50 million
  • Additional pledge: $200 million from its parent company
  • Aircraft acquisition: Leasing its first narrow-body aircraft by March-end

Shankh Air plans to initially connect major cities within Uttar Pradesh and key metro destinations across India. The airline has also set its sights on international expansion by 2027.

Air Kerala: India’s First Ultra-Low-Cost Carrier

Air Kerala is set to become India’s first ultra-low-cost carrier (ULCC), offering affordable travel options.

  • Focus: Connecting Kerala’s smaller cities with major hubs before expanding internationally in 2026
  • Fleet: Three ATR 72-600aircraft
  • Ownership: Initially conceived by the Kerala government in 2005, but now being launched by UAE-based entrepreneurs under Zettfly Aviation Pvt. Ltd.

Alhind Air: A Regional Commuter Airline from Kerala

Alhind Air, founded by the Calicut-based Alhind Group, will operate as a regional commuter airline.

  • Base:Cochin International Airport
  • Fleet:ATR 72-600aircraft
  • Expansion Plans: Aiming for international routes, especially to Gulf countries, within two years of launch

A Competitive Boost for Indian Aviation

The entry of these three airlines is expected to enhance competition, increase connectivity, and bring more affordable travel options for passengers. As they prepare for takeoff, they are likely to reshape the Indian aviation landscape and challenge the dominance of existing major carriers.

GOPIO International will Recognize Eight at its 36th Anniversary Convention in Brisbane Australia 

The Global Organization of People of Indian Origin (GOPIO) will recognize five individuals in professional and business achievement and three individuals for community service. at its Convention 2025 celebrating its 36th Anniversary on March 28th to 30th at Brisbane Marriott in Brisbane, Queensland, Australia. They will be honored at the Finale Awards Banquet of the convention on March 29th.

Dignitaries at the conference inauguration include Queensland Premier David Crisafulli, Lord Mayor Adrian Schrinner of Brisbane, India’s Consul General Neetu M. Bhagotia. They will be welcomed at the event by GOPIO Chairman Dr. Thomas Abraham, President Prakash Shah, Executive Vice President Umesh Chandra who also serves as the Convener of the Convention and Vice President Kewal Kanda.

Dignitaries and Senior GOPIO Officials to be at the Convention
Dignitaries and Senior GOPIO officials to be present at the convention, from l. to r. Premier David Crisafulli, Lord Mayor Adrian Schrinner, Consul General Neetu M. Bhagotia, Dr. Thomas Abraham, Prakash ?Shah, Umnesh Chandra and Kewal Kanda

The awardees in the professional categories are Queensland University Chancellor Peter Varghese who earlier served as Australian High Commissioner to India and Malaysia in Public Service; Springfield City Group (Brisbane, Australia) Founder and Chairman Maha Sinnathamby for Achievement in Entrepreneurship; Sabinsa Corp. (East Windsor, New Jersey, USA) Global CEO  Shaheen Majeed for Achievement in Business; Prof. Prasad KDV Yarlagadda, Dean (Academic) of School of Engineering, University of Southern Queensland (Brisbane, Australia) for Engineering and Applied Sciences; Rohit Vyas, International Broadcast Journalist and Documentary Filmmaker (New Jersey, USA) for Media Achievement

GOPIO's Professional Achievement Awardees 2025
GOPIO’s Professional Achievement Awardees 2025, from l. to r.: Peter Varghese, Maha Sinnathamby, Shaheen Majeed, Prof. Prasad Yarlagadda and Rohi Vyas

Three individuals are also recognized for their service to the Diaspora community. They are Mrs. Archana Singh, Former Honorary Consul of India (Brisbane, Australia); Prof. Rajasekhar Vangapaty, Advisor to Fashion Institute of Technology (New York, USA) who serves as GOPIO-Manhattan Executive Vice President and as official of India Home and several other charitable organizations in the USA and India; and Mr. Harmohan Singh Walia (Sydney, Australia);  Founder of GOPIO-Sydney Northwest, served as President and in other capacities, former International Coordinator for GOOPIO Oceania Region.

GOPIO's Community Service Awardees 2025
GOPIO Community Service Awardees, from l. to r.: Archana Singh, Prof. Raj Vangapaty and Harmohan Singh Walia

The Convention theme is “The Indian Diaspora’s Role in Shaping Future Technologies.” The convention will start with a welcome reception/dinner inauguration on Friday, March 28th. There are eight conference sessions on Saturday March 29th. Discussion topics are Artificial Intelligence (AI), Quantum Computing and Internet of Things (IoT); Nanotechnology, Advanced Materials and Electronic/Photonic Devices; Pharmaceutical, Food Supplements and Biomedical Innovations; and Energy Generation and Storage Devices.

A second track of conference sessions will cover NRIs and PIOs Working Closer to Achieve Common Goals; Diaspora Women and their Growing Contributions in Various Sectors; and Diaspora Youth & Young Achievers: The role they can play in the Diaspora Movement. The last session will be plenary session “GOPIO Chamber of Commerce and Industry and the Worldwide Networking of the Diaspora Businesses and SMEs in India.’

There will be entertainment after the welcome dinner on Friday and again after the Award Ceremony on Saturday evening.

.Founded in 1989, GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and chapter delegates from over 100 chapters in 36 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike. GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora, the countries they live in and India.

GOPIO logo is a trademark registered under the US Patent and Trademark Office.

PROFESSIONAL ACHIEVEMENT AWARDEES FOR 2024

Public Service – Peter Varghese, Chancellor Queensland University and former Australian Ambassador to Malaysia and India, Brisbane, Australia

image005 (1)Mr. Peter Varghese has served as Chancellor of The University of Queensland since 2016. A distinguished public servant, he has served as Secretary of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, High Commissioner to India and Malaysia, and Director-General of the Office of National Assessments, Australia’s peak intelligence agency. He is also the author of the 2018 India Economic Strategy to 2035, commissioned by the then Australian Prime Minister. Mr. Varghese received an Honorary Doctorate of Letters in 2013 from The University of Queensland. He sits on the boards of CARE Australia and North Queensland Airports, chairs Asialink’s advisory council, and sits on the governing board of the Rajaratnam School of International Studies.

Achievement in Entrepreneurship – Maha Sinnathambi, Founder and Chairman, Springfield City Group, Brisbane, Australia

Mr. Maha Sinnathamby, Chairman, Springfield City Group is the visionary founder of Greater Springfield,image006 (1) Australia’s fastest emerging new city.  In 2010 he was recognized as the World’s Best Master Community Planner by the International Real Estate Federation. An iconic entrepreneur, he was declared as one of Queensland, Australia’s 50 greatest thinkers of all time, by Newscorp in 2014. Maha, supported by three levels of Government and private capital, has invested nearly $12 billion dollars in Greater Springfield’s infrastructure and construction. His city-building project grows by $600 million annually, while contributing social and economic value to the Queensland and Australian economies.

Achievement in Business – Shaheen Majeed, Global CEO & Managing Director, Sabinsa Corp., Est Windsor, New Jersey, USA

image007Mr. Shaheen Majeed, Shaheen has held diverse roles, including sales, supply chain management, manufacturing, regulatory compliance, and global marketing. His innovative global strategies have expanded the company’s reach across multiple continents. For three decades, he has shaped Sabinsa into a global leader in healthcare ingredients. Some achievements include ensuring the company’s adherence to quality manufacturing and regulatory standards, guiding numerous clinical studies, and launching products that are category leaders. He holds 75 US & International patents and has authored over 40 peer-reviewed publications, showcasing his dedication to advancing scientific research and product innovation.

Engineering and Applied Sciences – Prof. Prasad KDV Yarlagadda, Dean (Academic) of School of Engineering, University of Southern Queensland, Brisbane, Australia

Prof. Prasad KDV Yarlagadda worked in industry and university over 40 years in number of countries.  He isimage008 (1) currently Dean, Engineering at University of Southern Queensland.  He is an outstanding researcher with global recognition in the field of Bio-Manufacturing.  His track record of 700 publications, 62 Ph.D successful supervisions,  $20M research funding and number of awards including Order of Australia Medal (OAM) and Researcher of the Year in 2020 are true reflection of  his accomplishments.  In addition to number of Presidential roles in various community organisations, he served as Chairperson, Science and Technology Council, GOPIO International for a decade.

Media Achievement – Rohit Vyas, International Broadcast Journalist and Documentary Filmmaker, New Jersey, USA

image009Mr. Rohit Vyas is currently the longest serving broadcast and print journalist of Indian origin in the United States. His nearly five decades long career has focused on the Indian Diaspora community worldwide as well as international affairs and global diplomacy. Most recently he was the News Director, Principal News Anchor and Senior Vice President of TV ASIA (USA).  He is now also an acclaimed documentary filmmaker.

 

GOPIO COMMUNITY SERVICE AWARDEES FOR 2024

Mrs. Archana Singh, Former Honorary Consul of India, Brisbane, Australia

Mrs Archana Singh, former Honorary Consul of India in Queensland (2011-2024) to be conferred with thearchana singh GOPIO Community Service Award, 2025. She has served the Indian Diaspora and the Indian High Commission with commitment and passion, winning the trust and confidence of the community and building strong connections with government and non-government stakeholders.

 

Prof. Rajasekhar Vangapaty, GOPIO-Manhattan Executive VP and official of India Home and several other charitable and service organizations in the USA and India

Prof. Rajasekhar R. Vangapaty, an academic advisor and professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology,image011 SUNY, has over four decades of global higher education experience at various universities and colleges, focusing on domestic and international student success, mentorship, and community empowerment. As Executive Vice President of GOPIO Manhattan, he leads community service programs in the U.S. and India, supporting Indian students in the US and training hundreds of teachers and women in leadership, technology, spoken English, and fashion design skills.

Harmohan Singh Walia, Founder and Former President, GOPIO-Sydney Northwest, and Former Intl. Coordinator for GOPIO Oceania Region

image012Harmohan Singh Walia is an engineer, politician, radio news-reader, poet, author, community leader, Olympic torch-bearer and now voluntary community photographer, who bring smile on people’s faces. Has covered over 5000 community events in the last 15 years with free photography. Served the Indian Diaspora community as Founder and President of GOPIO-Sydney Northwest Chapter and GOPIO International Coordinator for Oceania Region.

 

image013

White House Criticizes India’s 150% Tariff on American Alcohol, Calls for Fair Trade

The White House on Tuesday addressed the tariffs imposed by various countries on U.S. goods, specifically highlighting India’s 150% tariff on American alcohol and 100% tariff on agricultural products.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt emphasized that U.S. President Donald Trump is committed to fair trade and reciprocity. She also criticized Canada, accusing the country of “ripping off” the U.S. for decades.

“The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades,” Leavitt said during a press briefing. “If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.”

Leavitt also pointed to high tariffs imposed by India and Japan on U.S. goods, underscoring Trump’s commitment to protecting American businesses and workers.

“In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada—nearly 300% tariff on American cheese and butter. You look at India—150% tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100% tariff on agricultural products from India,” she stated.

Trump has frequently expressed concerns about international trade practices, recently suggesting the possibility of increasing tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He has cited border control and fentanyl trafficking as additional reasons for imposing tariffs on these countries.

On March 7, Trump temporarily delayed certain tariffs on Mexico and Canada before their scheduled implementation on April 2, following discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum. However, he maintained his criticism of Canada’s tariff policies.

Regarding India, Trump has previously complained about difficulties in trading with the country due to its high tariff rates. He recently stated that India has agreed to lower tariffs, attributing this to increased scrutiny of its trade policies.

Indian American Community Bids Farewell to Deputy Consul General Dr. Varun Jeph

The Indian American community of the tri-state area gathered on the evening of March 20 to bid farewell to Dr. Varun Jeph, Deputy Consul General of India in New York, as he concluded his diplomatic tenure. The farewell reception, held at the Moghul Ballroom in Edison, New Jersey, saw the participation of over 200 members of the Indian American community.

Honoring Dr. Jeph’s Contributions

The evening’s program began with a viewing of Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s podcast interview with Lex Fridman, which continued even after Dr. Jeph’s arrival.

During the formal farewell ceremony, speakers highlighted Dr. Jeph’s achievements and milestones, particularly his adept handling of complex diplomatic situations and his deep engagement with the Indian diaspora.

Ankur Vaidya, Chairman of the Federation of Indian Associations (FIA), praised Dr. Jeph’s deep understanding of the community.

“He is our man who knows the community like the back of his hand. His experience in navigating complex situations has been invaluable,” Vaidya remarked, emphasizing his role in strengthening the India-diaspora relationship.

FIA President Saurin Parikh commended Dr. Jeph’s management skills, attention to detail, and ability to unify Indian American organizations. He noted that Dr. Jeph had played a significant role in fostering cohesion among various community groups.

Several prominent community leaders, including Anil Dosa, Kenny Desai, Sreekanth Akkapalli, Dr. Sudhir Parikh, and Mohammad Farooqi, also extended their best wishes.

Dr. Parikh described Dr. Jeph as approachable, trustworthy, and deeply knowledgeable about Indian culture and tradition.

A Night of Memories and Reflections

A special tribute video honoring Dr. Jeph’s service was played during the event.

In his farewell speech, Dr. Jeph reminisced about his arrival in New York during Cyclone Ida, which had left the city flooded. He described his tenure as “remarkable”, expressing the privilege of serving the largest Indian American diaspora community.

He recalled memorable moments, including how community members gathered at 2-3 AM to listen to PM Modi’s “Mann Ki Baat” addresses and cultural celebrations like “Dance Pe Chance.”

Dr. Jeph thanked FIA and other organizations for showcasingunity away from home, which, he said, made his diplomatic work more effective. He also shared fond memories of events like the India Day Parade and the Unity March organized by Kenny Desai.

Before concluding, Dr. Jeph made a heartfelt appeal to support the approximately 300,000 Indian students in the U.S., underscoring the consulate’s commitment to assisting every Indian. He assured the community of his continued availability for anyone visiting Delhi and expressed gratitude to his wife and various organizations for their support throughout his tenure.

Community Organizations in Attendance

The farewell was attended by representatives from numerousIndian American organizations, including:

  • TAK Group
  • Bansal Foundation
  • TV9
  • Parikh Worldwide Media
  • TV Asia
  • Print Early
  • BJANA
  • Siddhivinayak Temple
  • MOCCAPI
  • Brahman Samaj of USA
  • Namaste Global
  • Maheshwari Mahasabha of North America
  • SKN Foundation
  • Rajasthani Organisation of American Residents (ROAR)

Also in attendance were Pallavi Jeph, Vishal J. Harsh, and Priti Ray-Patel, who delivered the vote of thanks, bringing the memorable evening to a close.

U.S. Happiness Declines to Record Low, Driven by Young Adults’ Well-Being Crisis

The United States has hit a new low in the World Happiness Report’s annual ranking, dropping to No. 24, the worst position in the report’s 13-year history. Last year, the U.S. fell out of the top 20 for the first time, sliding from No. 15 to No. 23. The ranking, based on how residents across more than 140 countries rate their quality of life, highlights a troubling trend: a significant decline in well-being among young Americans.

“That gradual decline in well-being in the United States is, if you start digging into it, especially driven by people that are below 30,” says Jan-Emmanuel De Neve, a professor of economics at the University of Oxford and editor of the World Happiness Report. “Life satisfaction of young people in the U.S. has declined.”

If only Americans under 30 were assessed, the U.S. would not even rank in the top 60 happiest countries, the report finds. This demographic trend has played a major role in the country’s consistent drop in rankings.

The Growing Happiness Gap

The U.S.’s overall decline is largely explained by increasing inequality, especially in comparison to the Nordic nations that continue to dominate the rankings. Finland remains the world’s happiest country at No. 1, followed by Denmark (No. 2) and Iceland (No. 3).

“In these Nordic Scandinavian countries, a rising tide lifts all boats, so the levels of economic inequality are much less, and that reflects in well-being as well,” De Neve explains. “In Finland, most people will rate their happiness as a seven or an eight. But in the U.S., there are a lot of 10s and a lot of ones—a much wider gap.”

Loneliness and Declining Social Support

One of the key findings of this year’s report is the strength of social support and how much people trust others, both critical predictors of happiness. In 2023, nearly one in five young adults in the U.S. reported having no one they could count on for support.

Another indicator of rising social isolation is the 53% increase in people dining alone since 2003. This year’s report included data on shared meals across a week, which researchers found correlated with higher well-being.

“You see an extraordinary increase in dining alone over the past two decades in the U.S.,” says De Neve, noting how this deepens social mistrust. “People are increasingly on their own, isolated. Their political thinking, their theories around life and society, are no longer tested by others … In our echo chambers, we develop these notions that others are to be distrusted.”

Mistrust and Social Fragmentation

The researchers also tracked trust levels by asking participants whether they believed a lost wallet would be returned. Compared to Nordic countries, Americans were far more likely to assume it would not be.

“It requires that strangers are to be trusted, that they will go beyond the call of duty and be kind,” says De Neve. “That single item of the wallet drop is very powerful.”

The Future of Happiness in the U.S.

The continuous decline in the U.S.’s happiness ranking, particularly among young people, suggests a deepening crisis of social isolation, inequality, and mistrust. Experts stress the importance of social connections and community engagement in reversing this trend.

With the U.S. slipping further down the rankings, researchers warn that without intervention, the country may continue to fall behind in global happiness.

Greenland Condemns U.S. Visits Amid Trump’s Takeover Talk

Greenland’s political leaders have strongly criticized upcoming high-profile U.S. visits following President Donald Trump’s renewed remarks about taking over the island.

Second Lady Usha Vance is set to visit Greenland this week for a cultural tour, while National Security Adviser Mike Waltz is also expected to travel there with Energy Secretary Chris Wright. However, outgoing Greenlandic Prime Minister Mute Egede has described the visits as aggressive and noted that neither official was invited for meetings. Jens-Frederik Nielsen, the likely next leader of Greenland, accused the U.S. of showing disrespect toward the island’s population.

U.S. Interest in Greenland

Greenland, the world’s largest island, has been under Danish control for about 300 years. While it manages its domestic affairs, foreign and defense policies remain under Copenhagen’s authority. The U.S. has long maintained a strategic interest in Greenland and has operated a military base on the island since World War II. Trump has also expressed interest in Greenland’s rare earth minerals, and his son, Donald Trump Jr., visited the island before his father’s inauguration in January.

Announcing Vance’s visit, the White House stated that she would attend Greenland’s national dogsled race, the Avannaata Qimussersu, and visit historical sites to “celebrate Greenlandic culture and unity.” Meanwhile, Waltz’s trip was confirmed by a source speaking to CBS News, with reports suggesting he would arrive before Vance.

Egede viewed Waltz’s visit as a deliberate provocation. “What is the security adviser doing in Greenland? The only purpose is to show a demonstration of power to us,” he told Greenlandic newspaper Sermitsiaq. Nielsen echoed these concerns, saying the visits demonstrated a lack of respect for Greenlanders.

Trump’s Push for U.S. Control

The tensions follow Trump’s recent remarks about Greenland’s future. In a conversation with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte earlier this month, Trump implied that he might pursue U.S. control over Greenland with NATO’s backing. “You know, Mark, we need that for international security… we have a lot of our favorite players cruising around the coast, and we have to be careful,” he said. “We’ll be talking to you.” When asked about the possibility of annexation, Trump responded, “I think that will happen.”

Greenland’s political parties swiftly condemned Trump’s statements, calling them “unacceptable behavior.” The issue became central to Greenland’s recent elections, in which Egede’s governing Inuit Ataqatigiit party lost unexpectedly to Nielsen’s Democratic party, which advocates for gradual independence from Denmark.

In a speech to the U.S. Congress earlier this month, Trump claimed he supported Greenland’s right to self-determination, stating, “If you choose, we welcome you into the United States of America.” However, polls show that while nearly 80% of Greenlanders favor independence from Denmark, an even larger majority opposes becoming part of the U.S.

Kanneganti Brahmanandam: India’s Richest Comedian with a ₹500 Crore Net Worth

When discussing India’s most popular comedians, names like Johnny Lever, Vir Das, Kapil Sharma, Bharti Singh, and Zakir Khan often come to mind. Over the years, comedy has evolved into a highly lucrative industry in India, with stand-up comics, television stars, and film comedians earning in crores. Shows like The Great Indian Kapil Show and Comicstaan have propelled many comedians to national fame.

But who holds the title of India’s richest comedian?

India’s Wealthiest Comedian

According to reports, the richest comedian in India is Kanneganti Brahmanandam, best known for his extensive work in Telugu cinema. News24 states that Brahmanandam’s estimated net worth is a staggering ₹505 crore ($60 million), while India.com and Siasat estimate it to be around ₹490 crore. This places him well ahead of other top comedians like Kapil Sharma and Johnny Lever.

Early Life and Education

Brahmanandam was born on February 1, 1956, in the Guntur district of Andhra Pradesh, India. A native of Muppala village near Sattenapalli, he pursued a Master’s degree in Telugu (MA) before embarking on his film career. Prior to entering the entertainment industry, he worked as a Lecturer in Telugu, IMDb reports.

Career Breakthrough and Rise to Fame

Brahmanandam’s journey into films began when renowned filmmaker Jandhyala introduced him to the silver screen with a role in Chantabbai (1986). However, his major breakthrough came in 1987 with D. Rama Naidu’s film Aha Naa Pellanta, which cemented his status as a leading comedian in Telugu cinema.

His career has since spanned over three decades, with more than 1,000 films to his name. Recognized as one of the greatest comedians in Indian cinema, he has received prestigious honors, including the Padma Shri, one of India’s highest civilian awards.

Guinness World Record Holder

Brahmanandam’s contributions to cinema have been widely recognized. In 2010, he won the Guinness World Record for the “Most screen credits for a living actor,” having appeared in an unparalleled number of films.

Recent Work

Even after decades in the industry, Brahmanandam remains active in Telugu cinema. His recent role in “Kalki 2898 AD” continues to showcase his comedic brilliance.

With a net worth surpassing ₹500 crore, Brahmanandam stands as India’s wealthiest comedian, proving that comedy is not just an art but also an immensely profitable profession in Indian entertainment.

Mohanlal’s “L2: Empuraan” Becomes First Malayalam Film to Release in IMAX

Malayalam superstar Mohanlal has announced that his highly anticipated action film “L2: Empuraan” will be the first-ever Malayalam film to release in IMAX.

Sharing the film’s poster on Instagram, the actor expressed his excitement, stating,

“It gives us immense pride to announce that #L2E #Empuraan will be the first ever film from the Malayalam cinema industry to release on IMAX. We hope this is the beginning of a long and illustrious association between IMAX and Malayalam Cinema. Watch the spectacle unfold on IMAX screens across the world in selected markets from 27/03/2025! Malayalam | Tamil | Hindi | Telugu | Kannada #March27.”

Mohanlal has been actively promoting the film on social media, sharing behind-the-scenes glimpses, updates, and posters, further building anticipation for its release.

Rajinikanth First to Watch the Trailer

On March 18, director Prithviraj Sukumaran revealed that Tamil superstar Rajinikanth was the first to watch the trailer of “L2: Empuraan.” In a heartfelt post on X (formerly Twitter), he shared a picture with Rajinikanth and wrote,

“The very first person to watch the trailer of #L2E #EMPURAAN. I will forever cherish what you said after watching it, Sir! This meant the world to me! Fanboy forever! @rajinikanth #OGSuperstar.”

Censor Board Clearance and Release Date

The Censor Board has officially cleared “L2: Empuraan” for release with a UA 16+ rating. The film’s certified length is 179.52 meters.

The film is a highly anticipatedsequel to “Lucifer,” which was a blockbuster hit. The political action thriller will also see Prithviraj reprising his role as Zayed Masood, a mercenary commando who leads the notorious Kureshi-Ab’ram nexus, continuing his impactful character from the first film.

“L2: Empuraan” is set to hit screens worldwide on March 27, 2025.

UN Reports Record 9,000 Migrant Deaths in 2024 Amid Rising Border Crossings

Nearly 9,000 people died last year attempting to cross borders, marking the highest toll recorded in five consecutive years, according to the United Nations agency for migration. The International Organization for Migration (IOM) reported 8,938 migrant deaths in 2024, a figure likely underestimated due to unreported cases.

“The rise of deaths is terrible in and of itself, but the fact that thousands remained unidentified each year is even more tragic,” said Julia Black, coordinator of the IOM’s Missing Migrants Project.

The IOM’s deputy director general for operations, Ugochi Daniels, emphasized the need for a global approach to prevent further tragedies. “Behind every number is a human being, someone for whom the loss is devastating,” he said.

Asia recorded the highest number of migrant deaths at 2,788, followed by the Mediterranean Sea (2,452) and Africa (2,242). In the Americas, at least 1,233 fatalities were documented, including 341 in the Caribbean. Europe reported 233 migrant deaths, while the dangerous Darien Gap between Colombia and Panama set a new record with 174 fatalities.

The grim milestone comes as the IOM faces severe funding shortages. The agency recently announced cuts to essential migrant aid programs due to reductions in U.S. assistance, affecting millions of displaced people worldwide.

Indie Film Festival Awards Announces Nominations for Best Films of 2024

The Indie Film Festival Awards (IFFA), a non-profit organization, has announced its nominations for the best films of 2024 from both Hollywood and Bollywood. The festival, set to take place from June 2-5, 2025, at Quad Cinema in New York City, aims to celebrate the brilliance and creativity of independent filmmakers worldwide, according to a press release on March 19.

More than 100 films are participating in the festival, which also serves as a global platform for filmmakers through its streaming service, Indie Films World.

Hollywood Nominations

The Hollywood category highlights extraordinary performances and cinematic achievements:

Best Actor – Male

  • Dennis Quaid – The Substance
  • Andrew Garfield – We Live in Time
  • Chris Hemsworth – Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
  • Mo Chara – Kneecap
  • Besir Zeciri – The Girl with the Needle

Best Actor – Female

  • Demi Moore – The Substance
  • Anya Taylor-Joy – Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
  • Vic Carmen Sonne – The Girl with the Needle
  • Florence Pugh – We Live in Time
  • Nell Tiger Free – The First Omen

Best Film

  • Dune: Part Two
  • The Brutalist
  • Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
  • The Substance
  • Torn

Best Director

  • George Miller – Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
  • Coralie Fargeat – The Substance
  • Luca Guadagnino – Challengers
  • Rich Peppiatt – Kneecap
  • Arkasha Stevenson – The First Omen

Bollywood Nominations

The Bollywood category showcasesIndia’s diverse and evolving independent film industry:

Best Actor – Male

  • Akshay Kumar – Sarfira
  • Ajay Devgn – Maidan
  • Kartik Aaryan – Chandu Champion
  • Rajkumar Rao – Srikanth
  • Vikrant Massey – The Sabarmati Exp

Best Actor – Female

  • Alia Bhatt – Jigra
  • Janhvi Kapoor – & Mrs. Mahi
  • Katrina Kaif – Merry Christmas
  • Sharvari Wagh – Vedaa
  • Yami Gautam – Article 370

Best Film

  • Article 370
  • Binny and Family
  • Chandu Champion
  • Laapata Ladies
  • Stree 2

Best Director

  • Aditya Jambhale – Article 370
  • Amar Kaushik – Stree 2
  • Kabir Khan – Chandu Champion
  • Kiran Rao – Laapata Ladies
  • Siddharth Anand – Fighter

Best Debutante

  • Abhay Verma – Munjya
  • Anjini Dhawan – Binny and Family
  • Lakshya – Kill
  • Nitanshi Goel – Laapata Ladies
  • Sparsh Srivastav – Laapata Ladies

OTT – Special Mention

  • Anupam Kher – Vijay 69
  • Bhumi Pednekar – Bhakshak
  • Imtiaz Ali – Chamkila
  • Panchayat – Amazon Prime Video
  • The Great Indian Kapil Show – Netflix

IFFA’s Mission to Support Independent Filmmakers

Beyond awards, IFFA also provides education, resources, and support to independent filmmakers at various stages of their careers. Through its streaming platform, Indie Films World, the festival offers a distribution network to help filmmakers reach a global audience.

The June 2025 festival in New York City promises to be a celebration of innovative storytelling and cinematic excellence from around the world.

Trump Demands Supreme Court Halt Nationwide Injunctions Against His Policies

President Donald Trump has intensified his criticism of federal judges who have blocked his administration’s policies, portraying them as threats to the nation and urging the Supreme Court to intervene.

In a Truth Social post on Thursday, Trump lashed out at judges who issued nationwide injunctions against his executive actions, calling them “radical left judges” and “lunatics” attempting to “assume the Powers of the Presidency, without having to attain 80 Million Votes.” (Trump won the 2024 election with 77 million votes, and federal judges are appointed, not elected.)

“STOP NATIONWIDE INJUNCTIONS NOW, BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE,” Trump wrote, directly appealing to Chief Justice John Roberts. “If Justice Roberts and the United States Supreme Court do not fix this toxic and unprecedented situation IMMEDIATELY, our Country is in very serious trouble!”

The following morning, Trump reiterated his claims on Truth Social, again accusing federal judges of trying to take over presidential duties.

Trump’s administration has faced more than 100 lawsuits challenging his policies, with the former president arguing that nationwide injunctions have been unfairly used to block his agenda. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused these judges of acting as “partisan activists” in remarks to reporters on Wednesday.

“They are trying to dictate policy from the president of the United States,” Leavitt said. “They are trying to clearly slow-walk this administration’s agenda, and it’s unacceptable.”

Both Republican and Democratic administrations have encountered nationwide injunctions, but Trump and his supporters claim that he has faced an unprecedented number. According to the Harvard Law Review, Trump’s first term saw 64 nationwide injunctions—far more than any president since 2001.

However, Trump has exercised executive power in ways that previous presidents have not, and in his second term, he has aggressively pushed to expand the scope of his authority. As political analyst Steve Benen noted, Trump and his allies are framing judicial opposition as part of a broad conspiracy rather than acknowledging that his actions may be legally questionable.

Trump and billionaire Elon Musk have also called for judges who rule against the administration to be impeached. This prompted a rare public response from Chief Justice Roberts, who stated, “Impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision.”

The Justice Department is currently awaiting a Supreme Court ruling on its request to narrow the reach of several judicial orders blocking Trump’s birthright citizenship executive order. However, as The Associated Press noted, the court does not appear to be rushing its decision.

Priyanka Chopra Becomes India’s Highest-Paid Actress with ₹30 Crore Payday

While Indian cinema actors’ fees remain closely guarded, occasional reports reveal the staggering amounts charged per film. Male superstars now command over ₹100 crore per movie, and female stars are quickly catching up. The title of India’s highest-paid actress recently changed hands, as one star secured a massive ₹30 crore for her comeback film.

India’s Highest-Paid Actress

Priyanka Chopra is set to return to Indian cinema after nearly six years with SS Rajamouli’s upcoming film starring Mahesh Babu. This project also marks her return to South Indian films after more than two decades. According to Bollywood Hungama, Priyanka has signed the film for ₹30 crore, making her the highest-paid Indian actress for a single film.

“This is why they took so long to announce her participation in the project. She was not willing to budge over her fee, and why should she? Why should only male actors get double-digit salaries in our films?” a source told the portal.

Interestingly, Priyanka had previously charged a higher amount—$5 million (over ₹41 crore) for her Amazon Prime Video series Citadel. However, given that the show had a six-hour runtime, the amount was justified. Her ₹30 crore paycheck for SSMB29 (as Mahesh Babu and Rajamouli’s film is tentatively called) is the highest for a female lead in any Indian film.

Who Priyanka Chopra Beat

Before Priyanka’s record-breaking deal, Deepika Padukone held the title of India’s highest-paid actress, reportedly charging ₹20 crore for Kalki 2898 AD. Alia Bhatt follows with a fee of up to ₹15 crore per film, while Kareena Kapoor, Katrina Kaif, Kiara Advani, Nayanthara, and Samantha Ruth Prabhu all command ₹10 crore or more per project.

Priyanka Chopra’s ‘Comeback’ to Indian Cinema

Since relocating to the U.S. in 2015, Priyanka Chopra has made limited appearances in Indian films. After Jai Gangaajal (2016), her only Indian movie was The Sky Is Pink (2019). Her much-anticipated road-trip film Jee Le Zaraa, alongside Alia Bhatt and Katrina Kaif, remains indefinitely delayed.

Despite her absence from Indian cinema, Priyanka has stayed busy with international projects like Citadel, The White Tiger, The Matrix Resurrections, and Love Again. She also has Heads of State, co-starring Idris Elba and John Cena, lined up for release this year. However, SSMB29 will mark her true comeback to Indian films.

Scientists Detect Possible Shift in Dark Energy, Challenging Einstein’s Theory

Scientists have found possible evidence that Dark Energy, the mysterious force driving the expansion of the Universe, may be changing over time—posing a challenge to established theories of time and space.

Some experts believe they could be on the brink of a groundbreaking discovery—one that might require a fundamental reassessment of our understanding of the cosmos.

This early-stage finding contradicts the prevailing theory, which was partly developed by Albert Einstein. While additional data is needed for confirmation, even highly respected researchers involved in the study, such as Professor Ofer Lahav of University College London, acknowledge the significance of the mounting evidence.

“It is a dramatic moment,” Lahav told BBC News. “We may be witnessing a paradigm shift in our understanding of the Universe.”

A Force That Defied Expectations

The discovery of Dark Energy in 1998 was itself a revelation. Until then, scientists believed that the expansion of the Universe—initiated by the Big Bang—would eventually decelerate under the force of gravity.

However, observations made by US and Australian researchers showed that the Universe was actually expanding at an accelerating rate. They could not identify the force responsible, so they termed it Dark Energy to reflect its unknown nature.

Although the exact nature of Dark Energy remains a mystery, astronomers can measure its effects by analyzing how galaxies move away from each other at different points in the Universe’s history.

To deepen their understanding, researchers developed specialized experiments, including the Dark Energy Spectroscopic Instrument (DESI), located at the Kitt Peak National Observatory in Arizona. This instrument consists of 5,000 robotically controlled optical fibers that rapidly scan galaxies to track cosmic expansion.

Unexpected Findings Gain Strength

Last year, DESI researchers detected hints that Dark Energy’s force might have varied over time. Initially, many scientists dismissed this as a statistical anomaly that would disappear with further data.

However, rather than fading, the anomaly has become more pronounced.

“The evidence is stronger now than it was,” said Professor Seshadri Nadathur of the University of Portsmouth.

“We’ve also performed many additional tests compared to the first year, and they’re making us confident that the results aren’t driven by some unknown effect in the data that we haven’t accounted for,” he added.

“Dark Energy Is Even Weirder Than We Thought”

The findings have yet to reach the threshold of an official scientific discovery, but they have sparked intrigue among leading astronomers.

“Dark Energy appears to be even weirder than we thought,” said Scotland’s Astronomer Royal, Professor Catherine Heymans of Edinburgh University, in an interview with BBC News.

“In 2024, the data was quite new, no one was quite sure of it, and people thought more work needed to be done,” Heymans said. “But now, there’s more data and a lot of scrutiny by the scientific community. So, while there is still a chance that the ‘blip’ may go away, there’s also a possibility that we might be edging toward a really big discovery.”

The source of the apparent variation remains unknown.

“No one knows!” Lahav admitted. “If this new result is correct, then we need to find the mechanism that causes the variation, and that might mean a brand-new theory—which makes this so exciting.”

The Search for More Evidence

DESI will continue collecting data over the next two years, with the goal of analyzing roughly 50 million galaxies and other luminous objects. The aim is to determine whether the observations are undeniably accurate.

“We’re in the business of letting the Universe tell us how it works,” said Andrei Cuceu, a postdoctoral researcher at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory in California. “And maybe it is telling us it’s more complicated than we thought it was.”

Further insights into Dark Energy are expected from the European Space Agency’s (ESA) Euclid mission, a space telescope designed to probe deeper into the Universe with even greater precision. Launched in 2023, Euclid has already begun delivering highly detailed images, which were released by ESA today.

The DESI collaboration includes more than 900 scientists from over 70 institutions worldwide, with notable contributions from researchers at Durham University, University College London, and the University of Portsmouth in the UK.

MEA Urges Indian Students in US to Follow Local Laws Amid Visa Issues

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has emphasized that Indian students in the United States must comply with American laws, following the detention of a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University and the self-deportation of another student to Canada.

External Affairs Ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal stated on Friday that neither individual sought assistance from Indian missions in the US.

Visa Revocations and Deportation Cases

Badar Khan Suri, a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University in Washington, D.C., was detained by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) on Monday night over allegations of “actively spreading Hamas propaganda.” However, a US federal judge has blocked his deportation.

This incident follows the case of Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian student at Columbia University, who self-deported to Canada after her visa was revoked. She was accused of “advocating for violence and terrorism” and participating in activities supporting Hamas.

MEA’s Response

Addressing media inquiries, Jaiswal reiterated that visa and immigration policies fall under the sovereign jurisdiction of respective nations and must be adhered to.

“When it comes to visa and immigration policy, it is something that lies within the sovereign functions of a country,” Jaiswal said. “Just as we expect foreign nationals in India to follow our laws, Indian nationals abroad must also comply with local regulations.”

On Suri’s detention, Jaiswal noted that the Indian government has only learned about the situation through media reports. “Neither the US government nor this individual has approached us or the embassy,” he said.

Regarding Srinivasan’s case, Jaiswal stated that Indian authorities were not contacted for assistance. “We only came to know of her departure from the US from media reports… We understand that she has gone to Canada,” he added.

US Authorities’ Claims

According to the Department of Homeland Security, Srinivasan, who was enrolled as a doctoral student in Urban Planning at Columbia University under an F-1 visa, was allegedly “involved in activities supporting” Hamas.

Her visa was revoked by the Department of State on March 5, and DHS reportedly obtained video evidence of her using the Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Home App to self-deport on March 11.

India-US Educational Ties

Despite these incidents, Jaiswal reaffirmed India’s commitment to strengthening educational ties with the US, noting that a significant number of Indian students pursue higher education in American institutions.

“The knowledge partnership and participation of our students in US universities is an important element of our relationship, and we want to foster these ties further,” he said.

Heathrow Airport Faces Shutdown After Fire at Electrical Substation, Power Restoration Underway

A fire at an electrical substation near Heathrow Airport forced the shutdown of Europe’s busiest airport, leaving thousands of passengers stranded. According to a National Grid source, power is expected to return within hours.

The London Fire Brigade reports that the fire is still burning, affecting not only Heathrow’s Terminals 2 and 4 but also leaving 5,000 nearby homes without electricity. Despite counter-terrorism police leading the investigation, the Metropolitan Police have stated there is no current indication of foul play.

Heathrow officials have confirmed that no flights will take off or land today, warning of prolonged disruptions. A source at the airport revealed that back-up generators were activated but were insufficient to power the entire facility. The failure raises “serious questions” about the airport’s emergency preparedness, according to an industry executive.

Nearby hotels and pubs are filled with stranded travelers, many of whom are anxiously waiting for updates. BBC correspondent Rich Preston described the scene, noting the growing frustration among passengers.

Partial Power Restoration at Heathrow

Reports indicate that power has returned to some areas of the airport, specifically Terminal 4. According to PA news agency, an “interim solution” has been implemented by National Grid, allowing affected customers to regain access to electricity.

Despite this partial restoration, Heathrow will remain closed until at least 23:59 GMT today.

British Airways Cancels All Short-Haul Flights

As a result of the disruption, British Airways has announced the cancellation of all short-haul flights at Heathrow for today.

“Our teams are currently working hard to review our long-haul schedule,” the airline stated, adding that they are also evaluating potential impacts on flights scheduled for tomorrow and beyond.

‘Extremely Damaging’ to the UK’s Reputation

Travel journalist Simon Calder expressed concerns about the long-term consequences of the incident, noting that even if power is fully restored, normal operations are unlikely to resume immediately.

“Tomorrow will still be far from a normal day,” he said, warning that disruptions could extend into next week.

“Ultimately, it’s extremely damaging to the UK economically, reputationally, and causes immense distress to people. All those people have been let down,” he added.

Student Criticizes Heathrow’s Lack of Backup Plan

Maz Cooper, an 18-year-old psychology student from Hampshire, was among those affected. She had been scheduled to travel to Poland for a college trip, with a planned visit to Auschwitz as the main focus.

Speaking to reporters, she expressed frustration over the lack of preparedness at Heathrow.

“It’s ridiculous that a substation fire could shut down such a large airport,” she said.

She described the uncertainty she and her classmates faced.

“We came to college this morning completely unsure if we’d be going. We waited until 12, when our teachers unfortunately broke the news that we couldn’t go.”

Cooper also highlighted the stress this caused for the trip’s organizers.

“I want to emphasize the stress and panic the teachers organizing this had to go through due to the lack of resilience from Heathrow Airport, let alone the students who were left in limbo until it was confirmed the trip was canceled.”

While she acknowledged the complexity of the situation, she criticized Heathrow’s apparent lack of contingency measures.

“The fact that there’s no back-up plan for problems like this is, frankly, ridiculous,” she said.

Smoke Continues to Rise from Substation

Even after 14 hours, smoke is still visible at the substation where the fire started. Emergency crews continue efforts to control the situation while authorities investigate.

National Grid’s Interim Solution

The National Grid has provided an update, stating that they have implemented “an interim solution” to restore power to affected customers, including Heathrow Airport.

According to their statement, engineers successfully reconfigured the network from the North Hyde substation, allowing reconnections to previously impacted areas. This includes parts of Heathrow that were affected by the outage.

However, the National Grid emphasized that this is only a temporary fix.

Reports from Heathrow Indicate Partial Restoration

PA news agency reporters on-site at Heathrow have observed signs of power returning to certain areas.

They report that lights are back on in Terminal 4’s main building, and the lifts in the multi-story car park are operational again.

Massive Travel Disruptions Expected

While some power has been restored, major disruptions are expected to continue. The full extent of the knock-on effect on future flights remains uncertain.

Passengers have been advised to check with their airlines for updates on rescheduled flights and alternative arrangements.

Emergency Response and Investigation Continue

Fire crews remain at the scene, working to fully extinguish the blaze and assess structural damage. The counter-terrorism unit continues its investigation, but so far, there is no evidence suggesting foul play.

Airport authorities and government officials are expected to hold briefings to provide further updates on the situation and outline steps to prevent similar incidents in the future.

Unanswered Questions

As of now, passengers and industry experts alike are left with pressing concerns:

  • When will normal airport operations resume?
  • Will airlines be able to accommodate stranded passengers quickly?
  • What caused the fire, and could similar incidents happen again?

For now, Heathrow remains at a standstill, leaving thousands of travelers uncertain about their next steps.

Federal Reserve Holds Interest Rates Steady Amid Uncertainty Over Trump’s Economic Policies

The Federal Reserve opted to keep interest rates unchanged on Wednesday as central bank officials assess the impact of President Donald Trump’s aggressive economic policies.

The decision, announced at the end of the Fed’s two-day monetary policy meeting, indicates that officials are awaiting clear signs that inflation is moving toward their 2% target or that the economy is slowing more than anticipated—two scenarios that could prompt rate cuts.

According to the latest economic projections released Wednesday, officials still anticipate lowering borrowing costs twice this year. However, eight officials now foresee either one or no rate cuts in 2024, compared to only four who held that view in December.

During a post-meeting press conference, Fed Chair Jerome Powell acknowledged the uncertainty facing American businesses and consumers, much of it linked to what he described as the Trump administration’s “turmoil.”

“It remains to be seen how these developments affect future spending and investment,” Powell said.

For now, the Fed’s benchmark borrowing rate remains between 4.25% and 4.5%. Powell noted that holding rates steady allows policymakers to monitor how Trump’s sweeping policy changes—such as tariffs, mass deportations, and a shrinking federal workforce—affect the U.S. economy.

In recent speeches, Fed officials have emphasized their willingness to adjust interest rates in either direction based on economic data.

Wednesday’s decision marks the second consecutive time the central bank has maintained borrowing costs.

Projections released by the Fed suggest the economy will be weaker than previously expected this year, with inflation running higher than anticipated.

As Trump’s administration pursues significant structural changes, Fed officials see the U.S. economy trending toward “stagflation”—a troubling mix of sluggish or negative growth and rising inflation. Whether the country enters a full-blown stagflationary period, last seen in the 1970s, remains uncertain.

All 12 voting Fed officials supported Wednesday’s decision to hold rates steady, though Fed Governor Christopher Waller dissented on the separate decision to slow the pace of reducing the central bank’s balance sheet.

Powell on Trump’s Economic Policies

Trump’s economic policies pose a major challenge for the Fed due to their broad and uncertain effects. During the press conference, Powell faced numerous questions about how the Fed is factoring in the president’s policy shifts.

Trump’s tariffs could fuel inflation and dampen economic growth, while his immigration crackdown may create labor shortages in key industries. His mass layoffs of federal employees could push some local economies into recession, but his deregulation efforts and extension of 2017 tax cuts might spur growth. The overall impact of Trump’s policies on growth, inflation, and the labor market remains unclear.

Powell noted that Trump’s tariffs contributed to the Fed’s higher inflation projections for this year, though he acknowledged the difficulty in determining exactly how much inflation is attributable to the trade war.

Following the Fed’s announcement, Trump urged policymakers to cut interest rates as tariffs take effect.

“The Fed would be MUCH better off CUTTING RATES as U.S. Tariffs start to transition (ease!) their way into the economy,” Trump wrote on Truth Social, referring to April 2—when reciprocal tariffs are set to go into effect—as “Liberation Day in America.”

Earlier this month, Powell reiterated that the Fed would be guided by economic data rather than forecasts. He pointed to signs of a slowdown in consumer spending.

A Strong Labor Market Offsets Economic Concerns

Despite concerns about consumer spending, the labor market remains a pillar of strength for the economy.

In February, the unemployment rate stood at 4.1%, with employers adding 151,000 jobs. Weekly jobless claims, often an early indicator of labor market shifts, remain at historically low levels.

Powell highlighted the labor market’s resilience as a key factor supporting the economy. However, he cautioned that any unexpected deterioration could prompt the Fed to resume rate cuts sooner.

“Labor market conditions are solid,” Powell said.

When asked about the risk of a recession, Powell downplayed concerns, noting that while some economists have raised their odds of an economic downturn, the risk remains moderate.

“Forecasters have generally raised—a number of them have raised—their possibility of a recession somewhat. But still at relatively moderate levels,” Powell said. “If you go back two months, people were saying that the likelihood of a recession was extremely low. So it has moved, but it’s not high.”

America’s Economic Mood and Its Impact on Spending

While economic data remains strong, sentiment surveys indicate a growing pessimism among businesses and consumers—a trend Powell acknowledged during Wednesday’s press conference.

Trump’s policy agenda has already influenced “soft data” measures, such as consumer and business sentiment surveys. However, Powell noted that the relationship between sentiment and actual economic activity is not always clear.

“There are times people are saying very downbeat things about the economy and then going out and buying a new car,” Powell remarked.

Despite the strong labor market, Americans are increasingly concerned about inflation. The University of Michigan’s latest consumer survey showed rising long-term inflation expectations. If these expectations continue to climb, the Fed may be forced to reconsider its stance on interest rates.

During Trump’s first trade war in 2018, inflation expectations were a major factor in the Fed’s decision to consider rate hikes, according to declassified policy documents known as the “teal book.”

Powell, however, suggested that long-term inflation expectations remain stable, citing data from the New York Fed.

The Michigan consumer survey for March recorded the largest month-over-month jump in five-to-ten-year inflation expectations since 1993. Even so, Powell dismissed concerns over the recent spike in short-term inflation expectations.

“You would expect that expectations of inflation over the course of a year would move around because conditions change,” he said. “And in this case, we have tariffs coming in. We don’t know how big. There are so many things we don’t know.”

Looking Ahead

The Fed’s decision to keep rates unchanged reflects a cautious approach amid uncertainty over Trump’s economic policies.

With the economy showing mixed signals—strong employment but slowing consumer spending—central bankers are navigating a complex landscape. Inflation remains a key concern, especially as Trump’s tariffs roll out.

As the year progresses, the Fed will closely monitor economic data to determine whether rate cuts are necessary. The path ahead remains uncertain, with Trump’s policies introducing new variables into an already delicate economic environment.

ITServe Services (ITSS) Offers Unique Services Addressing The Challenges Members Face

“As a subsidiary of ITServe Alliance, ITServe Services (ITSS) is uniquely positioned to design and implement customized solutions that cater directly to the challenges and opportunities ITServe members face,” says, Manohar Kasagani, Managing Director of ITSS.

Providing the background the formation of ITSS, Anju Vallbhaneni, current Presiudent of ITServe says, “ITServe Alliance was initially established to offer financial and professional benefits to its members. However, as the organization expanded, it became evident that certain services and benefits required a dedicated platform beyond ITServe Alliance itself. This realization led to the creation of ITServe Services (ITSS), a specialized initiative aimed at addressing those additional needs.”

ITServe Services operates as an independent Board, overseeing a range of activities aimed at enhancing the experience and benefits for members. A group of highly qualified and experienced ITServe leaders make up ITSS Board of Directors: Manohar Kasagani, Anju Vallabhaneni, Amar Varada, Bala Shan, Gautam Reddy Mallireddy, Arvind Nerella, and Srikant Dasugari.

ITSS Office Bearers are: Manohar Kasagani, ITSS Managing Director; Viswa kandi, ITSS – Secretary; Purna Irukulapati, ITSS – Jt. Secretary; Mahesh Sake, ITSS – Treasurer; and, Ravindran Komatireddy, ITSS – Jt. Treasurer. ITSS Advisors consist of: Gautam Gali and Mahender Musuku.

Services Committees Chairs are: Shree Yerramsett, TP Reddy, Navin Seepana, Ramesh Kalwala, Sarath Chalamcharla, Radhesh Reddy Gurrala, Suresh Mittaplayy, and, Deepak Choudhary. Each of them has come to play an important role in the functioning of ITServe, fulfilling various roles needed to serve its large membership.

According to Amar Varada, ITSS Board of Director, ITSS was founded with the mission of delivering real, measurable benefits to ITServe members.” These include: Group Health Insurance, Business Insurance, ITServe Angels (Entrepreneurial Support Program), Merger & Acquisition Advisory Services, Exclusive Discounts on Payroll Services (ADP), Discounts on Google Workspace & Microsoft Office, Discounted price with Dice. Each of these services is designed to maximize cost savings and operational efficiency for ITServe members.

Bala Shan pointed out” As ITServe continues to expand, ITSS is actively working on introducing additional benefits to provide even more value to its members.” Two major upcoming initiatives include: LinkedIn Discount for ITServe Members, which is designed to help businesses and professionals enhance their networking, recruitment, and marketing efforts at a reduced cost. Exclusive Travel Discounts by top travel providers to offer discounted flight tickets for members. This will significantly reduce travel expenses for business owners and professionals.

“This ensures a more targeted and effective approach to delivering member benefits,” says Gautam Reddy Mallireddy. Currently, ITSS focuses on the following key areas: • Group Health Insurance • Business Insurance • ITServe Angels (a support network for ITServe entrepreneurs) • Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A) Advisory A major emphasis has been placed on group health insurance solutions.

Recently, ITSS partnered with Trucardia, a company specializing in insurance services to develop a Captive Health Insurance Plan for ITServe members. This plan will leverage ITServe’s collective strength to provide competitive, customized health insurance options.

Currently, ITServe has over 2,500 members, but most procure their health insurance individually, missing out on the benefits of collective bargaining. A captive insurance model allows businesses to form their own insurance company dedicated exclusively to covering the health needs of their employees. Key benefits of Captive Health Insurance include, Cost Control, Financial Incentives, Tailored Coverage.

Srikant Dasugari believes that “ITServe members gain the power of community, an invaluable strength in the IT industry and beyond. With exclusive access to member events and resources, active members are more connected to the field as a whole—and each other.”

In addition, ITSS is in discussions with leading financial software providers like QuickBooks to secure exclusive member discounts. ITServe Services is also forming an exclusive partnership with Monster to offer ITServe members special discounts on Monster’s recruitment services, which will help businesses streamline their hiring process, attract top talent, and reduce recruitment costs.

ITSS is committed to “continuously enhance and expand the range of benefits and services available to ITServe members. We are committed to continuously expanding our member benefits and will share further updates as these exciting initiatives roll out,” says Arvind Nerella.

In his capacity as the MD of ITSS, Kasagani and his dedicated Team oversee ITSS operations and ensure strategic execution of member benefits. Kasagani serves as a bridge between ITServe Alliance and ITSS, reporting key developments and initiatives. He and the Team lead initiatives in health benefits, business insurance, M&A, and financial services for members. And, they engage with members to collect feedback and refine ITSS offerings based on their evolving needs.

“ITSS is dedicated to empowering ITServe members with innovative solutions, financial advantages, and strategic resources. With these initiatives, we aim to reinforce ITServe’s position as the premier organization for IT entrepreneurs. Stay tuned for more updates!,” says Kasagani.

ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Services organizations, founded in 2010, has rightly become the voice of all prestigious IT companies functioning with similar interests across United States. Through the years, ITServe has evolved as a resourceful and respected platform to collaborate and initiate measures in the direction of protecting common interests and ensuring collective success.

For more information and to join, please visit: Itserve.org

Finland Tops World Happiness Report 2025, India Ranks 118th

Finland has been named the happiest country in the world for the eighth consecutive year, according to the World Happiness Report 2025, released on March 19. The annual report, published by the Wellbeing Research Centre at the University of Oxford, found that Finland continues to lead in global happiness rankings, followed by Denmark, Iceland, and Sweden in the top four positions.

India has shown a slight improvement in its ranking, moving up from 126th place in 2024 to 118th this year. However, despite this progress, India remains ranked lower than several conflict-affected nations, including Ukraine, Mozambique, Iran, Iraq, Pakistan, Palestine, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Uganda, Gambia, and Venezuela.

The rankings in the report are based on individuals’ self-assessments of their happiness and life satisfaction. The study, conducted in collaboration with Gallup and the United Nations Sustainable Development Solutions Network, examines the factors influencing happiness beyond just economic growth.

Trust and Social Connections Key to Happiness

“Happiness isn’t just about wealth or growth — it’s about trust, connection, and knowing people have your back,” said Jon Clifton, CEO of Gallup. “If we want stronger communities and economies, we must invest in what truly matters: each other.”

Researchers found that happiness is significantly influenced by social trust, relationships, and community support. The study emphasized that factors such as sharing meals with family and friends, having a dependable support system, and household size contribute to overall well-being.

For instance, in Mexico and parts of Europe, a household size of four to five people correlates with the highest levels of happiness. Additionally, belief in the kindness of others was identified as a crucial factor.

One notable finding was that the perceived likelihood of retrieving a lost wallet is a strong predictor of a nation’s overall happiness. Nordic countries, including Finland and Denmark, ranked highest in both expected and actual rates of wallet returns, reinforcing the link between trust and well-being.

Globally, researchers discovered that people tend to underestimate the goodwill of others. In reality, the rate of lost wallet returns is nearly double what people expect.

Global Happiness Rankings: Top and Bottom Countries

European nations continue to dominate the top 20 in global happiness rankings. Despite its ongoing conflict with Hamas, Israel secured the 8th position. Costa Rica and Mexico entered the top 10 for the first time, ranking 6th and 10th, respectively.

However, some major economies have seen a decline in their happiness rankings. The United States fell to 24th place—its lowest ranking to date—after previously peaking at 11th place in 2012. The study highlighted a significant shift in American social habits, noting a 53% increase in people dining alone over the past two decades.

The United Kingdom, ranked 23rd, recorded its lowest average life evaluation since 2017.

At the bottom of the list, Afghanistan remains the unhappiest country in the world. Afghan women reported facing especially difficult living conditions, contributing to the country’s persistently low ranking. Sierra Leone in West Africa is the second unhappiest nation, followed by Lebanon in third place from the bottom.

Young Adults Facing Increased Loneliness

The report highlighted a growing crisis of loneliness among young adults worldwide. In 2023, 19% of young adults reported having no one they could rely on for social support—a 39% increase compared to 2006. This trend raises concerns about the long-term implications of social isolation and its impact on mental health and well-being.

Factors Influencing Happiness

The rankings in the World Happiness Report are determined by self-reported life evaluations collected between 2022 and 2024. Experts in economics, psychology, and sociology analyze the variations in happiness across countries using a combination of factors, including:

  • GDP per capita – Economic prosperity and financial security
  • Healthy life expectancy – Access to healthcare and overall physical well-being
  • Social support – Having people to rely on in times of need
  • Sense of freedom – The ability to make personal choices
  • Generosity – Willingness to help others and donate to charity
  • Perceptions of corruption – Public trust in government and institutions

The study underscores that while economic growth is important, other social and emotional factors play a critical role in determining a nation’s overall happiness.

As happiness remains a crucial indicator of overall well-being, the report encourages policymakers worldwide to focus on fostering social trust, community support, and a sense of security to improve happiness levels across nations.

NASA Astronauts Return to Earth After Unexpected Nine-Month Stay on ISS

Two NASA astronauts who embarked on a short-term mission to the International Space Station (ISS) last summer but ended up staying for nine months have finally returned to Earth.

Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore splashed down in a SpaceX Dragon capsule off the Gulf Coast of Florida shortly before 6 p.m. EDT on Tuesday. Their spacecraft had undocked from the ISS at 1:05 a.m. EDT on Monday. They were accompanied by fellow NASA astronaut Nick Hague and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov on their journey home.

Originally, Williams and Wilmore launched aboard a Boeing spacecraft last June for what was planned as an eight-day mission. However, technical problems with the Boeing Starliner capsule prevented their return, leading them to be incorporated into the station’s regular crew rotation.

Tuesday’s landing marked the end of a prolonged and politically charged space journey that raised concerns about Boeing’s reliability in fulfilling NASA contracts.

Williams and Wilmore’s mission began on June 5, when they lifted off aboard the new Boeing Starliner capsule as part of NASA’s commercial crew program. This initiative enlists private companies to transport astronauts and cargo to and from the ISS. SpaceX, the other contractor, has been successfully carrying out missions for NASA for years.

The Boeing Starliner’s launch was its first human-crewed flight, but the mission faced multiple setbacks. The spacecraft reached the ISS but suffered several technical issues, including multiple helium leaks and the failure of some thrusters.

Given these malfunctions, NASA opted not to use Starliner for the return trip, choosing instead to bring it back to Earth without a crew. As a result, Williams and Wilmore remained aboard the ISS until their replacements could arrive.

Their relief crew, consisting of two NASA astronauts, a Japanese astronaut, and a Russian cosmonaut, docked at the ISS early Sunday morning and were welcomed aboard by the station’s existing crew.

Beyond technical challenges, Williams and Wilmore’s extended stay became entangled in political debates.

After taking office in January, former President Donald Trump claimed he had asked his adviser and SpaceX founder Elon Musk to “go get” the stranded astronauts, alleging that the Biden administration had “virtually abandoned” them in space.

In reality, NASA had planned Williams and Wilmore’s return well in advance. The SpaceX Dragon capsule that transported them home had been docked at the ISS since September, with two vacant seats reserved for their return.

NASA stated that the astronauts were integrated into the station’s crew for logistical and budgetary reasons. During their extended stay, they conducted various experiments and participated in spacewalks.

Musk asserted in February that he had previously offered the Biden administration an earlier return using SpaceX but claimed the administration declined the offer for “political reasons.”

However, former NASA officials, including ex-NASA Administrator Bill Nelson, denied knowledge of such an offer.

Trump, in a post on his social media platform on Monday, thanked NASA’s acting Administrator Janet Petro and the agency’s staff for coordinating the astronauts’ return, while criticizing the Biden administration’s handling of the situation.

Putin Temporarily Halts Attacks on Ukraine After Call with Trump

Russian President Vladimir Putin has agreed to pause strikes on Ukraine’s energy and infrastructure facilities following a lengthy conversation with former U.S. President Donald Trump. However, Moscow has not committed to a broader ceasefire, keeping the overall conflict active.

In another development, the Trump administration has made public a set of records linked to the assassination of John F. Kennedy, which were previously classified. While a large portion of these files had already been disclosed in the past, many of the newly released 1,123 documents had been redacted in earlier versions. Researchers will need time to thoroughly examine and assess their contents.

Meanwhile, a federal judge ruled that billionaire Elon Musk had exceeded his executive authority concerning his Department of Government Efficiency. The judge’s decision indefinitely halted efforts to dismantle the United States Agency for International Development (USAID).

Additionally, Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare statement countering Trump’s increasingly critical remarks against the federal judiciary. This response appeared to be directed at Trump’s recent calls to impeach judges who rule against him. Despite Roberts’ pushback, Trump dismissed the criticism without much reaction.

Trump Faces Widespread Disapproval Across Key Issues, Polls Show

President Donald Trump is facing significant disapproval across multiple issues, with a Fox News host stating Thursday that he is “underwater on everything” when it comes to his approval ratings.

Jessica Tarlov cited a new Quinnipiac poll released this week, which found that 53% of voters disapprove of Trump’s performance during his second term. Voters were surveyed on various topics, including trade policies with China and Canada, immigration, foreign relations, military affairs, the economy, and the federal workforce.

Since the start of his second term, the stock market has been experiencing a downturn, thousands of federal workers have lost their jobs, and Trump has created tension with some of the country’s strongest trade partners.

“The Democratic messaging actually has been going pretty well,” Tarlov said on Fox News’ The Five, despite a separate poll indicating that Democrats have struggled to respond effectively to Trump’s policies. She noted that Democrats have been emphasizing, “They’re trying to cut your healthcare while giving tax breaks to the rich.”

“There’s over 50% disapproval of Trump himself, how he’s handling the economy, how he’s handling the federal workforce, how he’s handling Ukraine-Russia, how he’s handling trade with Mexico, how he’s handling trade with Canada,” Tarlov added. “So basically, he’s underwater on everything.”

Trump’s approval ratings had already been struggling before his joint session of Congress address on March 4. Another Quinnipiac poll from last month showed that 45% of voters approved of his performance, while 49% disapproved.

A CNN poll released this week reported similar findings, with 54% of voters disapproving of Trump’s performance compared to 45% who approved. Additionally, a Reuters poll found that many voters viewed Trump’s economic policies as too “erratic.”

Tarlov attributed part of Trump’s declining approval ratings to recent town halls held by both Democratic and Republican congressional members. These events have drawn large crowds seeking clarification on the Trump administration’s policies, particularly regarding federal workforce reductions.

On the Republican side, social media footage has captured GOP lawmakers facing backlash for supporting the Department of Government Efficiency, which is overseeing these workforce cuts.

“And we know about the Republicans having town halls and then having to run away or asking questions like, ‘What do you think of DOGE?’ and expecting people to say something positive and then they are screaming,” Tarlov said.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has suggested, without evidence, that some of the outraged town hall attendees are “paid actors.”

This week, North Carolina Republican Representative Chuck Edwards faced an intense confrontation with constituents demanding explanations for his support of cuts to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. He was met with boos and was eventually escorted out of the meeting.

Trump Administration Releases Previously Classified JFK Assassination Files

President Donald Trump’s administration on Tuesday began declassifying all government files related to the 1963 assassination of President John F. Kennedy, making potentially tens of thousands of unredacted pages available to the public for the first time.

This release follows Trump’s executive order, signed on his first day in office in January, directing the full disclosure of government documents concerning the assassinations of Kennedy, his brother and presidential candidate Sen. Robert F. Kennedy, D-N.Y., and civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr.

The specific contents of these newly available documents, and whether they contain any previously undisclosed information, remain unclear. Historians noted they would need time to analyze the files to determine whether they offer any significant new insights.

Thus far, the documents have not altered the longstanding conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald acted alone in assassinating Kennedy on Nov. 22, 1963, as the president rode in a Dallas motorcade.

Public Access to the JFK Files

The newly released JFK files can be accessed on the National Archives’ website. Most are scanned documents, some of which have faded or become difficult to read over time. The collection also includes photographs and sound recordings, predominantly from the 1960s.

Report from Russia: Oswald’s Poor Marksmanship

One document dated Nov. 20, 1991, appears to summarize U.S. intelligence findings on Lee Harvey Oswald, detailing his time in the Soviet Union, his tumultuous marriage to his Soviet wife, and his reportedly poor shooting skills.

According to the document, KGB official Nikonov reviewed Soviet security service files to determine if Oswald had ever been a KGB agent.

“Nikonov is now confident that Oswald was at no time an agent controlled by the KGB,” the document states.

The report, citing American professor E.B. Smith, describes how Nikonov examined five extensive files on Oswald and doubted that anyone could control him. However, the KGB reportedly monitored him closely while he was in the USSR.

The files also document Oswald’s troubled relationship with his wife and suggest that his marksmanship was subpar. “The KGB files reflected that Oswald was a poor shot when he tried target firing in the USSR,” the document notes.

Some conspiracy theorists have pointed to inconsistencies in Oswald’s behavioral records in CIA files, arguing that they support theories suggesting he did not act alone or was not involved in Kennedy’s assassination.

References to Conspiracy Theories in the Files

The newly disclosed documents reference conspiracy theories suggesting that Oswald left the Soviet Union in 1962 with the intent to assassinate Kennedy.

Documents from the Department of Defense, dated 1963, focus on Cold War tensions and U.S. efforts to counter Cuban leader Fidel Castro’s support for communist movements in Latin America.

The records suggest Castro was unlikely to instigate a war with the U.S. but might “intensify his support of subversive forces in Latin America.”

Experts’ Initial Reactions

James Johnston, author of Murder, Inc.: The CIA under John F. Kennedy, told USA Today that he did not expect any major revelations, given that the CIA and other agencies had already transferred their records to the National Archives in 1988.

“If it was going to embarrass the agency or tell a different story, they wouldn’t have turned them over to the National Archives in the first place,” said Johnston, who was a congressional investigator on the 1975 Church Committee, which examined CIA activities.

Johnston cited one notable document missing from the release: a transcript of the first conversation between President Lyndon Johnson and CIA Director John McCone after Kennedy’s assassination.

McCone had long been suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission, the investigative panel established by Johnson. According to Philip Shenon, author of A Cruel and Shocking Act: The Secret History of the Kennedy Assassination, McCone initially pledged full cooperation but later withheld certain details.

McCone testified that the CIA had no evidence linking Oswald to any conspiracy, foreign or domestic. His testimony aligned with the Warren Commission’s conclusion that Oswald, a former Marine and self-proclaimed Marxist, acted alone.

Years later, however, the CIA acknowledged that McCone had not been entirely forthcoming with the Warren Commission.

The Warren Commission’s Findings

Several of the newly released documents pertain to the Warren Commission, which was created by President Johnson to investigate Kennedy’s assassination.

The commission concluded that Oswald, who was arrested but later killed by nightclub owner Jack Ruby on live television, acted alone. However, Kennedy’s assassination has remained the subject of intense debate, with numerous theories challenging the official findings. Polls have consistently shown that many Americans believe the assassination was part of a broader conspiracy.

Trump’s Push for ‘Maximum Transparency’

Trump did not immediately comment on the document release, but Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard praised the move, calling it part of Trump’s pledge for “maximum transparency and a commitment to rebuild the trust of the American people in the Intelligence Community.”

For years, critics have accused the intelligence community, particularly the CIA, of withholding key information about Kennedy’s assassination. However, intelligence officials have insisted that all essential files have already been released and that any remaining redactions were necessary to protect intelligence sources and methods.

Gabbard stated that she issued a directive following Trump’s announcement, instructing all intelligence agencies to provide unredacted records for immediate public release.

Digital Release and Remaining Files

The newly released documents were made public just before 7 p.m. Tuesday. The National Archives and Records Administration, which manages the files, issued a statement confirming that all records previously withheld for classification were now released in accordance with Trump’s directive.

The National Archives noted that while some files are available online, others can only be accessed in person at the National Archives facility in College Park, Maryland.

“As the records continue to be digitized, they will be posted to this page,” the statement read, indicating that some documents are not yet available in digital form.

The agency also noted that certain information remains restricted under court seals or grand jury secrecy laws, while tax return records are protected under federal regulations.

Public Anticipation and Reaction

The document release followed Trump’s visit to the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, where he now serves as board chairman.

“People have been waiting for decades for this,” Trump told reporters. “We have a tremendous amount of paper. You’ve got a lot of reading. I don’t believe we’re going to redact anything.”

The CIA and FBI, both of which played roles in JFK assassination investigations, declined immediate comment.

Expert Analysis on the Newly Released Files

JFK scholar Jefferson Morley called the release “an encouraging start.”

“We now have complete versions of approximately a third of the redacted JFK documents held by the National Archives,” said Morley, vice president of the Mary Ferrell Foundation, a nonprofit organization that advocates for historical government transparency.

He added that seven out of ten JFK files sought by researchers are now fully public, providing new insights into Kennedy’s distrust of the CIA, attempts to assassinate Castro, surveillance of Oswald in Mexico City, and CIA propaganda efforts involving Oswald.

However, Morley noted that two-thirds of the promised files remain unreleased, including over 500 IRS records and 2,400 recently discovered FBI documents.

“Nonetheless, this is the most positive news on the declassification of JFK files since the 1990s,” Morley said.

The Justice Department’s Effort to Meet Trump’s Deadline

Trump’s order reportedly triggered a rush within the Justice Department to meet his deadline. ABC News and Reuters reported that a senior official in the DOJ’s Office of Intelligence sent an internal email just before 5 p.m. Monday, instructing attorneys to conduct a final review of the documents.

The push for full declassification began with Trump’s first executive order on Jan. 20, when he directed agencies to release files related to the assassinations of Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King Jr.

FBI Unveils Additional 2,400 JFK Records

Last month, the FBI announced the discovery of approximately 2,400 additional records connected to Kennedy’s assassination. These files are in the process of being transferred to the National Archives, but their contents remain unclear.

While previous investigations found no evidence of a government conspiracy, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Trump’s Secretary of Health and Human Services, has advocated for releasing the files to examine whether U.S. officials were involved in a cover-up.

The National Archives continues to review and release documents in compliance with Trump’s directive.

Dalai Lama’s New Book: A Candid Critique of China and a Reflection on His Exile

There was a time when Tenzin Gyatso, the 14th Dalai Lama, remained hopeful about returning to Tibet. Now, 66 years after his dramatic escape from Lhasa, his newly released book, which openly criticizes Chinese President Xi Jinping, only diminishes that possibility further.

At just 24 years old, the Dalai Lama fled the 330-year-old Potala Palace, the traditional seat of Tibetan spiritual leaders, under the threat of the Chinese army. Today, as he nears his 90th birthday on July 6, his homeland remains only a distant memory.

“In the darkness and frozen air of the night on March 17, 1959, I slipped out of the main gate of Norbulingka Palace, disguised in a chuba, an everyday layman’s attire,” he recalls in his book Voice for the Voiceless: Over Seven Decades of Struggle with China for My Land and My People, published by William Morrow.

An Unapologetically Candid Account

The 256-page book, released on March 11—just days before the 66th anniversary of his escape—is perhaps one of the Dalai Lama’s most direct commentaries on China. While he has long refrained from harboring personal animosity toward the Chinese leadership, his assessment of Xi’s rule is strikingly forthright.

“Judging by Xi’s last decade in office, when it comes to individual freedom and everyday life, China seems to be reverting to the oppressive policies of Mao’s time, but now enforced through state-of-the-art digital technologies of surveillance and control,” he writes.

This perspective further solidifies the deep freeze in the relationship between the Dalai Lama and Beijing. The last official talks between his representatives and the Chinese government were held in January 2010 in Beijing. At the time, Lodi Gyari, the lead Tibetan negotiator, had expressed cautious optimism: “We do not see any reason why we cannot find common ground… if the Chinese leadership has the sincerity and the political will to move forward.”

Fifteen years later, Beijing appears to be adopting a strategy of attrition, perhaps waiting for the Dalai Lama’s eventual passing. Under Xi Jinping’s 12-year presidency, Tibet and the Dalai Lama’s global standing have gradually faded from international discourse.

A Battle Over Succession

Among the key issues looming large is the Dalai Lama’s succession, which Beijing seeks to control while he remains resolute in preventing it. In his book, he firmly asserts that his successor will be born in the “free world”—a clear rejection of China’s authority over the process.

“Since the purpose of a reincarnation is to carry on the work of the predecessor, the new Dalai Lama will be born in the free world so that the traditional mission of the Dalai Lama—to be the voice for universal compassion, the spiritual leader of Tibetan Buddhism, and the symbol of Tibet embodying the aspirations of the Tibetan people—will continue,” he writes.

Beijing, however, insists that the Chinese state holds the authority to select the next Dalai Lama. This dispute has profound implications for Tibet’s six million residents and the over 100,000 Tibetan exiles worldwide, primarily in India.

For Beijing, controlling the Dalai Lama’s succession is a matter of state authority, aimed at securing greater influence over Tibet and Tibetan Buddhism. For Tibetans, however, it represents a struggle for self-determination and the preservation of their spiritual and cultural identity.

Tibet’s Distinct Identity

In his book, the Dalai Lama reiterates his commitment to a peaceful resolution with China but firmly maintains that Tibetans possess a distinct identity separate from the Han Chinese. Throughout his decades-long exile in India, he has focused on preserving Tibet’s unique culture, language, and religious traditions.

“We Tibetans are the people who have traditionally inhabited the Tibetan plateau for millennia and have every right to continue to be the custodians in our own homeland,” he asserts.

He also dismisses China’s argument that economic development in Tibet undermines his calls for autonomy.

“The issue of Tibet is not about economic development, which we acknowledge has improved significantly since China’s economic liberalization,” he writes. “The issue is about a people’s need and right to exist in their distinct language, culture, and religious heritage. Since the people inside Tibet have no freedom to speak out, it has fallen to me especially, since I came into exile in 1959, to be the voice of the voiceless.”

The Dalai Lama fears that Tibet’s unique civilization faces potential erasure, a concern heightened by Beijing’s increasing grip over the region.

‘Voice for the Voiceless’ and Its Timely Release

The book’s release ahead of the Dalai Lama’s 90th birthday and the 66th anniversary of his escape is unlikely to go unnoticed in Beijing. His remarks likening Xi’s rule to the oppressive policies of Mao Zedong may strike a nerve, especially among Xi’s staunch supporters who revere Mao’s legacy.

The book describes China’s 1950 invasion of Tibet as a “blatant land grab of an independent nation by force,” challenging Beijing’s longstanding narrative that it was merely reclaiming historical territory.

The Dalai Lama first met Mao in September 1954, when Mao was 61 and he was just 19. The 16-year-old Panchen Lama, second in importance within Tibetan Buddhism, was also present and later described Mao as “warm and welcoming.”

During that visit, Mao reassured the young Dalai Lama, saying, “Your coming to Beijing is coming to your own home. Whenever you come to Beijing, you can call on me… Don’t be shy; if you need anything, just tell me directly.”

However, the Dalai Lama’s perception of Marxist ideals evolved over time. Initially, he admired Marxism for its emphasis on uplifting the working class.

“The idea of taking care of the less privileged people, of the working class, is wonderful. To oppose all exploitation and strive for a society without national boundaries—these are excellent ideas,” he writes.

At one point, he even described himself as “half-Buddhist” and “half-Marxist.” But his perspective shifted upon realizing that Marxism lacked compassion. In China, he argues, Marxism has morphed into Leninism, where the primary objective is “state control of the people by the [Communist] Party.”

A Paradox of Hope and Harsh Realities

Despite the Dalai Lama’s unwavering optimism as a monk, his book presents a sobering assessment of China’s policies toward Tibet. The contrast between his hopeful spiritual outlook and his blunt criticism of Beijing underscores the complexities of the Tibetan struggle.

As he nears his 90th birthday, the Dalai Lama remains the most prominent global advocate for Tibet. But with Beijing tightening its grip and the world’s attention shifting elsewhere, the future of the Tibetan cause remains uncertain.

Chief Justice Roberts Rebukes Trump’s Call to Impeach Federal Judges

Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare public statement on Tuesday, pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s increasingly aggressive rhetoric targeting the federal judiciary. The statement appeared to be a direct response to Trump’s call for the impeachment of judges who have ruled against him.

“For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision,” Roberts said in a statement released by the Supreme Court. “The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

Although Roberts did not mention Trump by name, his remarks came shortly after the former president escalated his attacks on federal judges. Earlier in the day, Trump had singled out U.S. District Judge James Boasberg, who temporarily blocked the deportation of alleged Venezuelan gang members, calling for his impeachment.

Trump’s allies, including Elon Musk, have for weeks been advocating for the impeachment of judges amid a series of unfavorable preliminary rulings against Trump’s administration. The former president’s criticism of the judiciary has become significantly more intense compared to his first term, sparking concerns over a constitutional crisis.

Some Republican lawmakers have taken action in response to Trump’s statements. Texas Representative Brandon Gill announced on social media that he had introduced articles of impeachment against Boasberg.

“This Radical Left Lunatic of a Judge, a troublemaker and agitator who was sadly appointed by Barack Hussein Obama, was not elected President—He didn’t WIN the popular VOTE (by a lot!), he didn’t WIN ALL SEVEN SWING STATES,” Trump wrote on Truth Social. “This judge, like many of the Crooked Judges I am forced to appear before, should be IMPEACHED!!!”

Later that evening, Trump addressed Roberts’ statement in an interview with Fox News’ Laura Ingraham.

“Well, (Roberts) didn’t mention my name in the statement, and I just saw it quickly,” Trump said. “He didn’t mention my name—but many people have called for (Boasberg’s) impeachment, the impeachment of this judge.”

However, Trump maintained that he had no intention of defying court orders.

“No, I never did defy a court order… you can’t do that,” Trump said. “However, we have bad judges, we have very bad judges, and these are judges that shouldn’t be allowed—I think at a certain point you have to start looking at, what do you do when you have a rogue judge?”

Roberts’ Complicated Relationship with Conservatives

Roberts has had a strained relationship with some conservatives, particularly after his 2012 vote to uphold the Affordable Care Act. Although he has frequently sided with conservatives on issues such as gun rights, abortion, affirmative action, and religious liberty, some on the right have never fully trusted him.

The Supreme Court currently has a 6-3 conservative majority, with three justices appointed by Trump. While the court has ruled in Trump’s favor on key issues, including a landmark decision last year granting broad immunity to former presidents for official acts, it has also ruled against him in a series of emergency cases since he returned to the White House.

Despite this, Trump appeared eager to gain Roberts’ favor. During his address to Congress earlier this month, Trump was overheard telling the chief justice, “Thank you again. I won’t forget it.” He later claimed on social media that he was simply thanking Roberts for swearing him in at his inauguration.

Gabe Roth, executive director of the watchdog group Fix the Court, acknowledged the significance of Roberts’ statement but criticized the chief justice’s past decisions.

“Roberts made an important point, but it’s a little rich coming from the guy that, by giving Donald Trump near-total immunity in a major decision last year, helped usher in the present era of lawlessness,” Roth said.

Impeachment Threats and Legal Fallout

Until now, Roberts and the Supreme Court have largely remained silent as Trump and his allies ramp up their attacks on the judiciary. Many of the recent rulings against Trump’s administration are expected to be appealed, with some cases potentially reaching the Supreme Court.

While Roberts’ statement did not directly reference a specific case, it coincided with an ongoing legal battle in Washington, D.C., where the Biden administration and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) are disputing the deportation of Venezuelan nationals.

The Justice Department’s handling of the case has raised questions about whether the White House ignored a court order requiring it to halt deportations immediately. Boasberg’s order was a temporary measure intended to allow more time for legal arguments, but the administration has framed the judge’s actions as an overreach.

During a Monday hearing, Boasberg demanded to know what steps the administration had taken after his ruling. Justice Department lawyers initially refused to respond, citing national security concerns. On Tuesday, immigration officials submitted a sworn declaration asserting that the deported Venezuelans were subject to removal orders under laws other than the Alien Enemies Act.

Trump is invoking the Alien Enemies Act, a 1798 law that permits expedited deportations of foreign nationals from hostile countries during times of war or invasion. Critics argue that the U.S. is not formally at war and question whether the administration’s definition of “invasion” meets the law’s criteria.

The issue is likely to be resolved in the courts, including the Supreme Court.

Roberts’ Previous Defense of Judicial Independence

Roberts’ statement on Tuesday echoed his 2018 rebuke of Trump’s criticism of the judiciary. At the time, Trump had attacked a federal judge from California who issued an injunction against his asylum restrictions, calling him an “Obama judge.”

“It’s a disgrace when every case gets filed in the 9th Circuit,” Trump complained, referring to the historically liberal appeals court. “That’s not law. Every case in the 9th Circuit we get beaten and then we end up having to go to the Supreme Court, like the travel ban, and we won. Every case, no matter where it is, they file… they file it in what’s called the 9th Circuit. This was an Obama judge. I’ll tell you what, it’s not going to happen like this anymore.”

In response, Roberts issued a rare statement defending the judiciary’s independence.

“We do not have Obama judges or Trump judges, Bush judges or Clinton judges,” Roberts, who was nominated by President George W. Bush, said at the time. “What we have is an extraordinary group of dedicated judges doing their level best to do equal right to those appearing before them. That independent judiciary is something we should all be thankful for.”

Despite Roberts’ insistence on judicial neutrality, Trump and his allies continue to attack judges who rule against them. With impeachment articles already introduced in Congress, and legal battles mounting, the clash between the judiciary and the executive branch is unlikely to subside anytime soon.

Polls Show Declining Public Confidence in Trump’s Economic Management

Recent surveys indicate growing public dissatisfaction with President Donald Trump’s handling of the U.S. economy. For the first time, a majority of Americans disapprove of his economic policies, according to an NBC News poll. Conducted from March 7 to 11, the survey of 1,000 registered voters found that 54 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management, while 44 percent approve. The poll has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.1 percentage points. NBC News noted this marks the first instance in its national polling where Trump’s economic approval rating has fallen into majority disapproval.

Why It Matters

Economic trust has been central to Trump’s appeal, especially in contrast to former Vice President Kamala Harris. His economic management was seen as crucial to securing a Republican victory in 2024. However, growing frustration among voters about unmet campaign promises, fears of a potential recession, and proposed tariffs on imports are contributing to declining support.

What to Know

Despite Trump achieving one of his highest overall approval ratings at 47 percent, concerns about the economy persist. The NBC poll shows that 55 percent disapprove of his approach to inflation and the cost of living, with only 42 percent approving. Additionally, just 18 percent of respondents describe the economy as “good” or “excellent,” while 43 percent view it as poor, and 39 percent rate it as “fair.”

A CNN poll conducted from March 6 to 9 by SSRS similarly found that 56 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management. This represents the highest level of economic disapproval recorded during his presidency. The survey, which included 1,206 U.S. adults, has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.3 percentage points.

Another YouGov/Economist poll conducted from March 9 to 11 among 1,699 U.S. adults found that 47 percent disapprove of Trump’s handling of jobs and the economy, while 43 percent approve. This marks a shift from a late-January poll in which 49 percent approved, and 37 percent disapproved, indicating a 10-point rise in economic disapproval in just over a month. The margin of error for this poll is plus or minus 3.2 percentage points.

What People Are Saying

Kristen Hopewell, an economist and director at the University of British Columbia’s Liu Institute for Global Issues, commented on the potential impact of Trump’s tariff policies. She told Newsweek, “There’s no state that won’t be harmed by Trump’s tariffs—but some will be hit even harder than others. Tariffs on steel and aluminum will raise costs for manufacturers across the U.S., undermining their competitiveness. This will hurt the biggest hubs of American manufacturing—California, Texas, Illinois, Ohio, Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, Indiana, Wisconsin, and North Carolina—hardest.”

Mark A. DiPlacido, a policy adviser at the conservative think tank American Compass, defended Trump’s tariff policies in a March 17 opinion piece for Newsweek. He wrote, “The tariffs President Trump levied under his first administration raised more than $230 billion in revenue while reducing U.S. dependence on tariffed goods and avoiding inflation. Given the persistence of the U.S. trade deficit, President Trump is right to take tariffs to the next level. Whether through a simple global tariff of 10-20 percent—which could raise as much as $2.2 trillion in revenue over 10 years—or a wider set of reciprocal tariffs based on our trade balance with each foreign nation, the United States must assert its economic interests against the unfair practices of our trading partners.”

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed recession concerns during an appearance on NBC News’ Meet the Press, stating, “There are no guarantees. Like, who would’ve predicted COVID? I can predict that we’re putting in robust policies that will be durable. And could there be an adjustment? Because I tell you that this massive government spending that we’ve had, if that had kept going, we would have to wean our country off of that.”

President Trump himself weighed in on economic concerns via Truth Social on February 2. He wrote, “THIS WILL BE THE GOLDEN AGE OF AMERICA! WILL THERE BE SOME PAIN? YES, MAYBE (AND MAYBE NOT!). BUT WE WILL MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN, AND IT WILL ALL BE WORTH THE PRICE THAT MUST BE PAID. WE ARE A COUNTRY THAT IS NOW BEING RUN WITH COMMON SENSE — AND THE RESULTS WILL BE SPECTACULAR!!!”

What Happens Next

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has warned that Trump’s tariff policies against Canada and Mexico could negatively impact U.S. GDP growth. The OECD’s latest projections indicate that U.S. economic growth will be 2.2 percent in 2025 and 1.6 percent in 2026—both revised downward from previous estimates of 2.4 percent and 2.1 percent, respectively.

Approval Ratings Breakdown

Poll Approval Disapproval Margin of Error
NBC News 44% 54% ±3.1%
CNN 42% 56% ±3.3%
YouGov/Economist 43% 47% ±3.2%

With declining approval ratings on economic matters, Trump faces a crucial challenge in convincing voters that his policies will lead to long-term growth. The coming months will determine whether he can regain confidence or if economic concerns will become a liability in the 2024 election.

U.S. Added to Watchlist for Faltering Civic Freedoms Amid Concerns Over Trump’s Actions

A global watchdog organization has placed the United States on a list of countries experiencing “faltering civic freedoms” following concerns over President Donald Trump’s recent actions and policies.

CIVICUS, a nonprofit that advocates for democracy and human rights, included the U.S. in its first watchlist of the year on Monday. The organization noted that America, previously regarded as “a global champion for democracy and human rights,” has drawn scrutiny due to Trump’s efforts to reshape the federal government to align with his vision while distancing the U.S. from global affairs.

The United States is now listed among 37 other nations, including the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Pakistan, Chile, and Slovakia, under the category of countries with “narrowed” civic freedoms.

“This is an unparalleled attack on the rule of law in the United States, not seen since the days of McCarthyism in the twentieth century,” said Mandeep Tiwana, the interim co-secretary-general of CIVICUS, in a statement.

Tiwana further elaborated, saying, “Restrictive executive orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

The “narrowed” designation by CIVICUS signifies that while people in these countries can still exercise civil liberties, violations of these rights occur periodically. This is the second-highest rating level, following the “open” category.

One of the primary concerns cited by the organization is Trump’s decision to dismiss large numbers of federal employees and replace them with individuals who demonstrate unwavering loyalty to him, a move that CIVICUS warns could “severely impact constitutional freedoms.”

Trump has deliberately chosen appointees based on their personal allegiance to him rather than their qualifications or expertise.

Among those involved in restructuring the government is billionaire Elon Musk, who, despite lacking an official title, has served as a “special government employee.” Musk has played a role in identifying areas within the federal workforce for reduction, seeking to eliminate what the administration views as inefficient or wasteful expenditures.

This initiative has led to significant changes within key government agencies. The U.S. Agency for International Development has been stripped of much of its authority to provide humanitarian aid and assistance, while the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has seen a reduction in its ability to regulate and enforce protections against fraud and unfair business practices.

Additionally, Trump has employed executive orders to consolidate power within the executive branch, thereby increasing his administration’s ability to oversee and control federal agencies, ensuring they align with his policy priorities.

These measures have included halting all diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives, suppressing pro-Palestinian student demonstrations, and promoting policies that reflect his administration’s ideological stance.

“The Trump administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances, which are the pillars of a democratic society,” Tiwana warned in the CIVICUS statement.

Monday’s designation is not the first time the U.S. has been downgraded on the watchdog’s list. In 2020, CIVICUS lowered the country’s status to “obstructed” after determining that the Trump administration had repressed mass protests.

NASA Astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore Conclude Extended Stay in Space Amid Health Concerns

On March 14, what was initially planned as a short mission of just over a week stretched to an extensive nine-month stay in space. NASA astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore were originally assigned to the first crewed test flight on Boeing’s Starliner and were scheduled to remain at the International Space Station (ISS) for only ten days. However, when NASA detected several helium leaks and propulsion system issues with the spacecraft, it made the decision to send the capsule back without its crew. Consequently, the astronauts had to remain aboard the ISS until another mission could bring them back.

This situation is far from being a mere administrative inconvenience, akin to a low-gravity version of The Terminal. The impact of space on human health can be profound and potentially detrimental. For Williams and Wilmore, their extended stay at the ISS may have led to significant physiological effects.

The process of launching into space involves enduring g-forces more than twice what humans experience on Earth. Former NASA astronaut Dr. Sandy Magnus once likened the sensation to having a “70-pound gorilla sitting on your chest.” However, that is the last sensation of gravity astronauts feel until they reenter Earth’s atmosphere at the end of their mission. Once in orbit, they spend the remainder of their time weightless, floating in their seats.

The absence of gravity, though, is just one of the many ways space alters the human body. Astronauts have reported everything from deteriorating eyesight and genetic changes to skin rashes upon arrival. Some have even noted an unfamiliar sensation with fabric touching their bodies.

“In general, the environment in space causes an accelerated model for disease, and what we kind of say is an accelerated model for aging,” explained Dr. Afshin Beheshti, director of the Center for Space Biomedicine at the University of Pittsburgh. “But you don’t age faster, it’s just that all of the things associated with aging, like cardiovascular risk or cognitive issues… Everything is kind of sped up in space because of that environment.”

This week, four astronauts launched toward the ISS, where they will facilitate the return of Williams and Wilmore. Their extended stay places them among a small group of astronauts—just eight others—who have spent more than 200 days in space. NASA astronaut Frank Rubio holds the record with 371 days. Given the well-documented effects of prolonged space travel on the human body, it will take time for Williams and Wilmore to recover.

“When we get back, even to lift a pencil we will feel the weight,” Wilmore stated in a CNN interview last month. “That’s the transition back.”

One major reason for this difficulty is that gravity on Earth constantly acts upon the skeleton, prompting bone-building cells called osteoblasts to maintain bone density. Without gravity, bones weaken, losing approximately 1% of their density for every month spent in space without countermeasures. Similarly, muscles atrophy from disuse.

Despite daily exercise routines aimed at mitigating these effects, Williams and Wilmore will likely experience significant bone loss. Upon their return, they will be met by medical teams to initiate a 45-day post-mission recovery program, according to NASA’s Lead Flight Surgeon Dr. Stevan Gilmore.

“They work closely with trainers, dedicating two hours each day to return to their pre-flight baseline state of health and fitness,” Gilmore wrote in an email to Salon. “Generally, most crewmembers’ physiological systems recover within this timeframe.”

For comparison, NASA astronaut Scott Kelly, who spent one year in space, had to relearn how to walk after returning, Beheshti noted.

The Cool Down

“Being a year in space like that, it definitely takes a while for them to recoup the damage done,” Beheshti told Salon in a phone interview.

Kelly participated in NASA’s Twin Study, in which biomarkers from his body were compared to those of his twin brother, Sen. Mark Kelly, who remained on Earth. The results showed that Scott Kelly exhibited more signs of heart disease post-flight and developed Spaceflight Associated Neuro-ocular Syndrome (SANS). This condition arises when blood and cerebrospinal fluid shift upwards due to the absence of gravity, affecting both the brain and vision.

“He wasn’t wearing glasses before he went, but he came back and started wearing glasses,” Beheshti remarked.

Disruptions to the body’s internal clock also impact astronauts’ sleep and eating cycles. Some research indicates that spaceflight slows cognitive processing speeds, though performance returns to normal upon returning to Earth. Interestingly, some astronauts show improved cognitive focus while in space.

“Sometimes people actually perform better in space, and they’re even more focused, in a way,” said Dr. Chris Mason, a professor of physiology and biophysics at Weill Cornell Medicine. “But sometimes people get a little slower. It really depends on the crew member.”

Radiation is another significant concern in space. Without Earth’s ozone layer for protection, astronauts are exposed to radiation levels equivalent to a year’s worth of exposure on Earth for each week spent on the ISS. The severity of exposure depends on solar flares and cosmic rays.

This radiation exposure can disrupt cellular mitochondrial function, leading to broader health consequences.

“The mitochondria is your bioenergetics, so your energy in your body is produced by all of the mitochondria in your cells,” Beheshti explained. “When the bioenergetics are damaged, you can imagine that it has detrimental effects… impacting your immune system and circadian rhythm.”

Radiation exposure at these levels is associated with an increased risk of heart disease, cancer, and degenerative eye disorders. Studies tracking astronauts have identified changes in immune system function due to radiation and weightlessness.

A 2024 study in Communications Biology, led by Mason, found that astronauts in space had longer telomeres—DNA-protecting structures at the ends of chromosomes. While longer telomeres are generally associated with youth, they are also linked to cancer risks.

Mason’s study also found that space travel activates several genes involved in immune responses, likely as an adaptive reaction to the body’s stress.

“There are also anti-inflammatory markers called interleukins which get activated, and we’ve seen some of them in almost every mission, so we would expect that they would also have them here,” Mason said. “We see a lot of genes for DNA repair get activated, like the body is detecting some of the damage and then repairing that damage, which is a normal adaptive response.”

While most of these cellular changes revert within weeks of returning to Earth, recovery rates vary. About 90% of the gene changes Scott Kelly experienced returned to normal within six months, and telomere alterations stabilized within days.

However, scientists continue to study ways to reduce astronauts’ health risks. Radiation remains a major challenge, as high-energy particles can break DNA strands. Research efforts are exploring small molecules that might improve radiation resistance, with potential benefits for both astronauts and cancer patients undergoing radiation therapy.

Some researchers are investigating whether induced “artificial hibernation” could mitigate radiation’s harmful effects. Recent studies on animals suggest that entering a hibernation-like state reduces the damage caused by radiation.

“When there’s radiation damage caused to your body, you create reactive oxygen species, and that causes downstream things to impact your immune system… while also suppressing your mitochondria,” Beheshti explained. “But when your body shuts down in that hibernation state, like in these animals, those reactive oxygen species stop getting produced as much, and then there seems to be less damage caused by the radiation.”

With commercial space travel expanding and figures like Elon Musk advocating for missions to Mars, these concerns underscore the challenges of prolonged spaceflight. Human bodies, evolved over millions of years under Earth’s gravity and atmospheric conditions, face immense obstacles in space.

Although Williams and Wilmore trained extensively for this mission, their recovery will take time. Yet, they do not seem troubled by their extended stay.

“I think both of us will be a little bit sad when that feeling of space leaves us after about 24 hours,” Williams reflected in the CNN interview. “That means that physically the spaceflight came to an end.”

Trump Invokes Alien Enemies Act to Deport Venezuelan Migrants, Faces Legal Hurdles

On Saturday, President Donald Trump invoked the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, asserting that the U.S. was under invasion by a Venezuelan gang. The law, originally designed for wartime, grants the president significant authority, enabling him to accelerate mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. This move signals a potential intensification of Trump’s immigration enforcement efforts.

Trump’s order specifically targets the Tren de Aragua gang, which he claims is operating as a hostile force under the Venezuelan government’s direction. “Over the years, Venezuelan national and local authorities have ceded ever-greater control over their territories to transnational criminal organizations, including TdA,” Trump stated, as reported by the Associated Press. He further argued, “The result is a hybrid criminal state that is perpetrating an invasion of and predatory incursion into the United States, and which poses a substantial danger to the United States.”

The declaration came on the same day that a federal judge in Washington blocked the administration from deporting five Venezuelans under the anticipated order, indicating potential legal resistance. Even before Trump’s official announcement, a federal judge had intervened to prevent these deportations using the Alien Enemies Act, signaling an immediate legal battle.

Legal Challenges and Court Rulings

Civil rights organizations, including the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and Democracy Forward, quickly filed an urgent lawsuit in Washington’s federal court. They argued that Trump’s order classified Tren de Aragua as a “predatory incursion” orchestrated by a foreign government, a move that could lead to indiscriminate deportations of Venezuelans.

DC Circuit Chief Judge James E. Boasberg issued a temporary restraining order, valid for 14 days, to shield five Venezuelans in immigration custody who were at risk of imminent deportation under the act. Boasberg’s ruling sought to preserve the current situation while scheduling a hearing to determine whether broader protections should be extended to all Venezuelans in the U.S.

The Trump administration swiftly challenged the restraining order, arguing that blocking presidential action before its execution would significantly hinder executive operations. The Justice Department warned that allowing such judicial interventions could enable district courts to obstruct crucial national security measures, including intelligence operations, drone strikes, or counterterrorism efforts. The administration urged the court to prevent such a precedent from taking hold.

What Is the Alien Enemies Act?

The Alien Enemies Act, part of the Alien and Sedition Acts of 1798, is a law designed for use during wartime or when the U.S. faces an imminent invasion threat from a foreign nation. It grants the president the authority to detain or deport foreign nationals from enemy countries during conflicts, with a particular focus on recent immigrants who might be perceived as aligning with U.S. adversaries.

When Was the Alien Enemies Act Last Used?

According to CNN, legal experts believe invoking the act outside of wartime—especially in response to threats from criminal gangs or cartels—would present legal challenges unless the U.S. were under direct attack by a foreign government.

The Alien Enemies Act has been invoked three times in U.S. history, each instance occurring during wartime. As noted by the Brennan Center, it was used during World War I and World War II to detain and deport individuals from Germany, the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Italy, and Japan. Additionally, the act played a central role in the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II, a highly controversial episode in U.S. history.

Presidential Powers Under the Alien Enemies Act

The act grants the president broad authority, including:

  • Detention and Deportation: The president can detain or deport any male over the age of 14 from an enemy nation if they are deemed a potential threat.
  • National Security Measures: The act provides a legal framework for mitigating risks posed by foreign nationals from hostile nations to protect U.S. interests.
  • Restrictions on Movement and Property: The president can impose travel restrictions or require individuals to report regularly to authorities.
  • Expedited Mass Deportations: The act allows the president to bypass certain immigration and criminal law protections, facilitating rapid deportations of individuals designated as threats.

Key Implications of Trump’s Order

1. Legal Challenges and Constitutional Concerns

Civil rights organizations, including the ACLU, have already initiated lawsuits, arguing that Trump’s order violates due process and immigrants’ legal rights. A federal judge’s temporary block on some deportations suggests a prolonged legal battle is ahead.

2. Targeting of Venezuelan Migrants

Trump has justified his order by focusing on the Tren de Aragua gang, alleging that it has connections to Venezuela’s government. However, this designation could impact thousands of Venezuelan migrants in the U.S., many of whom fled economic hardship and political repression.

3. Potential Diplomatic Fallout

Trump’s move may strain U.S.-Venezuela relations, particularly if deported individuals face persecution under President Nicolás Maduro’s regime. Maduro’s government has long been at odds with the U.S., and mass deportations could heighten tensions.

4. Uncertainty for Undocumented Immigrants

The order has created widespread fear and uncertainty among undocumented Venezuelan migrants, who now face the possibility of detention or deportation without standard legal protections.

5. Use of Detention Centers and International Transfers

The Trump administration has announced plans to relocate approximately 300 suspected gang members to detention facilities in El Salvador. This decision has drawn criticism from human rights groups concerned about the treatment of detainees in these facilities.

6. Broader Immigration Crackdown

Trump’s move signals his commitment to aggressively pursuing stricter immigration policies, potentially laying the groundwork for more expansive crackdowns if he secures a second term. The use of the Alien Enemies Act in this context raises concerns about its future application beyond Venezuelan migrants.

A Test for Executive Power

Trump’s decision to invoke the Alien Enemies Act marks a significant escalation in his immigration policy. While his administration argues that this move is necessary for national security, legal experts caution that using a wartime law to target migrant groups could face substantial constitutional hurdles.

The federal court’s intervention suggests that judicial challenges will continue to shape the fate of Trump’s order. The restraining order issued by Judge Boasberg may be just the first of many legal barriers Trump faces in implementing this measure.

The Road Ahead

With ongoing court battles, diplomatic considerations, and human rights concerns, Trump’s use of the Alien Enemies Act remains a contentious issue. While supporters see it as a necessary tool to combat transnational crime, opponents view it as an overreach that could set a dangerous precedent for future immigration policies.

The coming weeks will be crucial as the administration seeks to defend its actions in court, while advocacy groups continue their efforts to challenge what they see as an unlawful and unconstitutional policy. The ultimate outcome of this legal battle could have lasting implications for immigration enforcement and executive authority in the U.S.

India Poised to Become World’s Third-Largest Economy by 2028: Morgan Stanley

Despite global economic uncertainties, India is set to become the world’s third-largest economy by 2028, according to Morgan Stanley’s latest report. The country’s share in global production is increasing, driven by macroeconomic stability, policy measures, and enhanced infrastructure. India is projected to surpass Germany’s GDP to secure the third position in the global economic rankings.

By 2026, the Indian economy is expected to grow to $4.7 trillion, placing it as the fourth-largest economy after the U.S., China, and Germany. By 2028, India will surpass Germany with an estimated GDP of $5.7 trillion.

Morgan Stanley’s data traces India’s economic progress over the decades. In 1990, India was the 12th-largest economy in the world, slipping to 13th place in 2000. However, it climbed back to ninth position by 2020 and then further to fifth place by 2023. The report projects India’s share in global GDP to increase from 3.5% in 2023 to 4.5% by 2029.

Three Possible Economic Growth Scenarios

Morgan Stanley outlined three possible growth trajectories for India’s economy:

  1. Bear Scenario – The economy expands from $3.65 trillion in 2025 to $6.6 trillion by 2035.
  2. Base Scenario – India’s GDP grows to $8.8 trillion by 2035.
  3. Bull Scenario – The country’s economy could reach $10.3 trillion by 2035.

GDP per capita is also expected to rise significantly across these scenarios. By 2035, under the Bear scenario, it could reach $4,247, while in the Base scenario, it may increase to $5,683. Under the Bull scenario, GDP per capita could rise as high as $6,706.

India’s Growing Global Economic Influence

The report emphasized that India is gaining prominence in the global economy due to strong foundational factors. “India is likely gaining share in global output in the coming decades driven by strong foundational factors, including robust population growth, a functioning democracy, macro stability influenced policy, better infrastructure, a rising entrepreneurial class and improving social outcomes,” Morgan Stanley stated.

The report further highlighted India’s growing attractiveness as a key consumer market. “The implication is that India will be the world’s most sought-after consumer market, it will undergo a major energy transition, credit to GDP will rise and manufacturing could gain share in GDP,” it noted.

Economic Growth on the Path to Recovery

According to Morgan Stanley, India’s economic growth is already showing signs of recovery. “High-frequency indicators were mixed in recent weeks but are distinctly better than a couple of months ago. We expect growth to recover after a 2H24 (second half of 2024) slowdown on fiscal and monetary policy support, with recovery in service exports,” the report said.

For the financial year ending March 31, 2025 (FY2024-25), India’s GDP is expected to grow at a rate of 6.3%, rising to 6.5% in the following fiscal year.

“Macro-stability should remain in the comfort range, providing flexibility to policymakers,” the report noted. The recovery in consumption is projected to become more widespread, aided by income tax cuts that are expected to boost urban demand, while rural consumption levels remain strong.

Public and Household Capital Expenditure to Drive Growth

Investments are expected to play a crucial role in India’s economic expansion. According to Morgan Stanley, public and household capital expenditure (capex) will be the primary drivers of growth, while private corporate investments are anticipated to recover at a gradual pace.

Additionally, the strength in services exports is expected to have a positive impact on the labor market. This, combined with moderating inflation, is likely to improve overall purchasing power.

Domestic demand, supported by policy initiatives on both the monetary and fiscal fronts, is projected to be a key contributor to economic expansion.

Inflation Expected to Stabilize at 4.3% by FY27

Inflation has shown signs of cooling, with headline Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation decreasing from its recent peak, now hovering near 4%. This decline is primarily attributed to falling food prices. Core inflation has remained stable, contributing to overall economic stability.

Morgan Stanley expects inflation to reach 4.3% in FY2026-27, down from an estimated 4.9% in FY2025. The outlook for inflation remains contingent on food prices, which account for 46% of the CPI basket and are expected to soften further in the coming months.

Current Account Deficit Remains Under Control

Despite weak global demand affecting goods exports, India’s strong service exports are helping to balance its trade position. As a result, Morgan Stanley expects the country’s current account deficit to remain below 1% of GDP in FY2025-27, ensuring continued stability in India’s external balance sheet.

Possible Rate Cut by RBI in April

On the monetary policy front, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has been easing policies across multiple areas, including interest rates, liquidity measures, and regulatory changes. In February, the RBI initiated a rate-cutting cycle, and Morgan Stanley anticipates another 25 basis points (bps) reduction in April.

Fiscal Strategy: Encouraging Consumption and Capital Expenditure

India’s fiscal policies aim to sustain economic recovery by boosting consumption through income tax cuts and prioritizing capital expenditure (capex). At the same time, the government is maintaining macroeconomic stability by ensuring fiscal discipline.

Global Risks: Trade Wars, U.S. Federal Reserve, and Market Conditions

While India’s economic trajectory appears strong, risks remain, particularly from external factors. “We closely monitor developments on trade and tariff policies by the US government, alongside the strength in the dollar, Fed’s reaction function and global growth and financial conditions,” Morgan Stanley stated.

Domestically, the report warned of potential risks, including excessive government spending at the state level or shifts in policy that could undermine macroeconomic stability.

The most critical factor influencing India’s growth trajectory will be global conditions, including U.S. economic policies and worldwide growth trends.

Roshni Nadar Malhotra Becomes India’s Third Wealthiest Individual

A new figure has ascended in the ranks of India’s wealthiest individuals. Roshni Nadar Malhotra has solidified her standing as one of the richest women in the country, now ranking as the third wealthiest person after Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani. Her rise to this position follows a major succession move that has granted her a significant stake in HCL Corporation, establishing her as a dominant force in the Indian corporate sector.

On March 6, Roshni’s father, Shiv Nadar, the founder of HCL Technologies, made a significant decision by transferring 47% of his stake in both Vama Sundari Investments (Delhi) Private Limited and HCL Corporation Private Limited to his daughter. This transition was formalized through two gift deeds, effectively granting her control over HCL Tech and HCL Infosystems, the principal entities of the HCL Group. With this transfer, Roshni has emerged as the largest shareholder in HCL Corp, ensuring her majority control over one of India’s leading technology conglomerates.

Roshni Nadar Malhotra’s journey to becoming one of the wealthiest women in India is deeply connected to her academic and professional background. Born in 1982 in New Delhi, she is the only child of Shiv and Kiran Nadar. She attended Vasant Valley School before pursuing a degree in Communications at Northwestern University. She later went on to earn an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management.

Her leadership capabilities extend beyond her family’s business empire. She is an esteemed member of the Dean’s Advisory Council at the MIT School of Engineering and also serves on the Executive Board for Asia at the Kellogg School of Management.

Apart from her academic connections, Roshni occupies several influential positions globally. She is a board member of the US-India Strategic Partnership Forum (USISPF) and serves on the global board of directors of The Nature Conservancy (TNC). Additionally, she holds a role as an independent director on the board of HDFC Asset Management Company.

Beyond her corporate commitments, Roshni is also deeply engaged in philanthropy through the Shiv Nadar Foundation, which is dedicated to promoting education and fostering social change. As a trustee of the foundation, she has played a key role in establishing initiatives like VidyaGyan, a leadership academy designed to support underprivileged students.

In her personal life, Roshni is married to Shikhar Malhotra, the vice chairman of HCL Healthcare. Together, they form a powerful and influential partnership in the business world.

Trump Administration Asks Supreme Court to Allow End of Birthright Citizenship

The administration of President Donald Trump filed a series of emergency appeals with the Supreme Court on Thursday, seeking approval to proceed with plans to end birthright citizenship. This move elevates a controversial legal theory that multiple lower courts have strongly rejected.

In its emergency appeals, the Trump administration argued that lower courts had overstepped their authority by issuing nationwide injunctions that blocked the policy. It urged the Supreme Court to limit the scope of these orders.

A federal judge in January ruled that Trump’s executive order was “blatantly unconstitutional” and halted its implementation. Shortly afterward, a Maryland judge stated that the order “runs counter to our nation’s 250-year history of citizenship by birth.” Despite appeals, courts have consistently declined to pause the lower court rulings, which imposed nationwide injunctions on Trump’s order issued on the first day of his second term.

For over 150 years, courts have interpreted the 14th Amendment to ensure citizenship to anyone “born or naturalized in the United States,” regardless of their parents’ immigration status. A landmark 1898 Supreme Court decision affirmed this interpretation, and the current Court has not indicated any intention to reconsider that precedent.

However, some conservative legal scholars argue that this long-standing interpretation is incorrect. They point to a phrase in the 14th Amendment that states citizenship applies only to those “subject to the jurisdiction” of the United States. According to this perspective, immigrants who are in the country illegally remain under the jurisdiction of their home nations and should not be granted U.S. citizenship at birth.

Federal courts in Maryland, Massachusetts, and Washington have all issued injunctions preventing the policy’s implementation. These rulings came in response to lawsuits filed by over 20 states, two immigrant rights organizations, and seven individual plaintiffs.

Cody Wofsy, deputy director of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project and lead attorney in one of the lawsuits challenging the administration, criticized the executive order, saying, “The president’s executive order is outrageously illegal and cruel, and it should not be applied to a single baby in this country.” He added, “We are going to continue fighting to ensure that no child is denied their citizenship by this executive order.”

The Trump administration’s Supreme Court appeals do not directly address whether the executive order is constitutional. Instead, they make what the administration calls a “modest” request to narrow the scope of the injunctions. If granted, this request would allow the government to enforce the policy against individuals not currently covered by ongoing litigation.

The Justice Department, in its emergency appeals, expressed frustration with the increasing use of nationwide injunctions, arguing, “Universal injunctions have reached epidemic proportions since the start of the current administration.” It continued, “Those universal injunctions prohibit a Day 1 Executive Order from being enforced anywhere in the country, as to ‘hundreds of thousands’ of unspecified individuals who are ‘not before the court nor identified by the court.’”

As an alternative measure, the administration requested permission to issue guidance on how it would implement the policy, even if the Court did not fully lift the injunctions.

While the focus of the administration’s legal challenge is on lower court rulings that blocked the executive order, the Justice Department used its Supreme Court appeal to outline broader arguments against birthright citizenship.

“During the 20th century,” the administration argued, “the executive branch adopted the incorrect position that the citizenship clause extended birthright citizenship to almost everyone born in the United States – even children of illegal aliens or temporarily present aliens.” It further claimed, “That policy of near-universal birthright citizenship has created strong incentives for illegal immigration.”

With the Supreme Court now reviewing the case, it is expected to establish a briefing schedule that will require the parties challenging the executive order to submit their responses quickly, possibly within just a few days.

US Imposes 25% Tariff on Steel and Aluminum Imports, Prompting Global Retaliation

The United States has implemented a 25% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from across the globe.

In response, Canada and the European Union (EU) have introduced tariffs on American goods worth billions of dollars, heightening concerns about a potential global trade war.

President Donald Trump has threatened to impose a 200% tariff on alcohol imports from EU countries unless the bloc removes its “nasty 50% tariff on whisky.”

Additionally, Trump has already imposed 25% tariffs on various imports from Mexico and Canada, with some exceptions, as well as a 20% levy on goods from China.

Understanding Tariffs and Their Impact

Tariffs are taxes applied to goods imported from foreign countries.

Importing companies pay these taxes to the government.

Tariffs are usually calculated as a percentage of a product’s value. For example, a 20% tariff on Chinese goods means that an item valued at $10 (£7.76) incurs an additional $2 charge.

Businesses may choose to pass on some or all of the tariff costs to consumers.

Historically, the U.S. has maintained lower tariffs on imported goods than many other nations.

However, economists fear that Trump’s new tariffs, along with additional levies he has suggested could take effect on April 2, may drive up consumer prices both in the U.S. and globally.

Trump’s Justification for Tariffs

Tariffs play a key role in Trump’s economic strategy.

He argues that they will strengthen U.S. manufacturing, safeguard jobs, generate tax revenue, and stimulate domestic economic growth.

He also aims to correct America’s trade imbalance by reducing the gap between imports and exports with specific countries.

Despite this, Trump has not ruled out the possibility of a recession resulting from his trade policies, which led to a sharp decline in U.S. stock markets just before the metal tariffs took effect.

U.S. Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick later defended the tariffs, stating that they were “worth it” even if they contributed to an economic downturn.

Trump initially targeted Chinese, Mexican, and Canadian imports with tariffs.

These three countries accounted for over 40% of all U.S. imports in 2024.

However, Trump has accused them of failing to do enough to curb the influx of migrants and illegal drugs, such as fentanyl, into the U.S.

All three nations have rejected these allegations.

How the Steel and Aluminum Tariffs Work

The U.S. implemented a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports on March 12.

The U.S. is the world’s largest steel importer, with Canada, Brazil, and Mexico being its top suppliers.

Canada also supplies nearly 60% of all aluminum imported by the U.S.

Initially, Trump announced that there would be no exemptions to the steel and aluminum tariffs.

On March 11, he threatened to double tariffs on Canadian metals due to Canada’s decision to impose higher electricity charges on customers in three northern U.S. states in response to earlier U.S. tariffs.

However, Trump withdrew this plan just before it was set to take effect, as Canada agreed to suspend the extra energy charges.

During his first term in office, Trump had previously imposed 25% tariffs on steel and 10% on aluminum in 2018.

However, he later negotiated exemptions for several countries, including Australia, Canada, and Mexico.

Despite these exemptions, the U.S. International Trade Commission reported that tariffs raised the average price of steel and aluminum in the country by 2.4% and 1.6%, respectively.

Global Reactions to the Steel Tariffs

Within hours of the U.S. tariffs taking effect, Canada and the EU announced countermeasures.

Canada introduced a 25% tariff on an additional C$29.8 billion ($20 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. goods starting on March 13.

These tariffs include steel products valued at C$12.6 billion, along with sports equipment, computers, and cast iron items.

The EU’s retaliatory tariffs, set to take effect on April 1 and be fully implemented by April 13, target U.S. goods worth €26 billion (£22 billion).

The list of affected items includes “boats, bourbon, motorbikes,” as well as steel and aluminum products such as pipes, window frames, and tin foil.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen expressed regret over the measure, stating, “Tariffs are bad for business and worse for consumers.”

Trump, responding on his social media platform Truth Social, warned that if the EU did not remove its 50% tariff on American whiskey “immediately,” the U.S. would impose a 200% tariff on “all wines, Champagnes, and alcoholic products coming out of EU-represented countries.”

“This will be great for the Wine and Champagne businesses in the U.S.,” he added.

The UK, which exports significant amounts of steel to the U.S. each year, has taken a cautious stance.

Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer told lawmakers that the UK would adopt a “pragmatic approach” but stated that it would “keep all options on the table.”

China’s foreign ministry vowed to take “all necessary measures” to protect its interests, asserting that the U.S. tariffs violated World Trade Organization rules.

Tariffs on Canadian and Mexican Goods

Trump has already implemented 25% tariffs on other goods from Canada and Mexico.

Originally set to take effect on February 4, these tariffs were delayed for a month to allow negotiations. They were officially implemented on March 4, alongside a 10% tariff on Canadian energy exports.

On March 5, Trump announced a one-month exemption for North American-made cars that comply with the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA).

This trade pact, negotiated by Trump during his first term, establishes rules on how much of a vehicle must be produced within North America to qualify for tariff-free treatment.

The auto industry had warned that tariffs on Canadian and Mexican goods could have significant consequences, as vehicle components frequently cross borders multiple times before assembly.

After Trump’s exemption announcement, shares in major U.S. automakers surged.

On March 6, Trump expanded the exemption to cover other goods covered by USMCA, including televisions, air conditioners, avocados, and beef.

Additionally, Trump reduced tariffs on potash, a key fertilizer ingredient, from 25% to 10%.

Canada’s Response to the Additional Tariffs

Outgoing Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau accused Trump of attempting “a total collapse of the Canadian economy [to] make it easier to annex us.”

He announced immediate retaliatory tariffs on C$30 billion ($21 billion; £16 billion) worth of U.S. imports, with plans for further measures totaling C$125 billion within three weeks.

However, after Trump granted additional exemptions, Canada delayed the second phase of tariffs.

Trudeau’s successor, Mark Carney, also criticized the tariffs as “unjustified” and stated, “In trade, as in hockey, Canada will win.”

Ontario Premier Doug Ford initially planned to impose a 25% surcharge on electricity exports to three U.S. states—Michigan, New York, and Minnesota—in retaliation.

However, these plans were shelved after Trump threatened to double tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum.

Mexico’s Response

Mexico postponed its retaliatory tariffs during the initial negotiation period.

President Claudia Sheinbaum urged calm, stating that “cooler heads will prevail” despite Trump’s actions.

She also agreed to deploy 10,000 troops along the U.S.-Mexico border to curb smuggling.

Following the implementation of tariffs on March 4, Sheinbaum declared them “unjustified” and promised a response involving “tariff and non-tariff measures.”

Before these countermeasures could be announced, Trump unveiled exemptions for carmakers and other goods, which Sheinbaum welcomed.

While Trump has been critical of Trudeau, he has praised Sheinbaum, describing their relationship as “very good.”

China’s Retaliatory Measures

A 10% tariff on all Chinese imports to the U.S. began on February 4.

Trump later announced an exemption for shipments valued under $800.

On February 10, China responded with tariffs of 10-15% on select U.S. agricultural products and imposed export controls on American aviation, defense, and tech firms.

The U.S. tariff doubled to 20% on March 4.

China urged the U.S. to resume negotiations, warning that if America continued a trade war, China would “fight them to the bitter end,” according to foreign ministry spokesperson Lin Jian.

Trump Signs Executive Order to Eliminate Seven Federal Agencies

President Trump signed an executive order on Friday aimed at dissolving seven federal agencies, including those overseeing media, libraries, museums, and homelessness initiatives.

The directive instructs these government entities to be “eliminated to the maximum extent consistent with applicable law,” asserting that they should “reduce the performance of their statutory functions and associated personnel.” Agency heads are required to submit a compliance report to the Office of Management and Budget within seven days.

Among the agencies targeted is the U.S. Agency for Global Media, which oversees Voice of America (VOA). The order also seeks to dismantle the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a think tank within the Smithsonian Institution, and the Institute of Museum and Library Services, which provides support to libraries, archives, and museums nationwide.

Additionally, the executive action eliminates the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, which works to prevent and address homelessness across the country. Other agencies affected include the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service, which helps resolve labor disputes and work stoppages, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, which promotes economic opportunities in underserved communities, and the Minority Business Development Agency, which supports the growth of minority-owned businesses.

Trump’s decision has raised concerns about the future of VOA, particularly following his selection of former Arizona gubernatorial and Senate candidate Kari Lake to lead the outlet. Speaking at the Conservative Political Action Conference last month, Lake assured that under her leadership, the international broadcaster would not become “Trump TV.”

While the president does not directly appoint VOA’s leader, Trump has nominated conservative activist L. Brent Bozell III to head the U.S. Agency for Global Media. If confirmed by the Senate, Bozell would have the authority to appoint Lake to the position.

The U.S. Agency for Global Media also supervises Radio Free Asia, which broadcasts and publishes content for audiences in Asia, serving as a countermeasure against Chinese state propaganda.

The Trump administration has been pursuing a broad restructuring of the federal government, with tech billionaire Elon Musk leading efforts to cut spending and reduce the workforce. However, these efforts have faced legal challenges. On Thursday, federal judges in Maryland and Northern California issued rulings blocking mass dismissals of government employees.

In response, the White House announced on Friday that it would appeal the court decisions, which have required the administration to reinstate probationary federal workers.

Indian-Origin Women Anita Anand and Kamal Khera Appointed to Key Ministerial Positions in Mark Carney’s Cabinet

Anita Anand and Kamal Khera, both of Indian origin, have been assigned significant ministerial roles in the newly formed cabinet led by Prime Minister Mark Carney. The former central banker and leader of the Liberal Party took the oath of office on Friday, heading a 24-member cabinet that succeeds Justin Trudeau’s larger 37-member team.

Anand, 58, has been appointed as Minister of Innovation, Science and Industry, while Khera, 36, will now serve as Minister of Health. Both ministers were retained from Trudeau’s cabinet but have been reassigned to new portfolios.

Anand conveyed her enthusiasm for her new responsibilities, remarking, “We know that negativity won’t pay the rent or the mortgage. Negativity won’t bring down the price of groceries. Negativity won’t win a trade war. We are united and strong and we will immediately get to work.”

Kamal Khera: A Young Leader in Canadian Politics

Khera, originally from Delhi, immigrated to Canada with her family while she was still in school. She later pursued a Bachelor of Science degree at York University in Toronto.

Elected to the Canadian Parliament in 2015 as the Member of Parliament for Brampton West, Khera became one of the youngest women to achieve this milestone. Over the years, she has served as Minister of Seniors and held several parliamentary secretary positions.

With a background in healthcare, Khera is also a registered nurse. During the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic, she volunteered at a long-term care facility, reinforcing her commitment to public service. Expressing her gratitude for her latest ministerial role, she shared on X, “As a nurse, my top priority is to always be there to support my patients, and that’s the same mentality I’ll bring every day to the role of Minister of Health. Extremely grateful for the confidence of PM @MarkJCarney.”

Anita Anand’s Political Journey

Anand was considered a strong contender to succeed Justin Trudeau as the leader of the Liberal Party. However, she initially announced her departure from politics, only to reverse her decision on March 1, citing Canada’s “crucial moment in history.”

Raised in Nova Scotia before moving to Ontario in 1985, Anand made her political debut in 2019 when she was elected as the Member of Parliament for Oakville. Over the years, she has taken on several high-profile roles, including President of the Treasury Board, Minister of National Defence, and Minister of Public Services and Procurement.

The official website of the Prime Minister of Canada outlines her distinguished legal and academic career, stating, “Anand has worked as a scholar, lawyer, and researcher. She has been a Professor of Law at the University of Toronto, where she held the J R Kimber Chair in Investor Protection and Corporate Governance.”

A Smaller Cabinet

Carney’s newly formed cabinet consists of 13 men and 11 women, making it a more compact team compared to the 37-member cabinet under Trudeau. The Prime Minister underscored the significance of a streamlined approach to governance, declaring, “Canada, meet your new cabinet. We’ve built a smaller, focused, and experienced team that is made to meet this moment.”

As Carney’s government begins its tenure, the presence of Indo-Canadian leaders in pivotal roles continues to underscore Canada’s commitment to diversity and inclusive representation in politics.

Zelensky Accuses Russia of Stalling Ceasefire Talks to Prolong War

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has accused Russia of deliberately delaying negotiations on a Ukraine ceasefire, claiming that Moscow aims to ensure diplomacy collapses so that the conflict continues.

Meanwhile, Ukraine’s military has refuted claims that its forces are encircled in Russia’s Kursk region. This denial comes after former U.S. President Donald Trump appealed to Russian President Vladimir Putin to spare the lives of what he described as thousands of “surrounded” Ukrainian troops.

In response to Trump’s plea, Putin stated that Russia would allow Ukrainian soldiers in Kursk to live, provided they surrender and lay down their weapons.

During a press briefing following the G7 summit in Canada, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio expressed cautious optimism regarding a potential Ukraine ceasefire but emphasized that further efforts are required to finalize an agreement.

Trump had earlier noted that discussions between the United States and Putin, held in Moscow on Thursday, had been “good and productive.”

The war in Ukraine began with Russia’s full-scale invasion three years ago. Since then, the conflict has evolved significantly, with ongoing military engagements and diplomatic efforts attempting to bring an end to the hostilities.

Pope Francis Extends Catholic Church Reform Process Amid Health Challenges

Pope Francis has given his approval for a new three-year reform process within the Catholic Church, demonstrating his commitment to continuing in his role despite spending a month in the hospital due to pneumonia.

The Vatican revealed on Saturday that the 88-year-old pontiff had signed off on the reform plans earlier in the week while still admitted to Rome’s Gemelli hospital. His hospitalization, which began on February 14, marks the longest period he has spent in medical care since being elected pope 12 years ago.

Central to these reforms is the discussion on expanding the roles of women within the Church, including the possibility of ordaining them as deacons. Another significant aspect of the initiative is increasing the participation of laypeople in governance and decision-making processes.

These reforms are being evaluated through the Synod of Bishops, a structure that has served as Pope Francis’ primary tool for advancing his pastoral vision. Throughout his papacy, he has aimed to involve Catholics from around the world in efforts to renew and reshape the Church.

In October 2023 and 2024, two Vatican assemblies convened for nearly a month each to deliberate on these issues. Notably, these meetings included female voting members for the first time in history. The discussions resulted in a final document approved by the pope, which left the question of ordaining female deacons unresolved. Deacons perform many of the duties of priests, except for celebrating Mass and hearing confessions. The document, however, reaffirmed that women should be granted every leadership opportunity available to them under Church law.

With his latest decision, Pope Francis is extending the reform process by another three years, culminating in an “ecclesial assembly” in October 2028 at the Vatican. Unlike a traditional Synod of Bishops, this gathering will bring together bishops, clergy, monks, friars, nuns, and laypeople.

By the time the assembly takes place, Pope Francis will be 91 years old. This timeline suggests that a conclave to elect a new pope could occur while the reform process is still underway. If that happens, the newly chosen pontiff would inherit the responsibility of carrying forward the reforms initiated by Francis.

Additionally, the pope’s decision serves as a response to bishops and senior Church leaders who have quietly opposed his reform agenda.

Cardinal Mario Grech, who heads the Holy See’s synod office, highlighted the significance of the new plans, particularly for local churches. “These plans offer dioceses that have invested less in the synodal path an opportunity to recover the steps not yet taken and to form their own synodal teams,” he stated.

Despite his hospitalization, Pope Francis has continued to exercise his authority over the Catholic Church. He has signed official documents from his hospital room, held meetings with two of his top aides, and appointed bishops.

On Saturday, the Vatican provided an update on the pope’s health, stating that he remains in stable condition and has shown “gradual improvements.” Although he still requires treatment, the need for non-invasive mechanical ventilation—used to aid his breathing at night—has decreased. Vatican officials have expressed confidence in his recovery.

Nevertheless, Francis’ prolonged hospitalization has been a source of concern within the Vatican. His 30-day stay marks the longest period he has spent in medical care, though it remains shorter than the 55 days Pope John Paul II was hospitalized at Gemelli.

Judge Orders Reinstatement of Thousands of Federal Workers Fired by Trump Administration

A federal judge ruled Thursday night that thousands of federal employees dismissed under the Trump administration must be temporarily reinstated.

U.S. District Judge James Bredar in Maryland issued a temporary restraining order against multiple federal agencies, departments, and their leadership, which had terminated workers as part of a workforce reduction initiative.

“In this case, the government conducted massive layoffs, but it gave no advance notice. It claims it wasn’t required to because, it says, it dismissed each one of these thousands of probationary employees for ‘performance’ or other individualized reasons,” Bredar stated in his ruling.

“On the record before the Court, this isn’t true. There were no individualized assessments of employees. They were all just fired. Collectively,” he added.

Earlier that day, a separate federal judge in California directed several federal departments, including Veterans Affairs, Defense, Energy, Interior, Agriculture, and Treasury, to reinstate thousands of probationary employees who had been terminated the previous month. The Justice Department responded by filing a notice of appeal in that case.

Bredar’s order specifically applies to 12 federal departments that dismissed probationary workers. These include the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Education, Energy, Health and Human Services, Homeland Security, Housing and Urban Development, Interior, Labor, Transportation, Treasury, and Veterans Affairs.

Additionally, the ruling covers recently terminated probationary workers at several federal agencies, including the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the General Services Administration, and the Small Business Administration.

Bredar set a deadline of March 17 at 1 p.m. ET for these agencies to reinstate the affected employees.

The judge acknowledged the scale of his ruling, considering the government had dismissed approximately 200,000 probationary employees—workers who were either newly hired or had recently changed positions—since Donald Trump assumed office in January.

“The Court is not blind to the practical reality that the relief being ordered today will have far-reaching impacts on the federal workforce and will require the Government to expend considerable resources in an effort to undo the [reductions in force] that have been put into place,” Bredar noted.

“When, as is likely the case here, the Government has engaged in an illegal scheme spanning broad swaths of the federal workforce, it is inevitable that the remediation of that scheme will itself be a significant task,” he continued.

A coalition of Democratic attorneys general had initiated the lawsuit, seeking a temporary restraining order that would reinstate the terminated employees. They argued that the Trump administration had disregarded established protocols in executing mass terminations of federal workers.

However, Bredar ruled that certain federal entities, including the Defense Department, the Office of Personnel Management, and the National Archives, would not be subject to his order. He cited “insufficient evidence” that a workforce reduction had taken place at these agencies.

California Attorney General Rob Bonta expressed support for the ruling in a post on X, formerly known as Twitter.

“We’re pleased with the court’s decision to restrain the Trump Admin’s reckless directive and we’ll continue to monitor and ensure compliance,” he wrote.

The White House has yet to provide a response to the ruling.

Senate Passes GOP-Drafted Funding Bill, Averting Government Shutdown

The Senate voted primarily along party lines on Friday to pass the House Republican-drafted bill funding the government through September, narrowly avoiding a shutdown just hours before the deadline.

President Trump is expected to sign the measure into law.

The final vote stood at 54-46, with two Democratic caucus members—Sen. Jeanne Shaheen (D-N.H.), who is set to retire at the end of her term, and Sen. Angus King (I-Maine), who caucuses with Democrats—siding with Republicans. Meanwhile, Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) voted against the bill.

With the passage of this legislation, Congress will not have to address government funding again until the fall. This clears the path for Republicans to focus on advancing Trump’s policy agenda, including securing funds for border security and extending the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

The House narrowly approved the spending bill on Tuesday with a 217-213 vote, with only one Democrat supporting it.

The bill’s passage in the Senate followed intense internal debate among Senate Democrats, as the package had been crafted in the House without any Democratic input.

The legislation increases defense spending by $6 billion while boosting funds for border enforcement. However, it also includes a $13 billion cut to nondefense spending.

A key concern for many Democrats was the absence of language directing the Trump administration on how to allocate these funds. Some Democratic lawmakers feared this would enable Trump and his advisors to redirect money according to their own priorities, rather than congressional intent.

Senate Democrats, led by Sen. Patty Murray (D-Wash.), the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, and Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), the ranking member of the Senate Budget Committee, urged their colleagues to reject the House’s proposal in favor of a clean 30-day stopgap funding measure.

Merkley strongly opposed the House bill, telling CNN he was “hell no” on supporting it.

He argued that passing the Republican-crafted legislation would only serve to embolden Trump and Elon Musk, the head of the Department of Government Efficiency.

“You don’t stop a bully by handing over your lunch money, and you don’t stop a tyrant by giving him more power,” Merkley said.

Leading progressives, including Sens. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), joined the push to defeat the bill, rallying progressive activists against it.

Only centrist Sen. John Fetterman (D-Pa.) openly supported advancing the House bill early on, cautioning that a government shutdown could cause chaos and potentially push the country into a recession.

Throughout the week, Senate Democrats held lengthy lunch meetings to deliberate their approach to the funding impasse. The discussions became so heated that senators’ raised voices could be heard through the thick oak doors of the Lyndon Baines Johnson Room, located just off the Senate floor.

With Senate Republicans holding 53 seats, they needed at least eight Democratic votes to break a filibuster and proceed to a final vote—especially after Paul announced his opposition to the House bill.

Filibuster rules typically require 60 votes to advance controversial legislation.

House Republicans, after passing their funding bill on Tuesday, adjourned and made it clear they would not return to Washington before the Friday deadline.

This left Senate Democrats in a difficult position—if they blocked the House bill, a government shutdown was almost inevitable.

The bill’s fate remained uncertain until Thursday, when Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) announced on the Senate floor that he would support advancing the measure.

Schumer acknowledged the bill was “very bad” but argued that a government shutdown would be “much, much worse.”

He warned that a shutdown would grant Trump and Musk “carte blanche to destroy vital government services at a significantly faster rate than they can right now.”

Schumer later told reporters that efforts to pass a clean 30-day stopgap funding bill failed to secure any Republican support.

Schumer’s decision prompted strong backlash from liberal Democrats, particularly Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), who accused him of a “betrayal.”

“There is a deep sense of outrage and betrayal,” Ocasio-Cortez told reporters after learning of Schumer’s stance.

“And this is not just about progressive Democrats. This is across the board, the entire party,” she added.

Ocasio-Cortez expressed frustration that House Democrats in competitive districts, where Trump won in 2024, had taken politically risky votes against the bill earlier in the week—only for Senate Democrats to give in.

She argued those vulnerable House Democrats “took a tough vote to defend the American people, in order to defend Social Security, Medicaid and Medicare, just to see some Senate Democrats” give in to Musk’s demands.

“I think it is a huge slap in the face,” she said.

Fetterman, in response to Ocasio-Cortez’s criticism, dismissed her concerns and questioned whether she had a viable strategy to end a government shutdown.

“I hope you can relay how little I care about her views on this,” Fetterman said when asked about her comments.

“I’m going to stand on what I happen to believe is the right thing to do, but ask her, ‘What’s the exit plan once we shut the government down?’ What about all the millions of Americans who are going to have their lives damaged?”

He also noted that federal employees would be affected by a shutdown, pointing out that Ocasio-Cortez would still receive her paycheck.

With Schumer’s support providing political cover, eight other Democrats ultimately voted to advance the bill.

Along with Schumer, those voting in favor included Sens. Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.), Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), Maggie Hassan (D-N.H.), Gary Peters (D-Mich.), Brian Schatz (D-Hawaii), Shaheen, and Fetterman. King, an Independent who caucuses with Democrats, also voted to bring the measure to a final vote.

Before final passage, the Senate debated and rejected several proposed amendments.

Sen. Tammy Duckworth (D-Ill.) sponsored an amendment seeking to reinstate veterans who had been dismissed from federal jobs under Trump.

Sen. Chris Van Hollen (D-Md.) introduced an amendment to dismantle the Department of Government Efficiency.

Merkley put forward an amendment that would have reversed the $20 billion reduction in IRS tax enforcement funding, a provision inserted by House Republicans.

Paul also proposed an amendment that would have codified the Department of Government Efficiency’s recommended cuts to foreign aid.

Ultimately, Senate Republicans successfully blocked all Democratic amendments, while a bipartisan majority defeated Paul’s proposal. Any modifications to the bill would have required it to return to the House for final approval, delaying its enactment beyond the funding deadline.

Trump Orders Airstrikes on Houthi-Held Areas in Yemen, Vows ‘Overwhelming Lethal Force’

President Donald Trump announced that he had ordered airstrikes targeting Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen on Saturday, vowing to continue using “overwhelming lethal force” until the Iran-backed rebels cease their attacks on ships navigating a crucial maritime route. According to the Houthis, the strikes resulted in the deaths of at least 18 civilians.

“Our brave Warfighters are right now carrying out aerial attacks on the terrorists’ bases, leaders, and missile defenses to protect American shipping, air, and naval assets, and to restore Navigational Freedom,” Trump stated in a social media post. “No terrorist force will stop American commercial and naval vessels from freely sailing the Waterways of the World.”

Trump also issued a stern warning to Iran, demanding that it stop providing support to the Houthi rebels. He promised to hold Iran “fully accountable” for its role in backing the group. His decision to take military action follows a recent attempt to engage Iran diplomatically. Two weeks earlier, he had sent a letter to Iranian leaders proposing renewed negotiations over Iran’s nuclear program, which he has repeatedly insisted he will not allow to become operational.

The airstrikes took place on Saturday evening, targeting multiple Houthi strongholds, including the capital Sanaa and Saada province in the north, which borders Saudi Arabia. Additional strikes were reported early Sunday in those regions, along with attacks in the provinces of Hodeida, Bayda, and Marib. Images circulating online depicted plumes of black smoke rising over the Sanaa airport complex, an area that includes a large military installation.

The Houthi-run health ministry reported that at least 18 people were killed in the attacks—13 in Sanaa and five in Saada. Additionally, 24 others sustained injuries, with nine wounded in Sanaa and 15 in Saada.

A U.S. official, speaking on condition of anonymity, indicated that these airstrikes were just the beginning of an ongoing military operation targeting Houthi positions. The official did not specify how long the campaign would last.

Despite the strikes, Houthi officials maintained that they would not back down. Nasruddin Amer, the deputy head of the group’s media office, stated that the airstrikes would not deter them and vowed retaliation against the United States. “Sanaa will remain Gaza’s shield and support and will not abandon it no matter the challenges,” Amer wrote in a social media post.

Mohamed Abdulsalam, another Houthi spokesman, dismissed Trump’s claims that the rebels posed a threat to international shipping routes, calling them “false and misleading” in a post on X.

The latest escalation follows a statement from the Houthis days earlier in which they declared their intent to resume targeting Israeli vessels sailing near Yemen. They cited Israel’s ongoing blockade of Gaza as their reason for renewing hostilities. Their warning covered a wide geographical area, including the Red Sea, the Gulf of Aden, the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Arabian Sea.

However, no additional Houthi attacks have been reported since that announcement.

Earlier in the month, Israel had suspended the flow of aid into Gaza and warned of “additional consequences” for Hamas if the fragile ceasefire between the two sides was not extended. Talks are ongoing about entering a second phase of the ceasefire agreement.

Between late 2023—when the war between Israel and Hamas erupted—and January of this year, when the ceasefire was put in place, the Houthis had carried out attacks on over 100 merchant vessels. These assaults, which included the use of missiles and drones, led to the sinking of two ships and the deaths of four sailors. The Houthis targeted both military and civilian ships during this period.

The attacks have helped the group raise its international profile even as Yemen remains locked in a prolonged and devastating war. The country, the poorest in the Arab world, has faced years of conflict and humanitarian crises.

Following Saturday’s U.S. strikes, the Houthi media office claimed that a residential area in Sanaa’s northern Shouab district was among the targets. Residents described scenes of devastation, with at least four powerful explosions hitting the Eastern Geraf neighborhood. Women and children were reportedly terrified by the blasts.

“The explosions were very strong,” said Abdallah al-Alffi, a local resident. “It was like an earthquake.”

Eastern Geraf is known to house key Houthi military facilities as well as the group’s political headquarters. These sites are located within a densely populated part of the city.

Later on Saturday, the Houthis reported additional airstrikes in Yemen’s southwestern Dhamar province. According to their statements, the strikes hit areas on the outskirts of the provincial capital, also named Dhamar, as well as the district of Abs.

The U.S., along with Israel and the United Kingdom, has previously launched military strikes on Houthi-controlled areas in Yemen. However, Israel’s military declined to comment on Saturday’s operation.

A U.S. official confirmed that this latest strike campaign was conducted solely by the U.S. military. It marks the first time Trump has ordered an attack against the Yemen-based Houthis since the start of his second term.

Broad missile strikes like these were also carried out under the Biden administration. They were launched in response to repeated Houthi attacks on both commercial and military vessels operating in the region.

Saturday’s air operation was supported by the USS Harry S. Truman carrier strike group. The group, stationed in the Red Sea, consists of the aircraft carrier USS Harry S. Truman, three Navy destroyers, and one cruiser. The USS Georgia, a guided-missile submarine, has also been deployed in the region.

Trump revealed the military action while spending the day at his Trump International Golf Club in West Palm Beach, Florida.

“These relentless assaults have cost the U.S. and World Economy many BILLIONS of Dollars while, at the same time, putting innocent lives at risk,” he wrote in a social media post.

The situation remains fluid, with expectations that U.S. airstrikes will continue in an effort to suppress further Houthi attacks on international shipping. However, with the Houthis promising retaliation, the risk of further escalation in the region remains high.

Connecticut’s First BATMAN Procedure Marks Major Milestone in Cardiac Care

In a groundbreaking medical achievement, Dr. Amit Vora and Dr. Prashanth Vallabhajosyula at Yale New Haven Hospital have successfully conducted Connecticut’s first BATMAN procedure (Balloon-Assisted Translocation of the Mitral Anterior Leaflet). This marks a significant advancement in the treatment of complex mitral valve disease.

Dr. Vora, MD, MPH, who serves as Assistant Professor of Medicine (Cardiovascular Medicine), and Dr. Vallabhajosyula, MD, MS, an Associate Professor of Surgery and Surgical Director of the Aortic Institute, led the procedure alongside Samuel Reinhardt, MD, and John Forrest, MD, the director of the Structural Heart Program.

The BATMAN procedure represents an innovative transcatheter technique that modifies or repositions the anterior mitral leaflet with the aid of balloon assistance. This adjustment enhances leaflet coaptation, effectively reducing mitral regurgitation. Unlike existing treatments such as MitraClip or transcatheter mitral valve replacement (TMVR), BATMAN is specifically designed to overcome anatomical challenges that have traditionally restricted treatment options.

Dr. Eric Velazquez, MD, chief of cardiovascular medicine at Yale and physician-in-chief of the Heart and Vascular Center, emphasized the significance of this achievement, stating, “The Yale team’s successful execution of this advanced treatment underscores our commitment to pioneering cardiac care as an academic health system.”

The procedure is intended for patients experiencing severe mitral regurgitation (MR), particularly those who face anatomical complexities or comorbidities that make conventional surgical procedures or standard transcatheter treatments unsuitable.

Dr. Nita Ahuja, MD, MBA, FACS, who chairs the Department of Surgery at Yale School of Medicine and serves as chief of Surgery at Yale New Haven Hospital, commended the teamwork that made the achievement possible. “This milestone highlights the collaborative efforts of our multidisciplinary team and our focus on delivering innovative solutions to improve patient outcomes,” she remarked.

Rashmika Mandanna’s Unstoppable Box Office Run

Over the past three years, three of the highest-grossing Hindi films have had little in common in terms of genre and setting. One is a brutal revenge drama, another a pan-India action film, and the most recent, a historical epic. Despite these differences in narrative and industry, they share a common factor—Rashmika Mandanna as the female lead. The actress has been a part of Animal, Pushpa 2: The Rule, and Chhaava, all of which have dominated the box office.

Rashmika Mandanna’s Remarkable Box Office Achievement

Over the past 16 months, Rashmika has appeared in three theatrical releases, all of which have turned out to be massive blockbusters. Together, these films have amassed over ₹3300 crore at the box office, with Chhaava continuing to build on its ₹700-crore gross. What makes her success even more significant is that despite her roots in Kannada and Telugu cinema, she has managed to perform exceptionally well in the Hindi market. Each of these three films—Animal, Pushpa 2, and Chhaava—has set collection records in Hindi.

In terms of individual box office performance, Pushpa 2 earned ₹812 crore net in Hindi, Animal secured ₹503 crore, and Chhaava has already reached ₹532 crore. This combined total of ₹1850 crore positions Rashmika as the highest-grossing Bollywood star in recent times.

Outpacing Veterans and Peers

For years after Priyanka Chopra shifted her base to the U.S., Deepika Padukone remained Bollywood’s box office queen, facing some competition from Katrina Kaif and Kangana Ranaut. Among the newer generation, Alia Bhatt has managed to stay ahead of her peers. However, in the past two years, none have been able to match Rashmika’s success at the box office.

Deepika has come close, with her five films earning a cumulative ₹1800 crore in Hindi since 2023. Meanwhile, Alia’s films during the same period have grossed ₹300 crore domestically. This comparison highlights how Rashmika has outpaced not only her contemporaries but also established stars in the industry.

What Lies Ahead for Rashmika in 2025

Some may argue that these films’ success is largely due to the immense popularity of their male leads, but the same argument applies to Deepika and Kareena Kapoor’s films in the same period. The fact that Rashmika is now one of the top choices for major commercial films with superstar male leads reflects her growing influence in the industry.

Looking ahead, the actress is set to star alongside Salman Khan in Sikandar, a film that is expected to further elevate her box office standing. Additionally, she has Thama, a horror-comedy produced by Maddock Films, as well as Kubera, a pan-India action film, in the pipeline. At just 28 years old, Rashmika Mandanna’s career trajectory suggests that her dominance at the box office is only just beginning.

PM Modi Congratulates IIFA Awards on 25 Years, Highlights Cinema’s Global Impact

Prime Minister Narendra Modi extended his congratulations to the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards as it celebrated its 25th edition. The silver jubilee event was held in Udaipur, Rajasthan. In a special letter addressed to the IIFA Awards, PM Modi expressed his support for the Indian film industry and acknowledged its contributions to global cinema.

PM Modi emphasized the significance of the milestone, stating, “I am pleased to learn about the 25th edition of the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards. This two-and-a-half-decade journey reflects the commitment of all those who have contributed towards making IIFA a truly global phenomenon—producers, directors, artists, musicians, technicians, and other industry professionals, and most importantly, audiences worldwide.”

Discussing the role of Indian cinema on the global stage, he highlighted its ability to narrate powerful stories and represent India’s diverse culture. “Cinema is one of India’s most powerful storytelling mediums, offering the world a glimpse into our rich heritage, diverse culture, and evolving societal landscape. Through its grandeur, depth, and artistic brilliance, Indian cinema has captivated global audiences, becoming a vehicle of India’s rich storytelling traditions and serving as a bridge between cultures.”

The Prime Minister also praised IIFA’s role in expanding the reach of Indian cinema internationally. “Over the years, IIFA has not only celebrated the best of Indian cinema but has also played a crucial role in spreading its vibrancy to various iconic cities of the world. This has helped introduce the magic of Indian cinema to newer audiences, while reinforcing India’s standing as a powerhouse of artistic excellence.”

Addressing the growth of the Indian film industry in recent years, PM Modi acknowledged the government’s continued efforts to support it. “We have consistently worked to support and promote the film industry and will continue to do so. The recognition of cinema as a vital cultural export of our nation has led to policies that encourage and support the industry.”

He also pointed out the increasing global recognition of Indian films. “The last few years have witnessed remarkable growth in Indian cinema. Our film industry, across various languages, has expanded its reach, with Indian films receiving unprecedented recognition at international festivals and achieving record-breaking commercial success worldwide. With advancements in digital technology, Indian content has reached audiences across continents, further strengthening the appeal of our cinema and stories.”

PM Modi concluded by recognizing the role of IIFA in honoring cinematic achievements and fostering young talent. “Platforms like IIFA awards ensure that such cinematic brilliance is celebrated and encouraged. IIFA has also played a role in nurturing young and aspiring talent in the industry. By providing a platform where new artists, filmmakers, and technicians can showcase their craft alongside seasoned global professionals, IIFA has encouraged the next generation of artists to learn from the best as well as connect with them.”

The letter was shared on IIFA Awards’ official Instagram account, where it was described as a “moment of pride and recognition.”

Visa Waiver Program Simplifies Travel to the US for Eligible Countries

Traveling to the United States often involves a complex visa process, but for citizens of specific nations, the Visa Waiver Program (VWP) offers a simplified and more efficient way to visit. This program allows eligible individuals to enter the US for tourism or business purposes without obtaining a visa, granting stays of up to 90 days.

The Visa Waiver Program facilitates international travel by easing entry requirements, strengthening diplomatic relations, and promoting economic and cultural exchanges between the US and participating nations.

US Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA)

Travelers under the Visa Waiver Program must secure authorization through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) before boarding their flights. ESTA pre-screens visitors to confirm they meet security and eligibility criteria for entering the US.

How to Apply for ESTA

To apply for ESTA, travelers must visit esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta and complete an online application form, which includes biographic details and eligibility-related questions. A $21 application fee is required, payable via MasterCard, VISA, American Express, Discover (JCB or Diners Club only), or PayPal.

When to Apply

Applicants should apply as soon as they begin planning their trip and must submit their application at least 72 hours before departure to avoid last-minute complications.

ESTA Application Status

Most applications receive real-time status updates. If denied, travelers must apply for a non-immigrant visa to enter the US.

Important ESTA Considerations

It is important to avoid applying for ESTA with a lost or stolen passport. Furthermore, obtaining ESTA authorization does not guarantee entry into the US. The final admission decision is made by US Customs and Border Protection officers upon arrival.

Countries Eligible for the US Visa Waiver Program

The following is the updated list of countries eligible for the US Visa Waiver Program in 2025:

  1. Andorra
  2. Andorran citizens can visit the US for up to 90 days under the Visa Waiver Program, making travel more convenient for tourism, business, or transit.
  3. Australia

Australia has long been a part of the program, allowing its citizens to enter the US without a visa. This arrangement strengthens economic, cultural, and diplomatic ties between the two nations.

  1. Austria

Austrian citizens benefit from the program by enjoying visa-free travel to the US. This enhances business and tourism connections between the two countries.

  1. Belgium

Belgium, home to the European Union headquarters, is part of the VWP. Its citizens can visit the US for business or leisure without a visa, simplifying transatlantic travel.

  1. Brunei

Brunei remains the only Southeast Asian country in the VWP, allowing its citizens visa-free entry to the US for short-term visits. This facilitates trade, tourism, and educational exchanges.

  1. Chile

Chile, the only South American country in the VWP since 2014, benefits from strengthened trade, tourism, and diplomatic ties with the US.

  1. Czech Republic

Czech citizens can enter the US visa-free for short-term visits, fostering business and tourism relationships.

  1. Croatia

Croatia joined the Visa Waiver Program in 2021, simplifying US travel and strengthening economic, tourism, and cultural ties.

  1. Denmark

Danish citizens enjoy visa-free travel to the US, reinforcing strong diplomatic relations.

  1. Estonia

Estonia, known for its digital advancements, is part of the program, enabling its citizens to travel visa-free to the US for up to 90 days.

  1. Finland

Finland has participated in the Visa Waiver Program for years, making travel easy for Finnish citizens while fostering international business and tourism.

  1. France

France is a key member of the VWP, allowing its citizens to visit the US without a visa, strengthening economic, educational, and cultural exchanges.

  1. Germany

Germany, a major economic power, benefits from its VWP status by facilitating seamless travel for its citizens, thereby boosting trade, tourism, and international cooperation.

  1. Greece

Greek citizens enjoy visa-free entry to the US, reinforcing historical and diplomatic ties.

  1. Hungary

Hungary’s participation in the program enables its citizens to visit the US without a visa, fostering tourism and economic collaboration.

  1. Iceland

Icelanders can travel to the US visa-free for up to 90 days, supporting business and tourism exchanges.

  1. Ireland

Ireland’s VWP membership strengthens cultural and economic ties by allowing its citizens easy access to the US.

  1. Italy

Italian citizens benefit from visa-free US travel for up to 90 days, facilitating tourism, business, and diplomacy.

  1. Israel

Israel joined the Visa Waiver Program in 2023, marking a milestone in US-Israel travel relations.

  1. Japan

Japan has been a long-time participant, allowing visa-free US travel and enhancing economic, technological, and cultural ties.

  1. Latvia

Latvia’s inclusion in the VWP fosters trade and diplomatic engagement with the US.

  1. Liechtenstein

Liechtenstein, despite its small size, enjoys VWP membership, facilitating business and leisure travel.

  1. Lithuania

Lithuania has participated in the VWP since 2008, strengthening economic and cultural exchanges.

  1. Luxembourg

Luxembourg’s VWP inclusion simplifies US travel for its citizens, promoting international business relations.

  1. Malta

Malta benefits from the program, allowing visa-free travel to the US for up to 90 days and encouraging tourism and trade.

  1. Monaco

Monaco’s citizens can travel to the US visa-free, supporting tourism and investment opportunities.

  1. Netherlands

Dutch citizens benefit from streamlined US entry, reinforcing economic and business ties.

  1. New Zealand

New Zealand’s participation enhances business, tourism, and academic exchanges between the two nations.

  1. Norway

Norwegian citizens enjoy easy travel to the US, reinforcing historical and economic ties.

  1. Poland

Poland joined the VWP in 2019, simplifying US travel for its citizens.

  1. Portugal

Portugal’s inclusion fosters tourism and business opportunities with the US.

  1. Qatar

Qatar became the first Gulf nation in the VWP in 2024, enhancing diplomatic and economic relations with the US.

  1. Romania

Romania is expected to join the program on March 31, 2025, enabling its citizens visa-free access to the US.

  1. San Marino

San Marino, one of the world’s smallest nations, enjoys visa-free travel to the US.

  1. Singapore

Singapore’s VWP membership strengthens business and tourism ties with the US.

  1. Slovakia

Slovakian citizens enjoy easy access to the US for business and tourism.

  1. Slovenia

Slovenia benefits from the program, making US travel more accessible for its citizens.

  1. South Korea

South Korea’s long-standing VWP membership strengthens business and tourism links with the US.

  1. Spain

Spain’s participation ensures smooth US travel for its citizens.

  1. Sweden

Swedish citizens enjoy visa-free travel, enhancing international cooperation.

  1. Switzerland

Switzerland’s VWP membership simplifies travel and boosts business ties.

  1. Taiwan

Taiwanese citizens benefit from visa-free travel, fostering trade and tourism.

  1. United Kingdom

The UK has long been part of the program, facilitating tourism, business, and diplomatic cooperation.

Conclusion

The Visa Waiver Program streamlines travel for citizens of participating nations, improving global mobility and fostering stronger diplomatic and economic relationships. Travelers must check ESTA requirements and comply with US entry regulations before their trip.

Privatization of U.S. Postal Service Could Lead to Higher Rates and Reduced Service, Experts Say

If the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) were fully privatized, it would likely result in more frequent rate increases, reduced service days, and a restructured network resembling that of FedEx and UPS, according to industry experts.

Former President Donald Trump has proposed the idea of privatizing the nearly 250-year-old institution as part of efforts to address its financial losses. Elon Musk, CEO of Tesla and an influential figure in the Trump administration, also supported the idea during a recent Morgan Stanley conference, according to reports.

However, the prospect of privatization has drawn opposition from postal employees and lawmakers, who argue that it could jeopardize service in rural areas, raise costs, and threaten jobs within the agency. In a video message to USPS employees on February 25, Postmaster General Louis DeJoy acknowledged that any structural changes would ultimately be determined by Congress and the president.

“To the degree possible postal leadership will be involved, so that we ensure the nation’s leaders are aware of how future proposed changes may impact our organization’s ability to serve the American people,” DeJoy stated.

The State of USPS

USPS is already working toward financial stability through DeJoy’s 10-year “Delivering for America” plan, which involves various network adjustments aimed at reducing costs while increasing revenue from package deliveries. Despite these efforts, the agency continues to struggle.

In fiscal year 2024, USPS reported a loss of $9.5 billion, with 80% of the deficit attributed to factors beyond management’s control, such as unfunded pension liabilities. To address these challenges, DeJoy has advocated for administrative and legislative reforms, including changes to pension funding.

The Trump administration and lawmakers are now evaluating whether privatization—turning USPS into a profit-driven enterprise without regulatory constraints—would be beneficial for the country.

Despite its financial struggles, USPS remains a key component of the nation’s infrastructure. A 2018 report by a task force established during Trump’s first term emphasized that its delivery network “is a critical part of the nation’s infrastructure that cannot be replicated by private actors.”

Aaron Alpeter, founder of supply chain consultancy Izba, pointed out that defining USPS’s role is essential before making any structural changes.

“We have to really understand, what is the Post Office?” Alpeter said. “Is it meant to compete with commercial interests that are out there, or is meant to provide a safety net for things that commercial interests are not interested in?”

Currently, USPS faces operational constraints in its cost-cutting efforts. DeJoy noted last June that over half of its carrier routes operate at a loss. However, due to its universal service obligation, the agency cannot simply eliminate these routes, as it is legally required to deliver mail promptly and reliably across the country.

This obligation includes servicing costly-to-reach areas such as Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. Anthony Pizza, Vice President of Growth and Innovation at SpeedX, a parcel carrier that also operates in Hawaii, highlighted the inherent cost challenges in reaching such locations.

“There’s a certain floor for the cost to move things there,” Pizza explained.

Unlike private courier companies, USPS does not receive tax funding to cover the added expenses associated with delivering to remote areas. Any changes to its universal service obligation would require oversight by Congress and the Postal Regulatory Commission.

Even if privatized, USPS could still be required to maintain certain service standards. For instance, the privatized Royal Mail in the United Kingdom is mandated to deliver and collect letters six days a week at affordable rates.

“If we’re going to keep the service standards as they are today, you have to be very realistic to think about what privatization can actually accomplish,” said Derek Lossing, founder of Cirrus Global Advisors and a former Amazon Logistics leader. “Again, if you look at the Royal Mail, I don’t think it’s accomplished nearly what they thought it could.”

Potential Changes Under Privatization

Experts predict that a privatized USPS would likely scale back its six-day-a-week delivery service in less profitable rural areas to cut costs. This would align with the agency’s existing cost-reduction efforts in remote regions.

Another major shift could involve significantly reducing USPS’s physical footprint of over 33,000 post offices. Lossing suggested that, like UPS, the agency could shift to using local businesses as pickup and drop-off locations instead of maintaining standalone post offices.

“Your footprint would look more like a UPS or FedEx,” Lossing noted.

Expected Rate Hikes

Privatization would also likely lead to more aggressive rate increases. Analysts at Wells Fargo estimated that USPS would need to raise parcel delivery prices by at least 30% to achieve financial independence. Their February 27 research report indicated that USPS’s pricing was 25% to 60% lower than FedEx and UPS in the fourth quarter of 2024, depending on the service.

“I don’t know how they would be able to sustain delivery with the current price structure,” said Helaine Rich, Vice President of Strategic Sales and Administration at ePost Global.

While raising prices and cutting service days might help USPS improve its financial outlook, experts warned that such measures carry significant risks, especially in package delivery. If USPS reduces delivery days in certain areas, businesses and consumers may increasingly turn to alternative carriers.

On the other hand, USPS’s ability to reliably deliver to rural communities remains a competitive advantage, particularly for e-commerce companies seeking nationwide coverage, according to Lossing.

The Wells Fargo report also pointed out that substantial rate hikes by a privatized USPS could benefit competitors like FedEx and UPS by “increasing the floor for” delivery rates. Additionally, higher postage costs could accelerate declines in mail volume as businesses and individuals seek digital alternatives.

The Road Ahead

Instead of fully privatizing USPS, the U.S. government could opt for a partial approach by keeping the mail business under federal control while privatizing the package delivery segment, which competes with private companies. Several experts believe such a model could limit disruptions to mail service while allowing for competitive efficiencies in package shipping.

“I don’t see it happening, obviously, on the letter mail side of things,” Rich said regarding privatization.

No matter the approach, transitioning to a privatized model would be a lengthy process. Mark Waverek, Managing Partner at PlaidMark Management and Consulting Services, compared it to the multi-year restructuring efforts seen in countries like Germany.

“You just can’t snap your fingers and turn it on tomorrow,” Waverek said. “This is going to take a well-thought-out process of what those cuts are going to be, what it’s going to mean to the people on the service side [and] what alternatives are going to be in place. It’s going to take time.”

Mark Carney Sworn in as Canada’s New Prime Minister, Vows to Keep Country Independent from U.S.

Economist and political newcomer Mark Carney has officially taken office as Canada’s new prime minister, delivering a strong message that Canada will “never” become part of the United States.

Carney assumed office on Friday, mere days after winning the leadership of the governing Liberal Party, amid escalating trade tensions with U.S. President Donald Trump.

“We know that by building together, we can give ourselves far more than anyone else can take away,” Carney stated after his swearing-in ceremony.

He replaces outgoing Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who led Canada for nine years. Carney’s victory in last week’s Liberal leadership contest was decisive, marking a significant shift in the party’s direction.

During his first press conference as prime minister in Ottawa, Carney directly addressed Trump’s previous remarks suggesting Canada could become the 51st U.S. state. “We will never, in any shape or form, be part of the U.S.,” he asserted.

Emphasizing the distinctiveness of Canadian identity, he added, “We are very fundamentally a different country,” later dismissing Trump’s idea as “crazy.”

Carney did not confirm whether he would push for an early federal election, currently scheduled for October, but indicated he would act swiftly to secure “as strong a mandate that is needed for the time.”

One of Carney’s first acts as prime minister was ending a policy that had long been a target of opposition criticism. He repealed the consumer carbon pricing program, a significant environmental policy from Trudeau’s tenure that had become unpopular amid rising inflation.

The carbon tax had been widely criticized by Conservatives, who argued it increased the cost of goods and energy for Canadian households. However, at an afternoon cabinet meeting, Carney clarified that his government remains committed to addressing climate change, noting that the industrial carbon tax on large emitters would remain in place.

Canadians who have been paying into the carbon pricing system will receive their final rebate checks in April.

In recent months, Canadian politics have been largely shaped by Trump’s trade war, which began after he took office in January. With an election on the horizon, Carney is expected to position himself as the most capable leader to handle Trump’s economic policies.

Carney is no stranger to financial crises. He previously served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England, where he played key roles in stabilizing both economies during turbulent times.

Next week, Carney is scheduled to embark on his first international trip as prime minister, visiting the United Kingdom and France.

Despite tensions, Carney expressed a willingness to engage with Trump. “We respect the United States. We respect President Trump,” he stated.

Acknowledging Trump’s policy priorities, Carney added, “President Trump has put some very important issues at the top of his agenda.”

Carney has pledged to maintain Canada’s retaliatory tariffs on specific U.S. goods for as long as Trump upholds the 25% universal tariffs on Canadian products not covered under the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement (CUSMA).

Given Canada’s economic dependence on trade with the U.S., economists warn that if Trump’s tariffs are fully implemented, Canada could face a recession.

Carney’s new cabinet includes several ministers from Trudeau’s administration, particularly those who have been actively involved in negotiations with the Trump administration.

Key figures retained in the new government include Mélanie Joly, who continues as foreign affairs minister; David McGuinty, who remains in charge of public safety; Jonathan Wilkinson, who stays on as energy minister; and Dominic LeBlanc, who moves from finance to trade. François-Philippe Champagne, formerly industry minister, has been appointed to the finance portfolio.

As Canada prepares for its next federal election, Carney’s primary political rival will be Conservative leader Pierre Poilievre.

Before Trump’s tariff threats, the Conservatives held a commanding 20-point lead in some election polls. However, recent polling suggests a much tighter race.

Speaking after Carney’s swearing-in, Poilievre criticized the Liberals’ tenure, arguing that after nine years in power, they had failed to address key economic challenges. “It will be the same Liberal results,” he remarked.

Poilievre also vowed to take a tougher stance against Trump’s trade policies if elected. “If I were to be elected prime minister, I would face off against President Trump directly, respond with counter tariffs, and take back control,” he declared.

In the upcoming election, the Liberals will not only face the Conservatives, who hold 120 seats in the House of Commons, but also the Bloc Québécois, with 33 seats, and the New Democratic Party (NDP), which currently has 24 seats.

NDP leader Jagmeet Singh reacted to Carney’s swearing-in by criticizing his cabinet selections, arguing that they signal a lack of space for progressive Liberals in the new government.

Singh noted that Carney did not create separate cabinet roles for ministers of women, youth, or people with disabilities. He accused the new prime minister of favoring the wealthy, stating that Carney has made billionaires “very rich at the cost of workers.”

White House Criticizes High Tariffs Imposed by India and Other Nations

The White House on Tuesday addressed concerns regarding tariffs imposed by various nations on American goods, specifically mentioning India’s high import duties. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt pointed out that India has levied a 150 percent tariff on American alcohol and a 100 percent tariff on agricultural products. She reiterated that US President Donald Trump is committed to the principle of reciprocity and is advocating for fair and balanced trade practices. Additionally, she criticized Canada, asserting that the country has been unfairly exploiting the United States and American workers for years.

During the press briefing, Leavitt emphasized, “The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades. If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.” Her remarks came in response to questions regarding Trump’s planned conversation with Canada’s Prime Minister-designate Mark Carney.

Leavitt went on to highlight the significant tariffs that India and Japan have placed on various American products. She stressed that President Trump’s primary focus remains on safeguarding American businesses and workers’ interests. Offering concrete examples, she stated, “In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada since you brought it up, American cheese and butter nearly 300 percent tariff. You look at India, 150 percent tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100 percent tariff on agricultural products from India.”

On Sunday, Trump hinted at the possibility of increasing tariffs against Mexico and Canada. According to Fox News, he expressed concerns that the international community has historically taken undue advantage of the United States.

In response to concerns from business leaders regarding tariff predictability, Trump indicated that future tariff hikes could be on the table. He emphasized the necessity of reversing what he perceives as years of unfair international trade practices. Trump has previously implemented tariffs on Mexico, Canada, and China, citing concerns about border security and fentanyl trafficking into the United States.

On March 7, Trump announced a temporary delay on certain product tariffs for Mexico and Canada, pushing their implementation to April 2. This decision followed discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum, although he remained critical of Canada’s trade policies.

Recently, Trump also addressed the issue of India’s tariffs, asserting that trading with India is particularly challenging due to its high import duties. He acknowledged that India has agreed to lower some of its tariffs, attributing this development to heightened scrutiny of its trade policies.

Congress Avoids Government Shutdown, Exposing Democratic Divisions

Congress narrowly avoided a government shutdown Friday, mere hours before the deadline, as the Senate approved a spending bill that had already cleared the House. However, the passage of this stopgap measure revealed deep fractures within the Democratic Party.

The legislation, designed to keep the government funded into the fall, now awaits the signature of President Donald Trump, who is expected to approve it.

Senate Democrats faced mounting pressure to reject the Trump-backed bill, and Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, along with other Democrats who facilitated its passage, is now facing backlash from within his party.

The internal discord became increasingly apparent as lawmakers raced against the clock to prevent a shutdown that could have had significant consequences across federal agencies. The episode underscored the Democrats’ ongoing struggle to counter Trump and the Republican dominance in Washington.

Roughly 90 minutes before Senate Republicans averted the shutdown in a near party-line vote, Schumer and nine other Democrats crossed the aisle to advance the bill in a critical procedural vote. Despite mounting pressure from within their caucus to block it entirely, the bill required only a simple majority to pass, and nearly all Democrats who had initially supported the procedural step ultimately voted against it in the final tally.

Schumer defended his decision, arguing that the Democrats faced an impossible dilemma: either shut down the government for an indefinite period to challenge Trump or accept a Republican bill that they believed would slash spending on programs such as veterans’ health care and public services in Washington, DC.

“I believe it is the best way to minimize the harm that the Trump administration will do to the American people,” Schumer stated, explaining his reasoning for enabling the bill’s passage.

“Clearly, this is a Hobson’s choice. The CR is a bad bill, but as bad as the CR is, I believe allowing Donald Trump to take even much more power via a government shutdown is a far worse option,” he continued.

Trump, in turn, praised Schumer for his stance, telling reporters after the vote, “I appreciate Senator Schumer, and I think he did the right thing, really. I’m very impressed by that.”

Despite Schumer’s efforts, discontent within the Democratic Party was palpable. Many Senate and House Democrats viewed the move as a concession, squandering a crucial opportunity to exert leverage against Trump in his second term.

Democrats across the country closely followed the procedural vote, seeing it as a key test of their party’s resolve in standing up to the president.

In the end, the Senate passed the stopgap bill in a 54-46 vote, securing government funding through September 30. Among Democrats, Sen. Jeanne Shaheen of New Hampshire and independent Sen. Angus King of Maine, who caucuses with the party, supported the measure. The only Republican to vote against it was Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky.

“Once I had voted for cloture, it was an opportunity to pass the bill, and I thought it was more honest to vote for it,” Shaheen told CNN. She added, “I thought, much as I didn’t like the CR, I thought a government shutdown would be worse and would give Trump and Elon Musk and the DOGE operation more of an opportunity to fire people, to shut down agencies and to close the work of the government.”

Following the passage of the stopgap measure, the Senate also approved a separate bill to allow Washington, DC, to maintain control over its funds. This move came after Democrats warned that the Republican funding plan would cut $1.1 billion from the city’s budget. The House must now approve this measure, but its fate remains uncertain.

Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and other prominent Democrats had urged voters to pressure senators into blocking the bill and taking a stand against Trump’s attempts to dismantle federal agencies. Many within the party now believe Schumer failed this test.

The fallout from Schumer’s decision has reverberated throughout the Democratic Party, with critics emerging from various factions. However, no senators have publicly declared their intention to challenge his leadership.

Earlier in the week, House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries led an aggressive effort to whip votes against the bill. In the end, House Democrats lost only one member to the opposing side, but their efforts were insufficient to prevent the bill from passing in the House on Tuesday.

Jeffries declined to comment on whether he had lost confidence in Schumer due to their differing stances on the funding issue. When asked about it on Friday, he simply responded, “Next question.”

Democrats Reflect on Next Steps

In the aftermath of the vote, Senate Democrats are now grappling with how to move forward as a unified caucus, given the internal divisions exposed by the spending bill.

Schumer told CNN’s Jake Tapper on Friday evening that he had anticipated disagreements within his party but maintained that a government shutdown would have been the worse outcome.

“My job as leader is to lead the party and if there’s going to be danger in the near future, to protect the party. And I’m proud I did it, I knew I did the right thing, and I knew there would be some disagreements. That’s how it always is,” he said.

Schumer also defended his leadership position, asserting, “My caucus and I are in sync.”

Sen. Martin Heinrich, the top Democrat on the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, refrained from commenting on whether the party needed new leadership, telling reporters, “That’s a conversation for inside the caucus. I’m not going to debate that out here.”

“I think that Leader Schumer has been very effective in a lot of battles, but we also need to — these are new times, and we need to all come together. And so, you know, second guessing Leader Schumer out here isn’t going to accomplish the kind of community that we’re going to need to be able to stand up to the president. So, we’ll have that conversation inside caucus,” Heinrich added.

Meanwhile, Sen. Mark Warner, the top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee, expressed confidence in Schumer but acknowledged that the caucus had endured a turbulent week.

“I voted no on the CR. I heard that overwhelmingly from folks, and again, recognizing I got tons of federal workers. But I have total respect for the folks who reached another conclusion, and the idea that they would have had a shutdown that would have put us into the abyss with, unfortunately, parts of this administration, doesn’t follow the law,” Warner said.

He further emphasized the need for a broader vision for the party, stating, “I think the Democrats need to have a pro-growth agenda that recognizes fairness, and that is, frankly, not the debate though, that we just took place. That we just took place, it was two awful choices.”

As the Democratic Party regroups following this divisive episode, the long-term implications for party unity and strategy remain uncertain. With tensions still simmering, the coming months will test whether the party can reconcile internal disagreements while continuing to challenge the Republican-led government.

United States Added to CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist Amid Concerns Over Civil Liberties

The United States was added to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist on Sunday, a global research tool that tracks the status of freedoms and threats to civil liberties worldwide.

CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations that includes Amnesty International, cited President Donald Trump’s “assault on democratic norms and global cooperation” as a key reason for the U.S. being placed on the watchlist. In a press release, the organization highlighted the Administration’s decision to cut over 90% of its foreign aid contracts, as well as its executive actions against diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives, which Trump described as “illegal and immoral discrimination programs.”

“The Trump Administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances which are the pillars of a democratic society,” said Mandeep Tiwana, Interim Co-Secretary General of CIVICUS. He added, “Restrictive Executive Orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the Administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

Other nations currently on the watchlist include the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Pakistan, and Serbia.

CIVICUS’ Civic Space Rankings

CIVICUS assesses civil liberties in countries through five categories: open, narrowed, obstructed, repressed, and closed. “Open” is the highest classification, indicating that people can freely exercise their civil liberties, while “closed” is the lowest ranking, where severe restrictions on freedoms exist.

The organization defines a decline in “open civic space” as instances where “repressive legislation curtails free speech and dialogue, obstacles to civil society activities and operations arise, and crackdowns on civil disobedience and peaceful demonstrations occur.”

According to CIVICUS, the U.S. falls under the “narrowed” category, meaning that while most citizens can exercise their rights to free speech, assembly, and expression, there are instances where the government attempts to curb these freedoms.

Crackdowns on Protests and Government Response

CIVICUS pointed to the Biden Administration’s response to pro-Palestinian protests as an example of how civil liberties in the U.S. are being challenged. Advocates took to the streets and staged encampments on college campuses to protest American military assistance and funding to Israel. Students involved in these demonstrations demanded that their universities divest from companies with ties to Israel.

“We urge the United States to uphold the rule of law and respect constitutional and international human rights norms,” Tiwana stated. “Americans across the political spectrum are appalled by the undemocratic actions of the current Administration.”

The White House has rejected CIVICUS’ characterization of the U.S. as a “narrowed” civic space. Deputy Press Secretary Anna Kelly dismissed the report, stating in an email on Tuesday, “This is nonsense: President Trump is leading the most transparent administration in history.”

Concerns About Press Freedom

CIVICUS’ “narrowed” label also reflects concerns about press freedom in the U.S. While a free press exists, the organization noted that regulatory policies and political pressure on media ownership could pose restrictions.

The issue of media independence has been widely debated following recent editorial decisions by major media organizations and regulatory actions. In February, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) launched an investigation into NPR and PBS over concerns that the organizations had violated federal law by airing commercials—an allegation both newsroom CEOs denied. The FCC chair also expressed opposition to public funding for these media outlets.

That same month, Jeff Bezos, the CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post, directed the newspaper to shift the focus of its opinion pages. Bezos told his editorial team that they would be writing “in support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.” He added, “We’ll cover other topics too of course, but viewpoints opposing those pillars will be left to be published by others.”

White House Press Access and Media Lawsuit

The White House’s handling of the press has also drawn criticism. In February, the administration announced that it would be selecting the reporters who participate in the press pool. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt defended the decision, stating that it was about “restoring power back to the American people, who President Trump was elected to serve.” However, the move was met with backlash from journalism advocates.

“This move tears at the independence of a free press in the United States,” the White House Correspondents’ Association said in a statement on February 25. “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

Adding to the concerns over media freedom, the Associated Press has filed a lawsuit against three Trump Administration officials, including Leavitt. The lawsuit claims the news organization was barred from White House press briefings after it refused to comply with an Executive Order signed by Trump in January. The order required media outlets to refer to the Gulf of Mexico as the “Gulf of America,” a rebranding the AP declined to adopt.

Broader Implications

The addition of the United States to the CIVICUS Monitor Watchlist raises broader concerns about the state of democracy and civil liberties in the country. The organization’s assessment suggests that while the U.S. remains a functioning democracy, increasing governmental actions are raising alarms about the erosion of fundamental rights.

As political and legal battles over civil liberties continue to unfold, the U.S. remains under scrutiny from international organizations monitoring the state of democracy and press freedom worldwide.

First Ever Miss Global Malayalees Pageant Planned During Global Malayalee Festival In Kochi

The first-ever Miss Global Malayalees Pageant is planned to be organized during the Global Malayalee Festival at Crown Plaza Hotel, Kochi, India from August 15th-16th, 2025. With active participation, collaboration and coordination by community and business leaders from 53 countries across the globe, the Global Malayalee Festival is shaping up to be an exciting celebration of the culture, traditions and accomplishments of the Global Malayalee community at the heart of Kerala.

The Malayalee Festival Federation, a Not For Profit organization registered under Section 8 of the Indian Companies Act, is organizing the Global Malayalee Festival.
Dr. Isha Farha Quraishi, a dynamic and accomplished Artist and Actor with multiple talents and passions, will be the Chief of Jury Selection for the Pageant. Isha is a metaverse-focused entrepreneur and technologist, an international motivational speaker, and the only celebrity tech presenter in the Middle East. In addition to her professional pursuits, Isha is a dedicated philanthropist and community volunteer dedicated to improving the lives of those in need.

In addition to the First Ever Global Malayalee Trade, Technology and Investment Meet, the first ever Miss Global Malayalee Pageant will be held on August 15. Preliminary Miss Global Malayalee Pageants will be held in all the participating countries during the months of April, May and June with the objective of selecting the finalists, who will compete at the grand finale of the pageant in Kochi on August 15th, 2025. The organizers state that Miss Global Malayalee North India will be held in Delhi and Miss Global Malayalee South India will be held in Kochi.

The Miss Global Malayalee Pageant is a personality contest open to all young women of Malayalee origin, between the age of 18 and 25, born between August 15, 2007 and August 15, 2025. At least one parent of the contestant must be of Malayalee origin, and that they must be willing to travel to Kochi and stay at Crown Plaza Hotel on August14, 15 and 16.

Miss Global 1The contestants will be judged in four categories, based on one’s Poise, Personality, Presentation, Performance, Style, Appearance, Intelligence and Confidence.
The first category will be on one’s appearance in one’s choice of dress, testing one’s Poise and Confidence. This will be followed by a 3 minute presentation of one’s talents, to judge one’s presentation and performance.

The third category will be one’s appearance in Sari, Salvar or Mundu to test one’s style and appearance.

For the final contest in Kochi to select the Miss Global Malayalee, there will be a final step after the top five high scorers are selected. The fourth and final category is a question-and-answer form, where a question selected by the candidate from a box of questions, a way of measuring one’s intelligence and confidence.

Judges shall score each contestant on each of these four categories and the highest scorer will be the winner of the coveted Miss Global Malayalee Crown. Those scoring the second highest will be the first runner up and the third highest will be the second runner up.

Miss Global Malayalee pageant gives an opportunity for the young girls of Malayalee origin to come together and celebrate the rich cultural heritage of Kerala. The organizers are urging all those who are interested in participating in the pageant, whether they win or lose, to come and attend the finale of the pageant in Kochi.

“The vison of the Global Malayalee Festival is to uphold and share the rich cultural traditions of Malayalees,” said Andrew Papapchen, the Chief Executive Officer. “This will help build a Global Cohesive Malayalee community that will not only just embrace, but actively perpetuate the traditions, nurturing our ties to cultural roots. We seek to instill a deep-seated sense of identity and belonging, preserving the ethnic, cultural and social essence of the Malayalee and ensuring that aspects of this identity and unity remain central to spiritual and actual ways, which should be vibrant to our future generations of the Global Malayalees.”

According to Abdullah Manjeri, the Managing Director of Global Malayalee Festival, “ The mission is engage and become a bridge between the growing diaspora of Malayalees living outside Kerala and the heritage that molds every Malayaleein essence by organizing events like the Trade, Technology and Investment Meet, Miss Global Malayalee Pageant and Global Malayalee Ratna Awards, as we realize that the unity makes success possible. We also strive to contribute to charitable activities in Kerala, with the primary aim of helping underprivileged people and providing them with necessary assistance.”

According to the organizers, the Global Malayalee Festival is open to all Malayalees around the world and they urge everyone to join in and be part of the great Global Festival of Malayalees as it offers an opportunity to all professionals, business people, artists, academicians, technocrats, new generation others to come together and uphold the unity and harmony of Malayalees.

For more information and to join in the pageant, please visit: www.globalmalayaleefestival.com or write to us at: registration@globalmalayaleefestival.com

Putin Expresses Willingness for Ceasefire but Sets Tough Conditions

Russian President Vladimir Putin has expressed agreement with the concept of a ceasefire in Ukraine but highlighted the need for further discussions on its terms. He also outlined a series of strict conditions that must be met before peace can be achieved.

Putin was responding to a proposed 30-day ceasefire, which Ukraine accepted earlier this week after negotiations with the United States. However, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky criticized Putin’s reaction, calling it “manipulative” and urging for additional sanctions against Russia.

Meanwhile, the U.S. imposed new sanctions on Russia’s oil, gas, and banking sectors, further increasing pressure on Moscow.

Russian authorities announced that Putin was scheduled to discuss the ceasefire on Thursday evening with Steve Witkoff, a special envoy of U.S. President Donald Trump, who had arrived in Moscow earlier that day. However, it remains unclear whether the meeting actually took place. On Friday, Russian state media cited air traffic monitoring service Flightradar, which reported that the aircraft believed to have transported Witkoff had already departed from Moscow. Neither Washington nor Moscow have provided any official statements on the matter.

On Thursday night and into Friday morning, both Russian and Ukrainian forces reported enemy drone attacks. Ukraine reported that seven people, including children, were wounded in the northeastern city of Kharkiv. In Russia, authorities confirmed a massive fire at an oil facility in the southern city of Tuapse.

At a news conference in Moscow on Thursday, Putin discussed the ceasefire plan, stating, “The idea is right—and we support it—but there are questions that we need to discuss.” He emphasized that any ceasefire must lead to “an enduring peace and remove the root causes of this crisis.”

“We need to negotiate with our American colleagues and partners,” Putin added. “Maybe I’ll have a call with Donald Trump.”

The Russian president acknowledged that a temporary truce could be beneficial for Ukraine, saying, “It will be good for the Ukrainian side to achieve a 30-day ceasefire. We are in favor of it, but there are nuances.”

One of the major points of contention for Russia is the situation in its western Kursk region. Putin pointed out that Ukrainian forces had launched an incursion there in August, capturing some areas. He claimed that Russia had regained full control of Kursk and that Ukrainian troops in the region were now “isolated.”

“They are trying to leave, but we are in control. Their equipment has been abandoned,” he stated. “There are two options for Ukrainians in Kursk—surrender or die.”

A day earlier, Ukraine’s top commander, Oleksandr Syrskyi, said Ukrainian troops would maintain defensive positions in Kursk as long as necessary, despite mounting pressure from Russian forces.

During his press conference, Putin also raised concerns about how the ceasefire would be implemented. “How will those 30 days be used? For Ukraine to mobilize? Rearm? Train people? Or none of that? Then a question—how will that be controlled?” he asked.

“Who will give the order to end the fighting? At what cost? Who decides who has broken any possible ceasefire, over 2,000km? All those questions need meticulous work from both sides. Who polices it?”

Zelensky, in his nightly video address, accused Putin of preparing to reject the ceasefire in practice, despite not explicitly saying so. “Putin, of course, is afraid to tell President Trump directly that he wants to continue this war, wants to kill Ukrainians,” he said.

He further argued that the Russian president had placed so many conditions on the ceasefire that it was unlikely to succeed. “The Russian leader has set so many preconditions that nothing will work out at all,” Zelensky said.

Putin’s comments and Zelensky’s response have highlighted the deep divisions between the two sides on how to proceed.

Ukraine advocates for a two-step approach: first, an immediate ceasefire, followed by discussions on a long-term peace agreement. However, Russia insists that both issues should be resolved together in a single, comprehensive deal. Neither side appears willing to compromise at this stage.

Ukraine hopes to pressure Russia into agreeing to a ceasefire by portraying it as an unwilling participant in peace talks. Meanwhile, Russia views the situation as an opportunity to raise its broader concerns, including NATO expansion and Ukraine’s sovereignty.

This situation presents a challenge for Donald Trump, who has stated that he wants a swift resolution to the war. He has repeatedly indicated that he aims to bring the conflict to an end in a matter of days.

However, Putin does not appear inclined to cooperate with Trump’s timeline.

Speaking at the White House after Putin’s remarks, Trump said he would “love” to meet the Russian president and expressed hope that Russia would “do the right thing” by agreeing to the proposed 30-day ceasefire.

“We’d like to see a ceasefire from Russia,” Trump stated.

Earlier in the day, during a meeting in the Oval Office with NATO Secretary General Mark Rutte, Trump told reporters that he had already discussed specific details with Ukraine regarding a potential peace agreement.

“We’ve been discussing with Ukraine land and pieces of land that would be kept and lost, and all of the other elements of a final agreement,” Trump explained. “A lot of the details of a final agreement have actually been discussed.”

Regarding Ukraine’s possible NATO membership, Trump remarked, “Everybody knows what the answer to that is.”

In response to Russia’s continued aggression, the U.S. expanded sanctions on Russian oil and gas, making it harder for other countries to purchase Russian energy by restricting access to U.S. payment systems.

Earlier on Thursday, Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov had already dismissed the U.S.-backed ceasefire proposal.

Meanwhile, on Wednesday, the Kremlin released a video purportedly showing Putin visiting Russia’s Kursk region, wearing military fatigues. Later, Russian officials announced they had recaptured the key town of Sudzha.

The war, which began with Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, has resulted in Russia occupying approximately 20% of Ukrainian territory.

According to data analyzed by the BBC, more than 95,000 Russian soldiers have been killed in the conflict. However, experts believe the actual number is significantly higher.

The Russian military has not officially disclosed its casualty figures since September 2022, when it reported 5,937 deaths.

Ukraine last provided an official death toll in December 2024, when Zelensky stated that 43,000 Ukrainian soldiers and officers had been killed. However, Western analysts consider this figure to be an underestimation.

Israel Accused of Genocidal Acts and Gender-Based Violence by UN Experts

UN experts have accused Israel of escalating sexual and gender-based violence against Palestinians while systematically destroying maternal and reproductive healthcare facilities, which they claim amounts to “genocidal acts.”

A report commissioned by the UN Human Rights Council outlines alleged violations, including instances of rape, in both Gaza and the occupied West Bank following Hamas’s October 7, 2023, attack on Israel, which triggered the ongoing conflict. The report further suggests that the destruction of maternity wards and embryos at a fertility clinic may indicate a deliberate effort to prevent births within a specific group, which meets one of the legal definitions of genocide.

Israel has firmly denied these allegations, with its government dismissing the report’s findings as baseless. “Israel categorically rejects the unfounded allegations,” the government stated.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu responded with strong criticism, labeling the Human Rights Council as “an antisemitic, rotten, terrorist-supporting and irrelevant body.” He argued that instead of focusing on war crimes committed by Hamas, the council was unjustly targeting Israel with “false accusations.”

The Independent International Commission of Inquiry on the Occupied Palestinian Territory, established by the UN Human Rights Council in 2021, was tasked with investigating alleged violations of international humanitarian and human rights laws.

This three-member commission stated that its findings were derived from testimonies of victims and witnesses of sexual and reproductive violence, visual evidence such as verified photos and videos, and information from civil society and women’s rights organizations. Some testimonies were presented during two days of public hearings in Geneva earlier this week.

Navi Pillay, a former UN human rights chief from South Africa who chairs the commission, stated, “The evidence collected reveals a deplorable increase in sexual and gender-based violence,” which she claims Israel is using to “terrorize” Palestinians and maintain an oppressive system that undermines their right to self-determination.

According to the report, specific forms of sexual and gender-based violence—including forced public stripping, sexual harassment such as threats of rape, and sexual assault—are “part of the Israeli Security Forces’ standard operating procedures toward Palestinians.”

The report further claims that rape and violence targeting genital areas were either committed “under explicit orders or with implicit encouragement by Israel’s top civilian and military leadership.” However, it does not present direct evidence of such orders from military commanders or senior officials. Instead, it cites remarks from Israeli ministers who defended soldiers accused of severe mistreatment of a Palestinian detainee at the Sde Teiman military base last year.

Chris Sidoti, an Australian human rights lawyer and member of the commission, told the BBC, “Sexual violence is now so widespread that it can only be considered systematic. It’s got beyond the level of random acts by rogue individuals.”

Israel has rejected claims of systemic mistreatment and torture of Gaza detainees, insisting that it adheres fully to international legal standards.

The report also highlights the commission’s findings that Israeli forces have systematically destroyed sexual and reproductive healthcare facilities throughout Gaza during the war, which has now lasted 17 months.

It states that numerous women and girls have died due to pregnancy-related complications caused by conditions imposed by Israeli authorities, which have restricted access to reproductive healthcare. According to the commission, these actions amount to “the crime against humanity of extermination.”

Additionally, the report alleges that Israeli authorities have “destroyed in part the reproductive capacity of Palestinians in Gaza as a group” through the “systematic destruction” of sexual and reproductive healthcare facilities, including maternity hospitals and wards, as well as Gaza’s main in-vitro fertilization (IVF) clinic, the Al-Basma IVF Centre in Gaza City.

The destruction of these medical facilities, the report concludes, falls under “two categories of genocidal acts in the Rome Statute and the Genocide Convention, including deliberately inflicting conditions of life calculated to bring about the physical destruction of Palestinians and imposing measures intended to prevent births.”

The commission asserts that the embryology laboratory at Al-Basma was struck in early December 2023, reportedly destroying approximately 4,000 embryos along with 1,000 sperm samples and unfertilized eggs.

A visual analysis of images led the commission to determine that the destruction was caused by a large-caliber projectile, likely an Israeli tank shell. The report claims the attack was deliberate. However, at the time, the Israeli military told ABC News that it had no knowledge of a strike on the clinic. The BBC has since contacted the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) for comment.

Chris Sidoti commented, “The deliberate destruction of a health facility is one serious issue for international humanitarian law and human rights law. But it does appear from our analysis of the attack on this clinic, that it was knowingly and intentionally directed towards the destruction of reproductive services. The consequence of this is the prevention of births.”

Israel’s mission to the UN in Geneva strongly criticized the report, calling it “a shameless attempt to incriminate the IDF and manufacture the illusion of ‘systemic’ use of sexual and gender-based violence.”

Israeli officials argued that the commission relied on “information from second-hand single uncorroborated sources,” a methodology that, they claimed, does not align with established UN standards.

The statement emphasized that the IDF has “concrete directives, procedures, orders, and policies, which unequivocally prohibit such misconduct” and maintains investigative mechanisms to handle any allegations of sexual violence.

Prime Minister Netanyahu also dismissed the report’s conclusions, calling the Human Rights Council an “anti-Israel circus.”

“Instead of focusing on the crimes against humanity and the war crimes that were perpetrated by the Hamas terrorist organization in the worst massacre carried out against the Jewish people since the Holocaust, the UN has again chosen to attack the State of Israel with false accusations, including baseless accusations of sexual violence,” Netanyahu said.

According to UN experts, their determination that “reasonable grounds to conclude” these crimes were committed was based on an analysis of digital evidence, as well as statements from victims and witnesses. Fernando Travesi of the International Center for Transitional Justice told the BBC that their methodology provided sufficient proof to justify the conclusions.

However, he noted that while the commission applies a different standard of evidence than a court of law, criminal liability for genocide would have to be proven “beyond any reasonable doubt” in a judicial setting.

The International Court of Justice is currently hearing a case brought by South Africa, which accuses Israel of committing genocide against Palestinians in Gaza. Israel has adamantly denied these accusations.

The conflict in Gaza began after Hamas launched an unprecedented cross-border attack on Israel on October 7, 2023. The attack killed approximately 1,200 people, and 251 were taken hostage.

Since then, Gaza’s Hamas-run health ministry reports that over 48,520 people have been killed. The war has displaced most of Gaza’s 2.1 million residents multiple times, leaving nearly 70% of the territory’s buildings damaged or destroyed. The region’s healthcare, water, sanitation, and hygiene infrastructure has collapsed, and there are severe shortages of food, fuel, medicine, and shelter.

“Laapataa Ladies” Dominates IIFA Awards With 10 Wins

India’s official submission for the Oscars, which did not secure a spot on the final list of nominees, triumphed at the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA) Awards, a prestigious event celebrating excellence in the country’s film industry.

Kiran Rao’s critically acclaimed film Laapataa Ladies, internationally titled Lost Ladies for its Oscar campaign, emerged as the top winner at the 2025 IIFA Awards. The film secured 10 awards, including best picture and best direction, marking a significant achievement for its team.

Released in 2023, the comedy revolves around two veiled brides who are mistakenly swapped during a train journey. The film delves into themes of patriarchy and gender roles, representing a departure from the traditionally male-centric narratives that have long dominated mainstream Indian cinema.

Expressing her gratitude, Rao said in her acceptance speech, “It’s a rare privilege to win an award for a film like Laapataa Ladies. It’s been a wonderful night. It’s a rare privilege to make a film like this.”

Unlike the typical Bollywood productions that prominently feature song-and-dance sequences, melodrama, and action-packed storylines, Rao’s film took a unique storytelling approach. It was recognized in multiple categories, winning awards for best story, best screenplay, and best actress in a leading role.

The IIFA Awards, an annual event, began on Saturday in Jaipur, a city in western India, and concluded on Sunday.

The star-studded night saw the participation of some of Indian cinema’s most renowned figures. Bollywood superstar Shah Rukh Khan and actor Shahid Kapoor were among those who performed on stage, adding to the glamour of the evening. Hosting duties were undertaken by veteran filmmaker Karan Johar and actor Kartik Aaryan, ensuring an entertaining show for audiences.

The event also served as a platform for celebrities to display their fashion choices. This year, the green carpet witnessed stunning appearances by well-known figures such as Madhuri Dixit, Katrina Kaif, and Kareena Kapoor Khan, who showcased their unique styles.

Trump’s Economic Policies Stir Recession Concerns Amid Market Turbulence

During his election campaign last year, Donald Trump assured Americans that he would bring in a new wave of economic prosperity. However, two months into his presidency, his messaging has shifted. He has now warned that lowering prices will be challenging and has advised the public to brace for a “little disturbance” before he can restore wealth to the U.S. economy.

Despite recent data indicating that inflation is cooling, analysts suggest that the likelihood of an economic downturn is rising, with many pointing to his policies as a contributing factor. This raises the question: Is Trump steering the world’s largest economy toward a recession?

Markets React as Recession Risks Escalate

In the U.S., a recession is defined as a prolonged and widespread decline in economic activity, often accompanied by rising unemployment and falling incomes. Recently, several economic analysts have sounded the alarm that the risks of such a scenario are mounting.

A report from JP Morgan has raised the probability of a recession to 40%, up from 30% at the beginning of the year, cautioning that U.S. policies are now “tilting away from growth.” Similarly, Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, has increased his estimate of recession odds from 15% to 35%, citing the impact of tariffs.

These warnings have coincided with a significant decline in the S&P 500, which tracks 500 of the largest U.S. companies. The index has now dropped to its lowest point since September, signaling growing fears about the economic future.

Market instability has been partially fueled by concerns over new import taxes, known as tariffs, that Trump has imposed since taking office. His administration has targeted imports from America’s three largest trading partners with these tariffs and has threatened to expand them further. Analysts believe these actions will drive up prices and slow economic growth.

Meanwhile, official data from the U.S. Labor Department shows that inflation eased slightly in February, with prices rising 2.8% over the past year compared to 3% in January. Despite this, Trump and his economic advisors continue to caution the public to expect economic challenges. This marks a stark departure from his first term, when he frequently touted the stock market as a measure of his success.

“There will always be changes and adjustments,” Trump said last week in response to business leaders calling for more economic stability.

His stance has intensified investor concerns regarding his economic strategy. Goldman Sachs recently raised its own recession risk estimate from 15% to 20%, identifying policy changes as the primary threat to economic stability. However, the investment firm also noted that the White House could still “pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious.”

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data, recession risk would rise further,” analysts at Goldman Sachs warned.

Impact of Tariffs, Uncertainty, and Economic Slowdown

For many businesses, the greatest uncertainty stems from Trump’s tariffs, which have increased costs for American companies by imposing taxes on imports. As the administration continues to roll out its tariff plans, many firms are seeing their profit margins shrink. In response, some companies are holding back on new investments and hiring as they try to navigate an unpredictable future.

Investors are also worried about deep cuts to the government workforce and federal spending reductions.

Brian Gardner, chief of Washington policy strategy at the investment bank Stifel, explained that businesses and investors initially assumed Trump was using tariffs as a bargaining tool.

“But what the president and his cabinet are signaling is actually a bigger deal. It’s a restructuring of the American economy,” he said. “And that’s what’s been driving markets in the last couple of weeks.”

Even before these developments, the U.S. economy was experiencing a slowdown, partly due to actions taken by the Federal Reserve, which has kept interest rates elevated to cool economic activity and stabilize prices.

Recently, some economic data has pointed to a more pronounced weakening. Retail sales declined in February, and consumer and business confidence—which had surged following Trump’s election—has since fallen. Major corporations, including airlines, retailers like Walmart and Target, and manufacturers, have all issued warnings about reduced spending.

Some analysts fear that a continued decline in the stock market could lead to even tighter consumer spending, particularly among wealthier households. Since the U.S. economy is heavily dependent on consumer spending, and higher-income households play an increasingly significant role, such a shift could have major repercussions—especially as lower-income families continue to struggle with inflation.

Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell attempted to reassure the public in a speech last week, arguing that economic sentiment has not always been a reliable indicator of actual behavior.

“Despite elevated levels of uncertainty, the U.S. economy continues to be in a good place,” Powell stated.

However, the U.S. economy is deeply interconnected with global markets, a reality that adds another layer of complexity to the situation. Kathleen Brooks, research director at XTB, pointed out that these tariffs could create significant disruptions at a time when signs of economic weakness are already emerging.

“The fact that tariffs could disrupt that at the same time that there were signs that the U.S. economy was weakening anyway … is really fueling recession fears,” she said.

Tech Stock Market Correction and AI Bubble Concerns

Not all of the turmoil in the stock market can be attributed to Trump’s policies. Investors were already on edge about the possibility of a market correction, particularly after the substantial gains recorded over the last two years. Much of this growth has been fueled by enthusiasm surrounding artificial intelligence (AI) and the tech sector.

For instance, chipmaker Nvidia saw its share price skyrocket from under $15 at the start of 2023 to nearly $150 by November of last year. Such dramatic increases have sparked debate over whether an “AI bubble” has formed. Many investors are now closely watching for signs that the bubble may burst, which could have significant consequences for the broader market—regardless of what’s happening in the wider economy.

As concerns about the U.S. economy intensify, sustaining the optimism surrounding AI has become even more challenging.

Tech analyst Gene Munster of Deepwater Asset Management expressed his growing doubts on social media this week, admitting that his confidence had “taken a step back” due to the rising likelihood of a recession.

“The bottom line is that if we enter a recession, it will be extremely difficult for the AI trade to continue,” he said.

With the combination of Trump’s economic policies, stock market volatility, and uncertainty in the tech sector, investors and analysts remain on high alert. Whether the administration chooses to adjust its approach in response to mounting risks could determine whether the U.S. economy avoids a full-blown recession or slides into one in the months ahead.

Americans Disapprove of Trump’s Economic Stewardship, CNN Poll Shows

A new CNN poll conducted by SSRS reveals that a majority of Americans are dissatisfied with President Donald Trump’s handling of the economy, despite his approval ratings on other key issues reaching some of their highest levels during his presidency.

With financial markets experiencing declines and investors expressing concerns over Trump’s trade policies, 56% of Americans disapprove of his economic management—the worst rating he has received on this issue during his presidency. In contrast, 51% of respondents approve of his immigration policies, particularly his stricter enforcement measures, marking a 7-point increase from previous approval levels during his tenure.

Public opinion is divided regarding Trump’s management of the federal budget and government operations, with 48% approving and about half disapproving in both areas. His approval ratings are even lower for health care policy (43%), foreign affairs (42%), and tariffs (39%).

Currently, Trump’s overall job approval stands at 45%, while 54% disapprove. These figures align with his ratings from March 2017 and match the highest approval ratings of his presidency. Meanwhile, 35% of Americans believe the country is on the right track—an increase from 29% in January, driven largely by a surge in optimism among Republicans. However, Trump’s approval remains highly polarized, with Republicans being roughly ten times more likely than Democrats to view his performance favorably.

A broad consensus exists across party lines that Trump has taken a unique approach to presidential power. An overwhelming 86% of Americans, including more than three-quarters of both Democrats and Republicans, believe his exercise of presidential authority differs significantly from past presidents. Nearly half (49%) consider this a negative shift, while 37% see it as a positive change. Only 14% believe his governing style aligns with historical presidential norms.

Economic Concerns Dominate Voter Priorities

Economic issues remain the primary concern for Americans, with 42% ranking the economy as the top issue out of a list of seven. This is more than twice the percentage who identified any other issue as their biggest concern, including democracy (19%), the functioning of the federal government (14%), immigration (12%), health care (6%), foreign policy (3%), and climate change (2%).

Across party lines, the economy remains a key focus. Among Democrats, concerns about democracy slightly outweigh economic worries (36% versus 33%). However, among Republicans and independents, the economy is the dominant concern, with 45% in both groups selecting it as the top issue.

Trump’s perceived ability to deliver change and effectively manage the government has improved since his first term. Currently, 50% of Americans believe he can bring necessary change, and 49% think he can manage the government efficiently. Both figures have risen from 43% and 42%, respectively, in November 2019. Additionally, 51% believe Trump possesses the stamina and mental sharpness required for the job, though fewer consider him an effective world leader (46%) or believe he respects the rule of law (38%).

Concerns Over Musk’s Role and Government Downsizing

Trump’s return to office has been marked by efforts to cut federal spending and reduce the government workforce. However, the public’s reaction to these initiatives—and to the prominent role Trump has given tech billionaire Elon Musk—has been largely negative.

Only 35% of Americans hold a favorable view of Musk, compared to 53% who view him negatively, with 11% expressing no opinion. This makes Musk both more recognizable and more unpopular than Vice President JD Vance, whom 33% view positively and 44% unfavorably, with 23% undecided.

Skepticism about Musk’s role in government is widespread. About 60% of Americans believe he lacks the necessary experience and judgment to influence government operations. Even among Trump supporters who back government reform, 28% doubt Musk’s ability to carry out such changes effectively.

Public opinion is also split on Trump’s government reforms. A majority (55%) believe his administration’s changes are primarily intended to advance his political agenda, while 45% see them as necessary for improving government efficiency.

When asked about the potential impact of Trump’s federal budget cuts, 62% express concern that the reductions could go too far and result in the elimination of essential programs. Meanwhile, 37% worry that the cuts do not go far enough in eliminating fraud and waste. Partisan divisions are stark: 90% of Democrats and 69% of independents fear the loss of crucial government programs, while 73% of Republicans are more concerned about the persistence of government inefficiencies.

Lingering Doubts From Trump’s First Term

Many of the opinions surrounding Trump’s second presidency mirror those from his first term. Only 40% of Americans believe he genuinely cares about people like them, and just 34% think he can unite the country—figures that remain largely unchanged since 2019.

Strong disapproval of Trump’s presidency continues to surpass strong approval. In this latest survey, 41% of Americans say they strongly disapprove of Trump, compared to 26% who strongly approve.

A consistent trend throughout Trump’s political career has been the public’s skepticism about whether he has the right priorities. In the latest poll, 57% say he has not focused on the country’s most pressing issues. Furthermore, 59% of respondents consider Trump’s views and policies to be too extreme, up slightly from 54% of registered voters who held this view last September, just before his reelection.

Despite widespread criticism, some Americans express nuanced opinions about Trump’s policies and leadership. For instance, 12% approve of his handling of immigration but disapprove of his economic management. Similarly, 15% believe Trump fails to respect the rule of law but still think he can bring necessary change to the country.

Methodology and Survey Details

The CNN poll, conducted by SSRS, surveyed a random national sample of 1,206 U.S. adults from March 6-9. The participants were selected from a probability-based panel, with interviews conducted online or by telephone with a live interviewer. The margin of error for the overall results is ±3.3 percentage points.

Kaun Banega Crorepati Nears 25 Years, Speculation Grows Over Amitabh Bachchan’s Successor

The popular quiz-based television game show Kaun Banega Crorepati (KBC) is set to complete 25 years on July 3, 2025. Bollywood icon Amitabh Bachchan has been the face of the show for most of its run, except for the third season in 2007, which was hosted by Shah Rukh Khan. Currently, Bachchan is hosting the 16th season, which premiered on August 12 and has been airing for over seven months on Sony Entertainment Television and streaming on SonyLIV, crossing the 150-episode mark.

According to multiple reports, the ongoing season is likely to be Bachchan’s last as the host of Kaun Banega Crorepati. The 82-year-old actor had already given an emotional farewell in the concluding episode of KBC 15, where he reportedly asked the channel to look for a new host. However, the network was unable to find a suitable replacement, leading to Bachchan continuing for KBC 16. Now, as the season unfolds with the longest runtime in the show’s history, it appears increasingly likely that a new host will take over in the next edition.

In anticipation of this change, the Indian Institute of Human Brands (IIHB) and Rediffusion’s Red Lab conducted a study last week in the Hindi-speaking regions to identify the public’s preferred successor to Bachchan. The survey gathered responses from 768 individuals, including 408 men and 360 women.

The results revealed that Shah Rukh Khan emerged as the top choice, securing 63% of the votes. Unexpectedly, Aishwarya Rai Bachchan was the second most popular choice, receiving support from 51% of respondents. Other names that appeared in the rankings included former Indian cricket captain MS Dhoni (37%), cricket commentator Harsha Bhogle (32%), and actor Anil Kapoor (15%). Notably, 42% of those surveyed expressed their desire for Bachchan to continue as host, stating, “Amitabh Bachchan should continue till he can.”

Additionally, Aamir Khan, Madhuri Dixit, Shashi Tharoor, and Chetan Bhagat were among the other names suggested by the participants. However, there has been no official announcement confirming whether KBC 16 will be Amitabh Bachchan’s final season. Fans and viewers will have to wait for the season’s final episode to learn whether Bachchan will step down and who might take his place as the next host.

Indian Students Studying Abroad Decline in 2024 as Canada, UK, and US See Major Drops

The number of Indian students traveling abroad for higher education saw a significant decline in 2024, with Canada, the UK, and the US experiencing the most substantial drops. According to data from the Bureau of Immigration, student departures to these three nations fell by 27%, primarily due to stricter visa policies, increasing costs, and diplomatic tensions.

Meanwhile, other destinations such as Russia, Germany, and Uzbekistan have witnessed a rise in enrollments from Indian students.

Canada Experiences the Sharpest Decline

In just one year, the total number of Indian students in Canada, the UK, and the US decreased by 164,370. Canada was the most affected, recording a steep 41% drop, as the number of Indian students fell from 233,532 in 2023 to 137,608 in 2024. The UK and the US also saw reductions of 27% and 13%, respectively.

This contributed to an overall 15% decrease in the number of Indians pursuing education abroad, dropping from 892,989 in 2023 to 759,064 in 2024.

Diplomatic Tensions and Stricter Policies Impact Canada

The sharp reduction in Indian students heading to Canada coincided with worsening diplomatic relations between Ottawa and Delhi. The tensions escalated in September 2023 after Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau accused India of being involved in the killing of Sikh separatist leader Hardeep Singh Nijjar.

In response to these allegations, India withdrew security for Canadian diplomats, which led Canada to recall 41 of its diplomats.

Following these developments, Canada imposed tighter visa and student permit rules. The Immigration Refugees and Citizenship Canada (IRCC) introduced new regulations granting authorities greater power to revoke study and work permits under specific conditions.

UK’s Visa Restrictions on Family Members

The UK also implemented policy changes affecting international students. In January 2024, the British government introduced a rule barring most international students—except those enrolled in postgraduate research or government-funded programs—from bringing family members.

This restriction likely discouraged Indian students, contributing to the 27% decline in enrollments in the UK.

Indian Students Seek Alternative Destinations

As the appeal of traditional study destinations waned, countries like Germany, Russia, and Uzbekistan emerged as preferred choices for Indian students.

Germany experienced an increase of 34,702 Indian students in 2024.

Similarly, Uzbekistan and Bangladesh saw growth, with 9,915 and 8,864 more Indian students enrolling, respectively.

Russia recorded a 34% surge in Indian student enrollments, benefiting from affordable education and more lenient visa policies.

This marks only the second time since 2019, excluding the pandemic year of 2020, that the number of Indian students studying abroad has dropped. Whether these figures recover in 2025 will depend on various factors, including visa regulations, diplomatic relations, and economic conditions.

Recession Fears Grip Markets Amid Policy Uncertainty

Just 20 days ago, the U.S. stock market was at record highs, the economy was expanding steadily, and a recession seemed far from reality. However, in a dramatic turnaround, concerns about an economic downturn are now widespread.

Worries about a potential recession are rattling the stock market, leading to downward revisions in GDP forecasts. Meanwhile, President Donald Trump and his economic advisors are facing increased scrutiny regarding the possibility of a recession but have so far failed to calm growing unease.

On Tuesday, U.S. stocks declined again, unable to recover from Monday’s sharp losses. The Dow fell by approximately 400 points (about 1%), and the Nasdaq continued its slide after suffering its worst day in two and a half years.

Selling pressure intensified following Trump’s announcement of a 50% tariff on steel and aluminum imports from Canada, with warnings that additional tariffs might follow.

The swift shift in investor sentiment is striking. Just a few months ago, there were concerns that the economy was performing too strongly, yet now, fears of a serious downturn have taken hold.

Despite the market’s turbulence, the U.S. economy does not appear to be on the verge of an imminent recession. Economic growth remained solid at the end of last year, and the first quarter has yet to conclude. Furthermore, the job market remained on an upward trajectory in January and February.

It is far too soon to declare that a recession—a prolonged economic slump marked by widespread job losses, bankruptcies, and foreclosures—is inevitable.

Previous recession alarms have, in hindsight, been overblown. The 2022 panic, for instance, included predictions that placed the likelihood of a recession at 99%.

However, economists now acknowledge that the risk of a recession has increased, even if it remains relatively low.

Uncertainty surrounding Trump’s economic policies—particularly his tariff strategies—is a significant factor fueling market instability.

“This is a very resilient economy. It can take a licking and keep on ticking. But it doesn’t like this uncertainty,” said David Kelly, chief global strategist at JPMorgan Asset Management.

On Monday, former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers expressed concern, telling CNN that a recession is a “real possibility.”

“We’ve got a real possibility of a vicious cycle where a weakening economy leads to weaker markets, and then weaker markets lead to a weakening economy,” Summers said during an interview.

Business Community Faces Uncertainty

Kelly described the economy and financial markets as suffering from an “uncertainty tax” stemming from questions about Trump’s tariffs, federal spending reductions, and widespread federal job cuts.

“Right now, a lot of businesspeople are like deer in headlights. That’sa very dangerous place to be,” he warned.

Bill Dudley, former president of the New York Federal Reserve, echoed these concerns in an interview with CNN on Monday. While he called it “premature” to predict a recession, he acknowledged that the risk has “definitely gone up.” Dudley attributed this to confusion surrounding trade policy.

“Tariffs have two effects: One, they push up prices. And two, they push down growth,” he explained. “The Trump administration is making things worse with this on-again, off-again approach. The uncertainty level is higher than it needs to be.”

Summers emphasized the importance of stability in financial markets, noting that they have instead experienced “surprise after surprise after surprise.”

“All of this emphasis on tariffs and all of the ambiguity and uncertainty created about tariffs has, ironically, both chilled demand, made businesses not invest, made consumers think they should hold off before making big spending commitments,” he said.

Market Declines Intensify

The market turmoil has continued to escalate.

Following its worst week in six months, the S&P 500 declined nearly 3% on Monday. The index has now fallen about 9% since reaching its all-time high on February 19.

“The stock market is losing confidence in the Trump 2.0 policies,” Ed Yardeni, president of investment advisory Yardeni Research, said in a phone interview with CNN. “Everything is at risk now, mostly because of the administration’s rush to establish so many objectives in a very short period of time — with unintended consequences.”

CNN’s Fear & Greed Index, which measures market sentiment, plunged further into “extreme fear” territory on Monday, a sharp shift from the “neutral” rating of just a few weeks prior.

Tech stocks have been particularly hard hit as investors flee from riskier assets in favor of defensive sectors such as utilities, healthcare, and consumer staples.

On Monday, the Nasdaq tumbled 4%—its biggest one-day drop since September 2022. The losses were led by the “Magnificent 7,” a group of seven high-growth tech stocks that previously seemed unstoppable. Tesla saw its stock price plunge 13%, while Nvidia, Apple, and Alphabet each dropped by more than 5%.

Potential Real-World Economic Impact

It is important to note that stock market fluctuations do not always directly reflect economic conditions.

Unemployment remains low at 4.1%, and the U.S. economy continued adding jobs in February, marking the 50th consecutive month of employment growth—the second-longest uninterrupted job growth period in modern history.

However, there is a risk that ongoing market instability could spill over into the broader economy.

Consumer confidence, which has already been declining in recent months, may fall further as Americans become increasingly aware of the market turmoil. A decline in consumer sentiment could negatively impact spending, which serves as the primary driver of the U.S. economy.

Delta Air Lines revised its profit outlook downward on Monday, citing deteriorating corporate and consumer confidence as factors dampening travel demand.

Yardeni raised concerns about the “negative wealth effects” that could arise if market losses continue.

“Trump is going to have to rethink his notion that it’s okay to let the market go down while he is experimenting with tariffs and slashing federal payrolls,” he said.

Another troubling sign is the growing number of corporate bankruptcies.

According to S&P Global Market Intelligence, there were 129 U.S. corporate bankruptcies in the first two months of 2025—the highest figure for this period since 2010, when the country was still reeling from the Great Recession.

Goldman Sachs Raises Recession Odds

Concerns over heightened tariffs prompted Goldman Sachs to increase its recession probability estimate on Friday, though the revision was modest. The investment bank now projects a 20% chance of a recession within the next 12 months, up from its previous 15% estimate.

“We raised it by only a limited amount at this point because we see policy changes as the key risk, and the White House has the option to pull back if the downside risks begin to look more serious,” Goldman Sachs economists wrote in a note to clients.

Essentially, Goldman Sachs is betting that Trump will reverse course on tariffs if a recession becomes more likely.

However, if Trump refuses to change course, the risk of a downturn will increase.

“If the White House remained committed to its policies even in the face of much worse data,” the Goldman Sachs economists cautioned, “recession risk would rise further.”

Another major question is how the Federal Reserve will respond to these economic uncertainties.

Dudley, the former New York Fed president, pointed out that Trump’s tariff policies complicate the Fed’s decision-making by simultaneously pushing prices higher while slowing economic growth.

This could leave the Fed in a difficult position, making it reluctant to either raise or lower interest rates.

“I wouldn’t be surprised if the Fed is locked on hold for many, many months,” Dudley said. He added that while some Wall Street analysts expect a rate cut in May, he believes that timeline is “way too soon.”

The U.S. economy has demonstrated significant resilience in recent years.

It has weathered COVID-19 variants, supply chain disruptions, a 40-year high in inflation, and the Federal Reserve’s aggressive efforts to combat inflation.

However, it now faces a fresh challenge—one largely driven by policy uncertainty in Washington.

Dr. Suresh Reddy: “Promises Kept. Today, We Ask For Your Vote So That We Can Continue The Remarkable Progress.”

“Four years ago, we had promised 4 things: 1-Robust financial stability; 2- Zero Property tax; 3-Secure public safety; and, 4-Uniting and engaging the community,” said Dr. Suresh Reddy, a Trustee for the Oakbrook township in Illinois, who is seeking another term along with his colleagues, Jim Nagle and Dr. Melissa Martin in the upcoming elections in April 2025.

“And today, we stand before youto say that we delivered on our promises. Oak Brook now has the strongest finances. Our Sales tax collection is over $ 25 million annually, and we have got a combined fund balance of over $ 100 million. While the suggested reserves for any town is 6 months, I am proud to state that we now have reserves for over 20 months.This is the highest ever in the history of Oak Brook.”

suresh reddy 2

Dr. Reddy is among the four candidates running to be Trustees for the three openings that are being contested on April 1st , when the voters in the city will go to the polls. With a population of nearly 10,000 people, the city of Oak Brook is located 15 miles west of the Chicago Loop and is served by a network of major federal, state, and county roads, including the Tri-State Tollway system, the East-West Tollway, and the Eisenhower Expressway. One of the affluent communities in the nation, Oakbrook’s adjacent neighbors include the communities of Villa Park, Elmhurst, Lombard, Oakbrook Terrace, Westchester, Westmont, Clarendon Hills, Downers Grove, and Hinsdale.

While introducing his running mates, Dr, Reddy said: “I am proud to be running alongside Jim Nagle, a visionary entrepreneur who transformed a once-dilapidated property into a world-class thriving hotel and restaurants and Dr. Melissa Martin, a distinguished professor of accounting whose expertise strengthens our finances even more.”

“I am grateful to several key leaders of my hometown, Oak Brook, a suburb in the state of Illinois, including the sitting mayor and members of the governing body of Oak Brrook for endorsing and supporting my candidacy to be a Trustee of Oak Brook, as the elections to the town office draws close,” Dr. Suresh Reddy, Past President of American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) said here today. “

Present Mayor of Oak Brook Larry Herman, Trustee Michael Manzo  and former trustees Moin Saiyed and Dan Adler of Oak Brook have expressed strong support for Dr. Reddy and have endorsed his candidacy, as his leadership skills will benefit the residents of the suburban town in Illinois. Dr. Reddy also picked up the key endorsements of all the sitting Trustees, who are not running for re-election this year.

Continuing on other achievements, Dr. Reddy stated: “This is what a responsible governance should look like.And we didn’t stop there. We tackled long-standing challenges and turned them into opportunities. For instance, the Sports Core had a net loss of over $200,000, which now has a profit of $200,000 with a net gain of $ 400,000.”

Diligent property management of the Golf Course has resulted in savings of $400,000 per year. With the addition of new businesses that have added to an increased sales taxes income has kept our property taxes low.

Suresh Reddy cover

“As a Trustee Liaison to the Police, I am proud to say our police force is at its best.Residential burglaries are down by 75%. Our schools are even safer.  Our police are well equipped with state-of-the-art technology, having the best in the Midwest, equipped with LPR readers, fuses cameras, and Drones.We have drones that can reach crime scenes within in 45 seconds, even before a cop arrives,” Dr. Reddy went on to point out.”

In his capacity as the Liaison Trustee to the newly formed community engagement committee, “we have brought our diverse community together through events like the Community Pancake Breakfast, International Festival of international cultures  and, Taste of Oak Brook.These events reflect our commitment to unity in diversity.”

Suresh Reddy 1

Dr. Reddy comes with immense experiences and proven leadership. Dr. Reddy grew up in the suburbs of Hyderabad in Southern India. A financial conservator, Dr. Reddy always had a passion for “uniting and bringing people together.” Recalling his childhood, the dynamic leader says, “It all started during my childhood with bringing neighborhood kids together to play “gully cricket” and also bringing people together in college to organize  events, demonstrations, and educational tours. Bringing opposing parties to the table for resolving issues has always been my strong strength since my schooling days.”

Not being satisfied with his achievements as a physician and leader of the Diaspora Physicians group,  Dr. Reddy says, “I always had a strong passion for bringing a positive outlook and giving back to the community. I got involved in several alumni activities and have facilitated to raise funds to build a million dollar alumni educational center for my Alma Mater.”

Dr. Reddy completed his advanced medical training at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center/Harvard Medical School and has stayed on Harvard Faculty for more than a decade where he had also served as Chief of Interventional Neuroradiology.  Subsequently, Dr. Reddy and family moved to Chicago which has now become his home. “Now that I call Oak Brook my home, I would like to contribute and serve my community by participating in public service,” says Dr. Reddy.

What motivates him to take on yet another challenging role for the betterment of the community? “My mantra is: If you don’t lead, someone else will lead you. If you don’t pick the right leader, the wrong leader will pick you, and as my good friend US Congressman Raja Says, and if you are not on the table, you will be on the menu,” says Dr. Reddy.

Dr. Reddy has devoted a greater part of his life to numerous initiates within the United States, in addition to serving his people back in India, As part of his community service, Dr. Reddy has facilitated and organized numerous health camps and workshops, with special emphasis on CPR  training, obesity prevention in conjunction with Chicago Medical Society. During the Covid Pandemic, Dr. Reddy facilitated more than a hundred webinars and health awareness events. He facilitated honoring of more than 10,000 nurses who work selflessly in the line of duty against Covid in over 100 hospitals in over 40 states including Alaska. He led a campaign donating blankets to the needy during the last winter and would like to do the same this winter.

His wife Leela, who was born and raised in Greenville, South Carolina has a Master’s Degree in Health Management and Policy. Previously, she was a Director of Network Health Boston, a HMO Health Plan in Boston prior to moving to Chicago. Their son, Rohun  has completed JD/MBA at Kellogg School of Management /Pritzker School of Law at Northwestern University and now for working as a corporate lawyer, focusing on mergers and acquisitions and  working for one of the largest law firms in the country.

Committing himself to ensure and work tirelessly to keep Oak Brook a strong village, living up to its name as a model village around the nation, Dr. Reddy says, “We would like to continue and strengthen many programs and services the city offers to all sections of the people.Today we are here to ask for your vote and support and of course, your vote, so that we can not only continue the remarkable progress  but also sustain the already achieved success.Thank you, and God bless Oak Brook!” For more details, pleaseemail: reddyforoakbrook@gmail.com

US Secretary of State Sees Promise in Ukraine’s Partial Ceasefire Proposal Ahead of Saudi Talks

The United States’ top diplomat has expressed optimism about Ukraine’s proposal for a partial ceasefire with Russia, viewing it as a potential step toward ending the ongoing war. This statement comes just before scheduled discussions in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday between US and Ukrainian officials.

“I’m not saying that alone is enough, but it’s the kind of concession you would need to see in order to end the conflict,” said US Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Monday.

During the upcoming negotiations in Jeddah, Kyiv is expected to put forward a proposal for an aerial and naval ceasefire with Russia. However, Moscow has previously dismissed such ideas, arguing that any temporary truce would merely serve as a stalling tactic to prevent Ukraine’s military from collapsing.

In a separate event, at least three individuals lost their lives in what was described as a “massive” overnight drone assault on Moscow and its surrounding areas, according to Governor Andrei Vorobyev. The attack damaged seven apartments in a residential complex.

Moscow Mayor Sergei Sobyanin reported that 74 drones aimed at the city were intercepted and shot down. He further stated that debris from a downed drone damaged the roof of one building.

The drone strike led to temporary disruptions in one of Moscow’s district train networks and imposed flight restrictions at the city’s airports.

Meanwhile, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky arrived in Saudi Arabia on Monday to meet Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman. However, he is not expected to take a formal role in the negotiations between US and Ukrainian representatives.

In a video message late on Monday, Zelensky expressed his hopes for “a practical result” from the discussions, stating that Ukraine’s stance would be “absolutely constructive.”

The Ukrainian delegation at the talks will include Andriy Yermak, Zelensky’s chief of staff, along with the country’s national security adviser and several foreign and defense ministers.

On the US side, Rubio will lead the delegation alongside National Security Adviser Mike Waltz and US Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff.

Speaking before his arrival in Jeddah, Rubio emphasized the importance of clarifying Ukraine’s stance on a potential peace agreement. He noted that both sides must prepare for tough compromises if the conflict is to be resolved.

“I’m not going to set any conditions on what they have to or need to do,” he said. “We want to listen to see how far they’re willing to go, and compare that to what the Russians want, and then see how far apart we truly are.”

Rubio stressed that both Ukraine and Russia must acknowledge that “there’s no military solution” to the war and that diplomacy is the only viable path forward.

Meanwhile, reports from Bloomberg and Axios suggest that Witkoff is scheduled to meet Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow later this week, though the Kremlin has not officially commented on the matter.

The discussions in Jeddah coincide with increased pressure from US President Donald Trump on Zelensky to agree to a ceasefire with Russia. Notably, this push comes without any firm commitments from the US regarding security guarantees for Ukraine.

This meeting marks the first official encounter between US and Ukrainian officials since Zelensky’s contentious visit to the White House last month. That meeting reportedly ended in frustration, leading the US to suspend military aid and intelligence sharing with Ukraine—a move seen as an attempt to push Kyiv toward negotiations.

Rubio suggested that the suspension of aid could be reversed depending on the outcomes of Tuesday’s discussions.

“The pause came about because we felt that they [Ukraine] were not committed to any sort of peace process,” he explained. “If that changes, obviously our posture can change.”

He added, “The president is going to use whatever tools he has at his disposal to try to get both sides to that table so this war will end.”

Earlier on Monday, Trump’s special envoy, Steve Witkoff, expressed optimism about the upcoming negotiations, saying he expected “substantial progress.”

When asked if he believed Zelensky would return to the US later in the week to sign a minerals agreement, Witkoff told Fox News, “I am really hopeful. All the signs are very, very positive.”

Zelensky has previously signaled willingness to sign a minerals deal with the US, which would create a joint fund derived from the sale of Ukrainian minerals.

According to Witkoff, the Saudi Arabia talks will cover multiple topics, including security protocols for Ukraine and territorial issues.

He emphasized that, despite the suspension of military aid, the US had not cut off intelligence sharing for any defensive needs that Ukraine might have. Trump also told Fox News on Sunday that he had “just about” lifted the intelligence-sharing freeze on Ukraine.

UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer also spoke with Trump ahead of the Jeddah talks. According to a statement from Downing Street, Starmer conveyed that “he hoped there would be a positive outcome to the talks that would enable US aid and intelligence-sharing to be restarted.”

Russia launched its full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and currently controls roughly one-fifth of Ukraine’s territory, including Crimea, which it annexed in 2014.

Markets Plunge Amid Tariff Concerns as Spending and Ukraine Talks Take Center Stage

President Donald Trump remained off-camera today, an unusual move for him, as the U.S. stock market experienced a sharp decline. This drop followed Trump’s reluctance to rule out the possibility of a recession. When questioned about the market downturn, the White House attributed the president’s economic policies to increased investment and emphasized his first-term economic track record. However, the primary factor behind the market selloff was growing uncertainty over the impact of Trump’s tariffs.

As a deadline looms, a potential government shutdown is becoming a pressing concern. The president has urged Republican lawmakers to maintain unity and support a temporary funding measure before Friday’s cutoff to prevent a shutdown. Meanwhile, House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries has advised his party members to oppose the proposal. This opposition puts Republican Speaker Mike Johnson in a precarious position, as his slim majority in the House leaves little margin for error.

On the international stage, discussions about the Ukraine war are gaining momentum. U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio stated that the U.S. wants to understand what compromises Ukraine might be willing to consider in negotiations with Russia. His remarks came just ahead of a crucial meeting between U.S. and Ukrainian officials in Saudi Arabia, where these potential concessions will be discussed.

Judge Rules DOGE Likely Subject to FOIA Requests

A federal judge determined Monday that the U.S. Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) is likely subject to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), a law designed to promote transparency by allowing the public to access government records.

The decision, issued by U.S. District Court Judge Casey Cooper, represents a significant victory for watchdog organizations and others seeking insight into DOGE’s operations. The department, which has been instrumental in President Trump’s efforts to revamp federal bureaucracy, is spearheaded by Elon Musk.

Despite the ruling, the immediate release of DOGE records remains uncertain. The government has the option to appeal Cooper’s decision, which could delay the disclosure of documents requested by the Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), the group that filed the lawsuit.

In the meantime, Cooper has issued a preservation order requiring the administration to safeguard the records CREW has requested. Should DOGE fail to take proper measures to retain its documents, it could face legal consequences, including contempt charges.

The judge found that the Trump administration failed to counter the argument that DOGE possesses “substantial independent authority,” thereby making it subject to FOIA regulations. He pointed out that Trump’s executive orders related to DOGE appeared to “endow USDS with substantial authority independent of the President.” Additionally, public statements from both Trump and Musk suggested that DOGE was actively exercising significant decision-making power.

Rejecting claims that DOGE merely serves in an advisory capacity, Cooper noted Musk’s frequent social media posts boasting about the agency’s sweeping changes. “These statements and reports suggest that the President and USDS leadership view the department as wielding decision-making authority to make cuts across the federal government,” Cooper stated.

GOP Faces Internal Divide Over Stopgap Spending Bill

Two conservative Republican lawmakers informed CNN on Monday that they currently oppose a House GOP proposal to fund the government through September. Their opposition signals a potential hurdle for Speaker Mike Johnson and President Trump, who must rally enough support within their own party to pass the bill and avert a shutdown.

With House Democrats expected to vote against the legislation, Johnson can only afford one Republican defection. However, GOP Representative Thomas Massie has already stated his opposition, making the margin for error even smaller. If Congress fails to approve funding legislation by the end of the week, the government will shut down after 11:59 p.m. ET on Friday.

Republican Representatives Tim Burchett and Rich McCormick expressed reservations about the bill, although they have not yet spoken with Trump directly. “Currently, but I’d like to talk some more,” Burchett remarked when asked about his stance. He emphasized his concern about military spending and called for greater oversight.

The Tennessee lawmaker acknowledged that he appreciates aspects of Johnson’s proposal, which includes $13 billion in domestic spending cuts and an additional $6 billion allocated for defense. However, he took issue with “the fact that they push it over to the war pimps at the Pentagon, once again.”

McCormick, representing Georgia, was more direct in his opposition. When asked if he would support the bill, he replied, “Nope.” He argued that extending current funding levels until the fiscal year’s end while postponing decisions on federal cuts gives excessive power to the executive branch, circumventing the constitutional appropriations process.

When pressed on whether he was firmly against the bill, McCormick remained noncommittal. “No, I refuse to paint myself into the corner,” he said.

Kennedy Moves to Close FDA Loophole on Food Safety

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who serves as the U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services, announced Monday that he has instructed the acting commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to take steps toward eliminating a controversial regulation known as Generally Recognized As Safe (GRAS).

This rule, part of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, allows certain food additives to bypass premarket approval requirements if experts have determined them to be safe for consumption. The FDA states that substances intentionally used as food additives must receive approval “unless the substance is generally recognized, among qualified experts, as having been adequately shown to be safe under the conditions of its intended use.”

Initially, the GRAS designation was intended for common ingredients such as sugar, vinegar, and baking soda. However, in the late 1990s, the FDA found itself overwhelmed by an increasing number of requests for additive approvals. To manage this, the agency implemented a voluntary GRAS notification program to ensure that these ingredients remained safe for their intended use.

The voluntary nature of this system, however, has led to concerns about regulatory oversight. The FDA itself has acknowledged that this guidance “does not establish legally enforceable responsibilities.” Critics argue that manufacturers can exploit this loophole by introducing new additives into food products without formally notifying regulators.

A 2022 study by the Environmental Working Group revealed that since 2000, nearly 99% of newly approved food-contact chemicals were cleared by the food and chemical industries rather than the FDA. Over this 22-year period, food manufacturers requested FDA approval for a new chemical only 10 times, according to the analysis.

“By 1997, FDA had tentatively concluded that it could no longer devote substantial resources to the GRAS affirmation petition process,” the agency states on its website. This led to the establishment of the voluntary notification program, which has since been criticized for lacking sufficient regulatory enforcement.

Kennedy’s move to eliminate GRAS could mark a significant shift in food safety policy, closing a loophole that has allowed manufacturers to introduce additives with minimal oversight.

Sam Maddula On A Mission To Create A Transformative Impact On Healthcare And Society

“I was born in a rural village in India, poor and legally blind, faced with a future clouded with uncertainty and with no opportunity to exist, ” Sam Maddula, Founder & CEO of Bank’s Apothecary Specialty Pharmacy, a distinguished leader, visionary entrepreneur, and dedicated philanthropist, says. His life turned from darkness to light as his parents stumbled upon an Eye Camp that the Eye Foundation of America (EFA) had set up in 1987 in rural Andhra Pradesh.

“It is this organization (EFA) that rescued me from a life of darkness. The Eye Foundation of America helped me get a visa to the United States. The esteemed Dr. VK Raju himself, performed dual corneal transplant surgery on me two weeks after my second birthday in the United States. He did it, working with the Eye Foundation for free. He cured me just like that, with the magic of his hands. I could see my life went from literal darkness to pure sunlight,” Maddula says with a sense of immense gratitude and appreciation.

Sam shared his life story with the audience during a Fund Raiser organized by The Eye Foundation of America in New Delhi on January 31, 2025. Sam, is now on a mission to rekindle the lives of those who are less fortunate, giving hope to those who are denied their basic human rights.

WhatsApp Image 2025 03 11 at 11 56 03 PM

His story is one of purpose. impact, and a relentless commitment to building a brighter future for all. He was born in a rural Indian village with severe visual impairment. Today, Sam Maddula is on a mission to create a transformative impact on healthcare and society

Sam endured significant challenges, economic hardship, social stigma and limited opportunities, yet these adversities, only fueled his determination. Armed with an unyielding work ethic, he earned his doctorate in pharmaceutical studies from the Rutgers University, Ernest Mario School of Pharmacy in 2009 setting the stage for a transformative career in healthcare. He set out to make a difference in the pharmaceuticals industry. He founded a specialty pharmacy in Philadelphia in 2010 focusing on mental and substance disorders. “As the founder of Bank’s Apothecary Specialty Pharmacy, I scaled operations from a startup, with zero revenue to $350 million in annual revenue, securing its position as the largest independently held behavioral health specialty pharmacy with a presence across 16 states and 60 employees at its peak.

Recalling his childhood while in India, after he and his family were forced to leave the United  States, Sam says, “We left the US half a decade ago. I went to school in a shack without a roof on my head in 35 degrees Celsius weather, sweat pouring down my face. This became my new life at eight years of age. A year later, we were allowed back to the United States,” with Sam starting a new phase in his life.

“I had no idea what was going on in my life, but I knew that if I could go from blindness to life, I could do anything I wanted to,” says Sam. “I worked my way back up in school and did the best that I could. I applied to pharmacy school because that’s all I knew, and I figured I’d give it a try, because I could not give up. I struggled a lot in pharmacy school. All of the students seemed smarter than me. I had to sit in front of class because I couldn’t see from the back, but I could not give up.”

After Sam graduated, he got an opportunity to work in a rundown pharmacy in the middle of a high crime neighborhood in Philadelphia. With determination and commitment, “I slowly built the pharmacy work with the patient, grew the business and worked in the same type of community that struggled with all the same issues that I was born into poverty, lack of medical access, lack of good education, lack of resources and direction.

In 2010, his specialty pharmacy specialized in medication for the mentally ill and folks with substance use disorder. Sam says, “I wanted to help people at the bottom of the ladder, the folks that society neglects. You can make money and do good for society. By 2015 my company went from serving the metro area to the entire northeastern United States. By 2020 my company became the largest specialty pharmacy specializing in these diseases in the entire United States. In 2022 we had an annual revenue about a third of a billion dollars.”  In 2023, Sam sold the company, because, he believes that I can make money and give back to society. It’s not about what I have. It’s about what others do not have.”

A dynamic healthcare executive, entrepreneur, and consultant with over 15 years of experience driving transformative growth and innovation in the healthcare and specialty pharmacy sectors, Sam brings an unparalleled blend of expertise across business, medicine, and philanthropy. Sam’s diverse ventures today aim to improve lives; from advancing healthcare innovation to championing for-profit and non-profit initiatives that drive societal change.

A sought-after speaker, Sam inspires audiences nationwide with his insights on healthcare, philanthropy, and leadership. Sam, with two decades of knowledge as a pharmacist, clinician, CEO and founder, is now looking to make a significant impact in the finance and pharma worlds by helping other founders and companies in the medical space, along with partnerships.

WhatsApp Image 2025 03 11 at 11 56 48 PM

A passionate advocate for giving back, Sam has made significant contributions to organizations like the Eye Foundation of America and he continues to mentor aspiring pharmacists, fostering the next generation of leaders. He serves on the boards of numerous non-profits and civic organizations, leveraging his resources to advocate for a more equitable world

In 2023, he founded Workshop Strategy with the objective of delivering high-level strategic guidance to healthcare organizations, focusing on growth acceleration, operational optimization, and patient-centered innovation. He provides insightful advice to private equity firms, Fortune 500 companies, and healthcare ventures, including Morgan Stanley, on maximizing investment value, identifying growth opportunities, and enhancing portfolio performance. He conduct in-depth evaluations of M&A deal flow, identifying high-value opportunities that align with clients’ long-term growth strategies, and guides healthcare ventures through complex regulatory landscapes, ensuring sustainable revenue growth and operational excellence.

In 2017, he was married and in 2022 and 2024 the couple were blessed with 2 beautiful daughters. With the goal of giving back to society, Sam founded the Maddula Foundation, contributing millions of dollars to healthcare and education initiatives, with a focus on supporting underserved communities. “In addition to my professional achievements, I am deeply committed to philanthropy and mentorship, founding the Maddula Foundation to support underserved communities and advocating for mental health awareness and healthcare equity. I collaborate with academic institutions and healthcare organizations to shape the future of industry.”

He currently is an Executive Advisory Council Board Member, University of Washington School of Pharmacy; Member, Board of Directors, Liguori Academy; and, Member, Board of Directors, Eye Foundation of America.

His future vision is to aspire to serve on the board of a leading healthcare organization or assume a strategic leadership role to drive transformative change in the industry and continue driving advancements in the pharmacy and healthcare sectors through thought leadership, strategic consulting, and mentorship of future leadersCurrently, Sam says, “I aim to make a significant impact in the finance and private equity sectors by contributing to the operations of a new venture within the medical space. Driven by resilience and a passion for innovation, I continue to build on a legacy of leadership, advocacy, and community impact.”

Sam says, “If I can receive the gift of sight and become successful, anyone can. I had one thing, the fortune to be saved by the Eye Foundation of America. Let’s spread that fortune so another million babies can be saved then crawl, then walk and then talk and then stand and then tell us their story, because we decided to make a difference tonight, let’s save the world from childhood blindness.

WhatsApp Image 2025 03 11 at 11 57 47 PM

Sam believes that “It is our duty to do more as we give as we get more. I am a living example of what we can be, of what can be achieved when we collectively decide to make a difference in the world. I am not a statistic. I am a human being that is here because people like you 40 years ago decided to make a difference. The next person we say from blindness might be an astronomer, a farmer, a doctor, or just an ordinary person telling you his life story, because someone decided to make a difference. You do not need to move mountains to do good. You just need to care a little bit. You don’t need to do a lot, do a little and maybe a little bit more. And before you know it, you saved a child from blindness.”

Sam urges everyone: “Do not give up that conviction to do good, not just after the speech or this event. Hold it throughout your life. Push through the people who say no, push through your everyday stress of life. Push through the feeling of thinking about yourself and remember that there’s a baby out there waiting to be saved. Think about all the blind babies that are suffering right now all over India as we speak, waiting for us to make a difference.”

“Let’s make a collective difference. Let’s create the world that we are proud to live in. Do not give up when everyone says, Who cares? Say, I care. Do not use your power and money as a trophy. Use it as a sword that you can swing to spread light throughout the world.”

India Triumphs Over New Zealand to Claim Champions Trophy Victory

Champions Trophy Final – Dubai

New Zealand: 251-7 (50 overs)

•Daryl Mitchell 63 (101), Michael Bracewell 53 (40)

•Kuldeep Yadav 2-40, Varun Chakravarthy 2-45

India: 254-6 (49 overs)

•Rohit Sharma 76 (83)

•Michael Bracewell 2-28, Mitchell Santner 2-46

India won by four wickets

India secured the Champions Trophy title with a hard-fought four-wicket victory over New Zealand in Dubai, reaffirming their dominance in white-ball cricket.

Chasing a target of 252, India started strong but faced a tense middle-order collapse, losing three wickets for just 17 runs. Captain Rohit Sharma led the charge with a solid 76 before his dismissal triggered a brief slump, with Virat Kohli departing for just one.

Shreyas Iyer contributed a crucial 48, while Axar Patel’s aggressive 29 brought India closer to victory. However, New Zealand fought back, leaving India needing 49 runs from the last 51 balls. Hardik Pandya’s 18 kept the momentum alive before KL Rahul’s unbeaten 34 and Ravindra Jadeja’s composed finishing touch sealed the win with an over to spare.

India’s bowlers played a vital role in restricting New Zealand to 251-7, with spinners Kuldeep Yadav and Varun Chakravarthy keeping the run rate in check. Despite a resilient effort from Mitchell and Bracewell, the Kiwis struggled to accelerate in the final overs.

With this victory, India solidifies its position as the premier white-ball team in world cricket. Following their heartbreak in the 2023 ODI World Cup final, they have since claimed both the T20 World Cup and now their third Champions Trophy title—their first since 2013.

The Dubai stadium echoed with loud cheers from Indian supporters as fireworks lit up the night sky, celebrating their team’s triumph. However, the final’s location remained a talking point, as it was originally scheduled to take place in Lahore, Pakistan—a venue change that occurred due to India’s refusal to travel.

India’s latest triumph cements their status as a cricketing powerhouse, adding another prestigious trophy to their ever-growing cabinet.

Trump Claims India Agrees to Cut Tariffs “Way Down” Amid Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump asserted on Friday, February 7, that India had agreed to significantly lower its tariffs, attributing the decision to increased scrutiny of the country’s trade practices. “Somebody is finally exposing them for what they’ve done,” Trump remarked.

His comments came shortly after New Delhi, in response to Trump’s earlier threat of reciprocal tariffs, stated that negotiations for a trade deal remained ongoing. The discussions were initially announced during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to Washington.

Speaking to the media from the Oval Office, Trump criticized India’s trade barriers, calling them excessive. “India charges massive tariffs on American goods. You can’t even sell anything into India, it’s almost restrictive—it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside,” he said.

Trump continued: “They’ve agreed—by the way, they want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they’ve done.”

This was one of many instances where Trump had expressed frustration over Indian tariffs since taking office. Earlier in the week, he had threatened to impose reciprocal tariffs, including non-monetary measures, starting April 2.

When asked to comment on Trump’s Tuesday remarks, Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, reiterated that both countries were focused on finalizing a trade deal that would be beneficial for both sides.

“I would like to repeat what we had mentioned there. Our objective through the BTA [bilateral trade agreement] is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across goods and services, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

He added, “So, that is how we look at the issue of tariffs as far as India-US is concerned.”

When asked whether Washington had assured India against reciprocal tariffs or if Trump’s comments were viewed as an “act of bad faith” amid ongoing talks, Jaiswal gave a similar response, emphasizing the ongoing negotiations.

He also noted that Union Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US from Tuesday to Thursday, where he engaged in discussions with his American counterparts on trade, tariffs, and other issues.

Meanwhile, Howard Lutnick, who serves as the US Commerce Secretary, spoke at the India Today Conclave via videoconference on Friday, arguing that India should lower tariffs on American goods.

“It’s time to do something big, something grand, something that connects India and the United States together but does it on a broad scale, not product by product, but rather the whole thing. Let’s bring India’s tariff policy towards America down, and America will invite India in to have really an extraordinary opportunity and relationship with us,” Lutnick said.

In response, India Today journalist Rahul Kanwal pointed out that reducing tariffs on agricultural imports could be politically damaging for the Modi government. Lutnick, however, maintained that India’s agricultural market needed to open up.

“It has to open up, it can’t just stay closed,” he stated. “Now, how you do that and the scale by which you do that—maybe you do quotas, maybe you do limits, you can be smarter when you have your most important trading partner on the other side of the table.”

He further argued, “You can’t just say, as you said, ‘Oh, it’s off the table’; that’s just not an attractive way of doing business.”

India has long maintained high tariffs to protect its agricultural sector, which supports millions of small farmers.

Lutnick described India’s tariffs as “some of the highest in the world” and suggested that reassessing the trade relationship with the US would be necessary to strengthen the “special relationship” between the two nations.

He also emphasized the need for India to reduce its dependence on Russia for military supplies.

During Modi’s visit to Washington last month, both countries agreed to finalize a trade deal addressing mutual concerns, with the first phase set to be negotiated before the fall of this year.

Trump also announced that India would significantly increase its purchases of American weapons this year, amounting to “billions of dollars.”

“We’re also paving the way to ultimately provide India with the F-35 stealth fighters,” Trump stated. However, New Delhi later downplayed the significance of this claim.

Reflecting on his discussions with Modi, Trump described their exchange regarding tariffs: “And I said, ‘You know what we do?’ I told Prime Minister Modi yesterday—he was here. I said, ‘Here’s what you do. We’re going to do—be very fair with you.’ They charge the highest tariffs in the world, just about.”

He continued, “I said, ‘Here’s what we’re going to do: reciprocal. Whatever you charge, I’m charging.’ He [Modi] goes, ‘No, no, I don’t like that.’ ‘No, no, whatever you charge, I’m going to charge.’ I’m doing that with every country.”

As negotiations continue, the US remains firm on its demand for India to reduce tariffs, while India seeks to maintain trade protections, especially in sensitive sectors like agriculture.

Bernie Sanders Leads the Charge Against Trump’s Second Term

Bernie Sanders stands on the back of a pickup truck, using a bullhorn to address an enthusiastic crowd outside a suburban Detroit high school. Several hundred supporters, unable to fit inside the packed gymnasium and overflow rooms, eagerly listen as he shares a remarkable turnout figure.

“What all of this tells me, is not just in Michigan or in Vermont, the people of this country will not allow us to move toward oligarchy. They will not allow Trump to take us into authoritarianism,” Sanders declared, prompting cheers. “We’re prepared to fight. And we’re going to win.”

At 83, Sanders is not seeking the presidency again, but the seasoned democratic socialist has positioned himself at the forefront of the movement resisting Donald Trump’s return to power. By openly challenging Trump’s governance and condemning his plans to dismiss tens of thousands of government workers, Sanders is defying those who want Democrats to focus on economic issues or remain passive.

For now, Sanders stands alone as the only progressive leader actively mobilizing national opposition to Trump.

His rally in Kenosha, Wisconsin, attracted 4,000 attendees. The following morning, he addressed about 2,600 in Altoona, a small town of under 10,000 people. The Detroit rally exceeded expectations, drawing 9,000 supporters. Each event was strategically held in a swing congressional district represented by a Republican.

Newly reelected for a fourth Senate term from Vermont, Sanders acknowledges that this is not the role he expected at this stage in his career.

His team initially delayed launching what they now call the “stop oligarchy tour” to see if a prominent Democrat would take on the role. But as no one stepped up, Sanders—who is not officially a Democrat despite his close ties to Senate Democrats and past presidential bids—found himself at the center of speculation about another White House run.

“This is like presidential campaign rallies, isn’t it? But I’m not running for president, and this is not a campaign,” Sanders told The Associated Press. “You gotta do what you gotta do. The country’s in trouble and I want to play my role.”

A Fractured Democratic Opposition

Since losing the White House, Democrats have struggled to form a unified strategy or rally behind a single leader to counter Trump’s aggressive policies, including his efforts to reduce government oversight and strengthen the influence of billionaire Elon Musk.

No coordinated effort has emerged to organize the anti-Trump resistance.

“You look around—who else is doing it? No one,” said Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., when asked about Sanders’ efforts. “My hope is that the dam will break in terms of Democrats going on the offense … We need to take the argument directly to the people.”

Ocasio-Cortez, a longtime Sanders ally, plans to join him on the road and make independent appearances in Republican-held districts in Pennsylvania and New York, particularly where GOP lawmakers have avoided in-person town halls.

“It’s not about whether Bernie should or shouldn’t be doing this. It’s about that we all should,” she said. “But he is unique in this country, and so long as we are blessed to have that capacity on our side, I think we should be thankful for it.”

Apart from Sanders, much of the organizing has fallen to grassroots groups like Indivisible, which have successfully pressured some House Republicans. In response to public outcry, some GOP lawmakers have distanced themselves from Musk or questioned the policies being pushed by his allies.

Ezra Levin, co-founder of Indivisible, who has frequently criticized Democratic leadership, praised Sanders’ activism.

“I wish more Democrats were traveling the country, including to red states, to rally the majority against Musk and Project 2025,” Levin said. “Sure as hell beats (House Democratic leader Hakeem) Jeffries traveling the country for his children’s book tour during a constitutional crisis.”

Jeffries, during the last congressional recess, made two appearances promoting a children’s book on democracy. He also traveled in support of House Democrats and was recently in Selma, Alabama, to mark the 60th anniversary of Bloody Sunday.

The reality is that few Democratic leaders can draw large crowds on short notice or manage a national-scale operation. Rising Democratic figures with 2028 presidential potential, such as California Gov. Gavin Newsom, Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer, and Pennsylvania Gov. Josh Shapiro, have yet to establish strong national presences.

Connecticut Sen. Chris Murphy, one of Trump’s more vocal critics in Congress, said Democrats must improve their organization.

“People are desperate to be plugged into action right now. People see the threat. They are anxious and angry and motivated and they want to be sent in a direction to help,” he said.

Murphy acknowledged that Sanders still faces resistance from many Democrats who see his progressive proposals—such as Medicare for All, free public college, and the Green New Deal—as too extreme.

Five years ago, Democrats united around Joe Biden to prevent Sanders from securing the 2020 presidential nomination.

“There still are a lot of folks who view Bernie as a danger to the party,” Murphy admitted. “Whereas I see his message as the core of what we need to build on.”

Sanders’ Focus on the Working Class

While Sanders was a staunch Biden supporter over the past four years, he criticized the Democratic Party after Kamala Harris’ defeat, arguing that Trump’s win was possible only because Democrats had “abandoned” the working class.

United Auto Workers President Shawn Fain, who introduced Sanders in Michigan, urged Democrats to follow Sanders’ example.

“They’ve got to take a hard look in the mirror, in my opinion, and decide who the hell they want to represent,” Fain said. “We’ve been clear as a union, if they aren’t looking out for working-class people, we’re not going to be there for them.”

Voices from the Crowd

The diverse crowds attending Sanders’ rallies included some who had never supported his previous campaigns but now see him as the strongest opposition to Trump.

“I’m here because I’m afraid for our country. The last six weeks have been horrible,” said Diana Schack, a 72-year-old retired lawyer at her first Sanders rally. “I am becoming a more avid Bernie fan, especially in light of the work he’s doing traveling around the country. These are not normal times.”

In Kenosha, Amber Schulz, a 50-year-old medical worker, demanded more action from Democrats.

“Bernie is the only politician I trust,” she said.

Tony Gonzales, a 56-year-old independent voter from Pleasant Prairie, Wisconsin, expressed concern that Trump might try to extend his presidency beyond two terms, despite constitutional limits.

“It’s a dangerous time right now,” Gonzales said. “What Bernie has to say—and the turnout—is important. His voice is still being heard.”

Over the weekend, Sanders continued to push his long-standing populist message, calling for expanded social programs, free health care, and free public higher education. He especially criticized Trump’s administration, which he said is dominated by billionaires like Musk.

“They want to dismantle the federal government and cut programs that working people desperately need,” Sanders warned.

“Yes, the oligarchs are enormously powerful. They have endless amounts of money. They control our economy. They own much of the media, and they have enormous influence over our political system,” he continued. “But from the bottom of my heart, I believe that if we stand together, we can beat them.”

Sanders’ Future in the Fight

At 83, with a history of heart issues, Sanders’ long-term role in the movement remains uncertain. However, his spokesperson confirmed he has not had health concerns since his 2019 hospitalization.

For now, Sanders shows no signs of slowing down. His 2020 campaign manager, Faiz Shakir, is helping coordinate his stops, backed by a team of former campaign staffers working on a contract basis.

Shakir, who unsuccessfully ran for chair of the Democratic National Committee, acknowledged differing strategies within the party on how to confront Trump.

Last month, veteran political strategist James Carville suggested Democrats should “roll over and play dead,” hoping that Trump’s actions would lead to a backlash.

“One theory is you can play dead; you can strategically retreat,” Shakir said. “Or, you play alive, and you go out to people and you talk to them with conviction and integrity.”

China Calls for Stronger Ties with India Amid US Trade Tensions

As tensions escalate between China and the United States due to US President Donald Trump’s broad tariffs on Chinese goods, Beijing is now advocating for stronger cooperation with India to “oppose hegemonism and power politics” while upholding global norms.

During a press conference on the sidelines of China’s annual parliamentary session in Beijing, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi emphasized the need for India and China to work together. “China and India should be partners that contribute to each other’s success. A cooperative pas de deux (dance involving two people) of the dragon and the elephant is the only right choice for both sides,” he stated.

“To support each other rather than undercut each other, work with each other rather than guard against each other — this is the path that truly serves the fundamental interests of both China and India and their peoples. When China and India join hands, the prospects for greater democracy in international relations and a stronger Global South will improve greatly,” he added.

Wang stressed that the only way forward for both nations is a cooperative partnership, which aligns with their fundamental interests and helps protect global norms. “China stands ready to work with India to sum up past experience and forge a fast forward and advance China-India relations on the track of sound and stable development,” he affirmed.

Wang Highlights ‘Positive Strides’ in India-China Relations

Wang also noted that India-China relations have made “positive strides” and achieved significant progress following a successful meeting between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Chinese President Xi Jinping last year. The discussions aimed at resolving the four-year-long military standoff in eastern Ladakh.

According to Wang, the leaders of both nations provided strategic direction to enhance bilateral ties during their meeting in Kazan in October 2023. He pointed out that both sides acted upon their leaders’ shared vision by “strengthening exchanges and practical cooperation at all levels.”

Following extensive negotiations, India and China completed the disengagement process by finalizing a withdrawal agreement for troops stationed at Depsang and Demchok, the last two contentious areas in eastern Ladakh. Two days after this agreement was reached, Prime Minister Modi and President Xi held discussions in Kazan on October 23. During this meeting, both leaders agreed to revive multiple dialogue mechanisms to strengthen diplomatic and strategic communication.

Boundary Issues Should Not Define India-China Ties

Additionally, Wang emphasized that as each other’s largest neighbors, India and China share a common goal of advancing their development and revitalization. He insisted that their bilateral relationship should not be overshadowed by border disputes.

“As two ancient civilizations, we have enough wisdom and capability to maintain peace and tranquility in the border areas pending a fair and reasonable solution. We should never allow bilateral relations to be defined by the boundary question, or let specific differences affect the overall picture of our bilateral ties,” he remarked.

This year marks the 75th anniversary of diplomatic relations between India and China. Earlier, Beijing had conveyed its willingness to collaborate with New Delhi to commemorate this milestone and inject fresh momentum into bilateral ties.

Last month, Wang met Indian External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar at the G20 Foreign Ministers’ Meeting in Johannesburg, South Africa. During their discussion, he underscored that restoring mutual trust and achieving win-win cooperation align with the aspirations of both nations.

Jaishankar, in turn, acknowledged the progress made in improving bilateral relations and expressed India’s willingness to strengthen ties. “India values the hard-won progress in improving bilateral relations and is willing to work with China to accelerate the restoration of cooperative mechanisms, enhance cultural exchanges, facilitate people-to-people ties, and jointly maintain peace and stability in the border regions,” he stated.

Jaishankar’s remarks followed Trump’s offer to mediate the longstanding border issue between India and China during Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the White House earlier that month. However, India reiterated that such matters should be “resolved bilaterally.”

Mark Carney Takes Charge Amid Canada-U.S. Trade War, Vows Retaliation Against Trump’s Tariffs

Mark Carney has secured a landslide victory to become Canada’s next prime minister, replacing Justin Trudeau. In his first major statement, he has committed to winning the ongoing trade war with U.S. President Donald Trump, vowing to impose retaliatory tariffs on American goods until, in his words, “Americans show us respect.”

Meanwhile, Ontario Premier Doug Ford has announced plans to impose retaliatory electricity tariffs on the U.S. He is set to discuss these measures in a live address, emphasizing that Canada will take firm action in response to U.S. economic pressures.

Canada to Launch Advertising Campaign in U.S.

Ford addressed questions regarding a marketing and advertising campaign in the U.S., stating, “We need to inform the American people.” He emphasized the importance of delivering a strong message to Americans, calling them Canada’s “greatest allies in the fight against these tariffs.”

Tariff Impact Will ‘Reverberate’ Across U.S., Says Energy Minister

Stephen Lecce, Minister of Energy and Electrification, highlighted Canada’s role as a major power exporter to the U.S., stating, “They need our power.” He explained that the objective is to “maximize pressure on America and minimize the impacts on Ontario.” Lecce warned that the repercussions of these tariffs will “reverberate” across the U.S., affecting states that rely on and profit from reselling Canadian power.

Ford: Tariffs Could Add $100 to U.S. Utility Bills

Ford outlined the potential consequences of Ontario’s countermeasures, estimating that 1.5 million homes and businesses in Minnesota, Michigan, and New York would be affected. According to Ford, these states could face a surcharge of up to $400,000 per day, potentially increasing bills for American consumers by approximately $100.

While acknowledging the difficulties this would create, Ford stated he “will not hesitate” to raise the charge further or even halt electricity exports entirely. However, he also expressed regret for the impact on American citizens, stating, “I feel terrible for the American people who did not start this trade war.”

‘We Will Apply Maximum Pressure,’ Says Ford

Ford described the situation as an escalating conflict, noting that President Trump is now targeting steel and aluminum with additional tariffs. He asserted that these trade policies are detrimental to families on both sides of the border and affirmed Ontario’s determination to resist. “We will apply maximum pressure to maximize leverage,” he stated, confirming that Ontario will proceed with a 25% surcharge on electricity exports.

Ford Congratulates Carney, Praises His Leadership

Doug Ford, in his public remarks, congratulated Mark Carney on his victory, expressing optimism about the country’s new leadership. He emphasized the need for decisive action, stating, “It’s never been more important to build big things.” Ford also took a moment to thank Justin Trudeau for his service to the country.

‘Every Tool in the Toolbox’ Will Be Used in Response to U.S. Tariffs

Stephen Lecce, addressing the media, stated that Ontario has been a critical energy supplier to the U.S. for years, helping to “keep the lights on” in American homes, factories, and farms. However, he made it clear that Canada would not stand by idly. “When under attack, we will use every tool in the toolbox,” he declared.

Ontario’s Retaliatory Tariffs to Be Unveiled Soon

Ford is scheduled to present a detailed plan for retaliatory tariffs against the U.S., reinforcing his stance from last week, when he warned that Canada could cut off electricity supplies if President Trump’s tariff policies persisted. Around 1.5 million Americans in Michigan, New York, and Minnesota rely on electricity imported from Canada.

Ford’s statements align with his recent post on X, in which he congratulated Carney and declared, “Together, let’s unleash the Canadian economy and make our country more secure by building big, bold projects—starting with the Ring of Fire.”

U.S. Stock Markets React to Trump’s Tariff Strategy

As U.S. markets opened for trading, investor concerns over Trump’s economic policies intensified. Fears of increased costs, business uncertainty, and economic disruption have contributed to a market downturn.

The S&P 500 dropped by approximately 1.7%, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average declined by 0.7%. The tech-heavy Nasdaq took the biggest hit, falling by 2.8%. The market turbulence comes as optimism about artificial intelligence-driven growth fades and fears of a recession rise, particularly after Trump declined to rule out an economic downturn.

The Meaning Behind Canada’s ‘Elbows Up’ Slogan

In his farewell address, Justin Trudeau drew loud applause when he declared, “Elbows up!” The phrase has gained traction as a rallying cry against Trump’s tariff threats and his recent suggestion that Canada could become the 51st U.S. state.

Canadian actor Mike Myers recently echoed the phrase on Saturday Night Live, mouthing the words while pointing to his elbow. The slogan originates from ice hockey, symbolizing readiness to fight back—a sentiment many Canadians now embrace in response to Trump’s trade policies.

Ford Calls Carney’s Leadership Critical Amid Tariff Conflict

Shortly after Carney’s landslide victory in the Liberal leadership race, Doug Ford extended his congratulations, describing the moment as pivotal. “Your election comes at a critical time as our country continues to stare down the ongoing threat of President Trump’s tariffs,” Ford stated.

The Ontario Premier is expected to further elaborate on his plan to impose a 25% surcharge on electricity exports to Michigan, New York, and Minnesota. He has also indicated that, if necessary, he may completely cut off power exports to these states.

What’s Next?

As Canada undergoes a significant political transition, here’s a summary of recent developments and upcoming steps:

  • Mark Carney’s Victory: The former Bank of England governor won 85.9% of the vote in the Liberal leadership race and will be sworn in as prime minister in the coming days.
  • Justin Trudeau’s Departure: Trudeau must formally resign before Carney can take office. He will remain in position until he meets with Governor General Mary Simon.
  • Upcoming Election: A general election must take place by October 20, but it is widely expected to be called sooner.
  • Carney’s First Address: In his victory speech, Carney declared, “Americans should make no mistake… in trade, as in hockey, Canada will win.”
  • International Reactions: UK Prime Minister Keir Starmer and French President Emmanuel Macron have extended their congratulations to Carney, signaling strong international support for Canada’s new leadership.

Carney’s Background: A Banker Turned Prime Minister

Mark Carney, Canada’s 24th prime minister, has an extensive background in economics and finance.

  • Early Life: Born in Fort Smith, Northwest Territories, Carney grew up in a politically engaged family, with his father once running as a Liberal candidate in Edmonton-South.
  • Education: He studied at Harvard University on a scholarship and later earned a PhD in economics from Oxford University.
  • Career in Banking: Carney served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England.
  • Political Entry: Despite previous dismissals of a political career—once joking, “Why don’t I become a circus clown?”—Carney’s expertise in financial crises has now positioned him as Canada’s leader during a tense economic standoff with the U.S.
  • International Influence: He has participated in G20 meetings alongside Trump and chaired the Financial Stability Board. Recalling a past encounter, he remarked, “Trump only respects power… Good luck with that” when discussing efforts to appease the former U.S. president.

Liberal Party Gathers Momentum for Snap Election

Following months of poor polling, Liberals now sense an opportunity for a political resurgence. Carney’s resounding victory—securing more votes than Trudeau did in 2013—has energized the party.

“There’s no sense that we should delay,” said David McGuinty, the federal public safety minister. “I’m really, really excited for what’s coming. And frankly, it’s time for an election.”

Although no official date has been set for the transfer of power from Trudeau to Carney, political insiders anticipate a swift transition, with an election announcement likely to follow shortly after.

As Canada braces for a new chapter under Carney’s leadership, the nation prepares for an intensified trade battle with the U.S., setting the stage for one of the most consequential political and economic showdowns in recent history.

Trump’s NIH Nominee Jay Bhattacharya Pledges to Address Chronic Disease Crisis and Reform Scientific Integrity

Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, President Donald Trump’s nominee for Director of the National Institutes of Health (NIH), emphasized his commitment to tackling the chronic disease crisis in the United States. If confirmed, he pledged to leverage cutting-edge science and innovation to address the nation’s pressing health concerns.

During his confirmation hearing before the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee on March 5, Bhattacharya underscored the need for NIH funding to focus on studying population aging, chronic diseases, and obesity.

“The NIH can and must solve the crisis of scientific data reliability, under my leadership if confirmed it will do so,” he stated. “Third, if confirmed, I will establish a culture of respect for free speech in science and scientific descent at the NIH. Over the last few years, top NIH officials oversaw a culture of cover-up and a lack of tolerance for ideas that differed from theirs. I’ll foster a culture where NIH leadership will actively encourage different perspectives and create an environment where scientists who disagree with me can express disagreement respectfully.”

Bhattacharya also outlined his broader agenda for NIH reforms. “Fourth on my agenda is that the NIH must recommit to its mission to fund the most Innovative biomedical research agenda possible to improve American Health. I plan to ensure that the NIH invests in cutting-edge research in every field to make big advances rather than just small incremental progress over the years,” he explained.

He further emphasized the importance of transparency and regulation in high-risk research. “Fifth, the NIH must embrace and vigorously regulate risky research that has the possibility of causing a pandemic. It should embrace transparency in all its operations. While the vast majority of biomedical research poses no risk of harm to research subjects or the public, the NIH must ensure that it never supports work that might cause harm. If confirmed, I will work with Congress and the administration to guarantee that happens,” he asserted.

Bhattacharya acknowledged existing challenges within public scientific institutions and vowed to align NIH operations with Trump’s agenda. “While I believe there are real problems to be addressed, if confirmed, I’ll carry out President Trump’s agenda of making the public science institutions of this country worthy of trust and serve to make America healthy again,” he said.

He referenced a November 2024 Pew Research Center study highlighting a decline in public confidence in scientists, with only 26% expressing a high degree of trust in scientists to act in the public’s best interest, while 23% expressed little to no confidence. “Post-pandemic American biomedical sciences are at a crossroads,” he remarked.

He elaborated on his professional background and connection to the NIH. “The NIH has played a pivotal role in my career. I served for a decade as a standing member of NIH grant committees and helped train many trainees for scientific careers with NIH support. I want NIH funding to study population aging chronic disease and obesity. I’ve made the study of scientific institutions, including the NIH itself, a focus of my own scientific work. The NIH is the crown jewel of American Biomedical Sciences with a long and illustrious history of supporting breakthroughs in biology and medicine,” he noted.

Bhattacharya laid out five key priorities for his tenure if confirmed as NIH director. “First, NIH should focus on research that solves the American chronic disease crisis. American Health is going backwards. Life expectancy flatlined between 2012 and 2019 and plummeted during the pandemic and still has not bounced back to pre-pandemic levels,” he said.

He stressed the urgency of addressing chronic diseases, noting that “the chronic disease crisis is severe, with hundreds of millions of Americans, children and adults suffering from obesity, heart disease, cancer, and more.” He reiterated his commitment to Trump and Secretary Kennedy’s agenda of prioritizing chronic health issues with rigorous science and innovation.

He also raised concerns about the reliability of biomedical research. “NIH-supported science should be replicable, reproducible, and generalizable. Unfortunately, much of our modern biomedical science fails this basic test,” he said. He pointed to a research integrity scandal related to Alzheimer’s disease, which put the credibility of hundreds of research papers into question.

“If the data generated by scientists is not reliable, the products of such science cannot help anyone. It is no stretch to think that the slow progress on Alzheimer’s disease is linked to this problem,” Bhattacharya added.

Despite decades of research debunking claims of a connection between vaccines and autism, Bhattacharya did not rule out funding additional studies on the subject. “I don’t generally believe there’s a link between vaccines and autism,” he said during his confirmation hearing. However, he acknowledged public skepticism regarding vaccines and the ongoing lack of clarity surrounding the increasing autism rates.

“I would support a broad scientific agenda, based on data, to get an answer to that,” he stated.

The discussion over NIH resources was a focal point of Bhattacharya’s hearing. NIH currently operates with a budget of nearly $50 billion, making it the world’s largest funder of biomedical research. However, a policy change by the Trump administration in February suspended NIH reviews of new grant applications, effectively halting funding for new research. Additionally, a policy was introduced to reduce indirect funding to universities, a move that has raised concerns among experts who fear it could hinder the development of life-saving treatments.

“I am deeply concerned about the funding and the research that has been stopped,” said Sen. Patty Murray, D-Wash. She pressed Bhattacharya for assurances, stating, “I want strong assurances that you would get that moving again.”

Similarly, Sen. Maggie Hassan, D-N.H., asked, “If confirmed, will you commit to reversing funding freezes at NIH?”

Bhattacharya avoided a direct answer, citing his pending confirmation. However, he promised to evaluate the situation. “I’m going to assess it Day 1. I’m going to understand the resources the whole NIH needs and make sure that the scientists working at NIH have resources to do the lifesaving work that they do and that the scientists that are supported by the NIH also have that,” he assured.

Another contentious issue was the potential for job cuts at NIH. Bhattacharya was questioned about billionaire Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency initiative, which aims to reduce federal spending across agencies. When asked about possible staff reductions at NIH, Bhattacharya dismissed the idea.

“I don’t have any intention to cut anyone at the NIH,” he asserted.

As his confirmation process moves forward, Bhattacharya’s leadership approach at NIH will be closely scrutinized, particularly regarding his handling of research funding, chronic disease priorities, and scientific integrity reforms.

Race to Replace Trudeau: Who Will Lead Canada’s Liberals?

The competition to succeed Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau is in full swing. Leading candidates for the leadership of Trudeau’s ruling Liberal Party, including the globally recognized Chrystia Freeland and Mark Carney, are vying to steer Canada through pressing domestic and international challenges, such as escalating trade disputes with the United States.

After a tumultuous year marked by political crises, Trudeau announced in January that he would resign as Liberal leader once his successor was chosen, eventually stepping down as prime minister.

This Sunday, the Liberals will finally count the votes and declare their new leader, a decision that comes as Canada gears up for a general election later this year.

Why is Trudeau stepping down?

Trudeau has led the Liberal Party for more than a decade. He first brought the Liberals to power in 2015, promising “sunny ways” for Canada. Since then, he has been re-elected twice, most recently in 2021, though that victory cost him his governing majority.

During his tenure, he championed progressive causes, including tackling climate change and addressing historic injustices against Indigenous communities. However, economic dissatisfaction has increasingly overshadowed his leadership in recent years. His administration was further shaken when Freeland, who was serving as deputy prime minister and finance minister, unexpectedly resigned just hours before delivering her annual fiscal update.

Trudeau is stepping down as the Liberal Party faces a significant challenge in the upcoming general elections, expected by October. The party has been trailing in polls against the Conservatives, led by right-wing politician Pierre Poilievre. However, recent weeks have seen the gap narrow as Trudeau’s potential successors, such as Carney, take assertive stances on trade tensions with the United States.

Though Trudeau will relinquish his role as Liberal leader after Sunday’s vote, he has not specified a timeline for stepping down as prime minister. His successor will have the authority to request new federal elections at any time—whether within days, weeks, or months.

What role does the US play?

Relations between Canada and the United States have deteriorated under President Donald Trump. Over the past three months, Trump has blamed Canada for illegal immigration into the U.S., threatened to annex Canada as the U.S.’s 51st state, and imposed steep tariffs on Canadian imports. The White House justifies these tariffs as necessary to curb fentanyl smuggling into the U.S.

The heated rhetoric between Trump and Trudeau has stirred nationalist sentiments in Canada. At NHL and NBA games in the country, some Canadian fans have even taken to booing the U.S. national anthem.

These cross-border tensions may have provided an unexpected boost to the Liberal Party, as Conservative leader Poilievre—often compared to Trump—has sought to distance himself from the U.S. president. At a press conference on Tuesday, Poilievre emphasized, “I am not MAGA.”

“Canadian politics is being convulsed by the Trump government’s assertions about Canada’s future as he saw it, and secondly by the tariffs that were very puzzling to a lot of people given the depth of interdependence between the Canadian and American economies,” said Allan Tupper, a political science professor at the University of British Columbia.

Tupper added that Trudeau’s successor would need to be a skilled negotiator, particularly regarding tariffs. “It just may be a different kind of Canada to deal with. It’s going to be more assertive, more nationalistic, and more in charge of its destiny.”

Who are the leading candidates?

Mark Carney

One of the frontrunners in the race, Carney is a former governor of both the Bank of England and the Bank of Canada. His campaign has focused on clean energy, climate policies, and fostering economic growth.

Carney has emphasized his role in helping Canada manage its debt during the 2008 financial crisis and in navigating the British economy through Brexit. He has also advocated leveraging Canada’s natural resources to drive prosperity while positioning the country as a leader in clean energy.

Experts suggest Carney enjoys significant support from Liberal lawmakers and members of Trudeau’s cabinet. His financial expertise makes him a compelling candidate at a time when economic concerns are at the forefront.

“He’s very competent in economics, so with these tariffs, this economic war, a lot of people are supporting him,” said Charles-Etienne Beaudy, a political science professor at the University of Ottawa and author of Radio Trump: How he won the first time.

Carney has not shied away from addressing tensions with the Trump administration. Speaking to CNN in February, he stated, “Despite being insulted on multiple occasions by senior members of the administration, we are not going to reciprocate in those insults.”

Following the announcement of U.S. tariffs last month, Carney has strongly advocated for dollar-for-dollar retaliatory tariffs that would hurt the U.S. while minimizing the impact on Canada.

Chrystia Freeland

Freeland, a former journalist and another leading contender in the race, was one of Trudeau’s most high-profile cabinet ministers before her resignation.

Born to a Ukrainian mother in Alberta, Freeland studied at Harvard University and later worked as a journalist covering Russia and Ukraine. Entering politics in 2013, she quickly rose through the ranks of the Liberal Party, securing key cabinet positions under Trudeau.

She has prior experience negotiating with Trump on trade. As Canada’s foreign minister in 2018, she played a crucial role in renegotiating the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with the U.S. and Mexico—a deal that Trump has expressed interest in revisiting. She also clashed with the U.S. administration when it imposed tariffs on Canadian steel and aluminum imports.

Trump has personally targeted Freeland, calling her “totally toxic and not at all conducive to making deals.”

Her resignation in December signaled the beginning of Trudeau’s political decline.

On the campaign trail, Freeland has indicated support for a stricter immigration stance and has backed targeted retaliatory tariffs against the U.S.

Karina Gould

Gould, the youngest woman to ever serve as a Canadian minister, has branded herself as a candidate representing a generational shift in leadership. Launching her campaign in January, she stated that the Liberal Party “needs to embrace this shift too.”

Gould has proposed increasing corporate taxes on large businesses earning over $500 million annually. She argues that this policy would incentivize corporations to reinvest in productivity and business development, or else face higher taxes.

Her top priority, if elected, is resolving Canada’s trade dispute with the U.S. before calling for a general election. Like her competitors, she has taken a tough stance against Trump.

Frank Baylis

A businessman from Montreal, Baylis previously served as a lawmaker from 2015 to 2019. In February, he proposed constructing two pipelines to transport natural gas to Europe and Asia, reducing Canada’s economic reliance on the United States.

Baylis has warned against Canada’s heavy dependence on a single trading partner. He has also criticized Trudeau’s handling of Trump, arguing that Canadian leaders made missteps, including traveling to Mar-a-Lago to meet the U.S. president.

“Anybody that’s ever dealt with a bully successfully knows that you don’t give an inch,” Baylis told The Canadian Press last month.

As Canada prepares for new leadership, the next Liberal prime minister will face significant challenges—both at home and abroad. With the U.S. relationship in flux and economic uncertainty looming, the outcome of Sunday’s vote could shape the country’s trajectory for years to come.

Hindi vs. Hindustani: A Linguistic Divide

I am aware that this article may upset many Hindi proponents, but that is of no concern to me. I am not in pursuit of popularity or publicity, despite what some may assume. I have often expressed views that have made me unpopular. I speak what I believe to be the truth, regardless of whether it pleases or offends people.

The reality is that Hindi is not the language of the common man in India, not even in the so-called Hindi-speaking regions. The language spoken by the common people is Hindustani, also referred to as Khadiboli.

To illustrate the distinction between Hindi and Hindustani, consider this example: in Hindustani, one would say “udhar dekhiye” to mean “look there.” However, in Hindi, the equivalent phrase would be “udhar avalokan keejiye.” The average person would never use the phrase “udhar avalokan keejiye.”

Hindi is an artificially constructed language, developed as part of the British colonial policy of divide and rule. The British propagated the false notion that Hindi was the language of Hindus, while Urdu belonged to Muslims.

Before 1947, Urdu served as the common language of educated individuals—Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs, and others—across vast regions of India. However, after the partition in 1947, when Pakistan was established as an Islamic state, Urdu came under attack in India. Religious extremists falsely promoted the idea that Urdu was a foreign language belonging exclusively to Muslims.

As part of this agenda, a concerted effort was made to eliminate Persian and Arabic words from Hindustani, even though they had been widely adopted in everyday speech. These words were then replaced with Sanskrit-derived alternatives. For instance, the word “zila” (district) was substituted with “janpad,” “kaafi” (enough) with “paryapt,” “zyaada” (more) with “adhik,” and “mujrim” (accused) with “abhiyukt.”

Hundreds, if not thousands, of similar examples exist where commonly used Persian words were deliberately weeded out and replaced with Sanskrit terms. This process was nearly catastrophic for Urdu, almost amounting to linguistic genocide.

During my tenure as a judge at the Allahabad High Court, a lawyer who regularly argued in Hindi once submitted a petition titled “Pratibhu Avedan Patra.” I asked him what “Pratibhu” meant, and he replied that it referred to bail. I then pointed out that he should have simply used the term “bail” or “zamaanat,” which everyone understood, rather than “Pratibhu,” a word that was unfamiliar to most people.

In court, deciphering Hindi in government notifications was often challenging, as the language used was highly Sanskritized, or “klisht.”

Similarly, certain Hindi books employ such complex Sanskrit-derived vocabulary that their meaning becomes difficult to grasp.

It is a misconception that incorporating foreign words weakens a language. On the contrary, it strengthens it. English, for example, has become more robust by assimilating words not only from European languages but also from Arabic, Persian, and Hindustani. Consequently, it was misguided to remove Persian and Arabic words that had become an integral part of Hindustani.

To conclude, I believe that modern Hindi poetry does not compare to Urdu poetry in terms of expressiveness and sophistication. Consider this famous Urdu line from Bismil’s revolutionary poem: “Sarfaroshi ki tamanna ab hamaare dil mein hai.” If translated into Hindi, it would read: “Sheesh katwaane ki ichcha ab hamaare hriday mein hai.” Which version do you think revolutionaries would prefer to chant?

Likewise, take the powerful lines by Faiz Ahmed Faiz: “Bol ki lab azad hain tere, bol zubaan ab tak teri hai.” In Hindi, this could be translated as “Uchchaaran karo, munh swatantra hai tumhaara.” However, the Hindi version lacks the strength and depth of the original Urdu. Hindi simply does not possess the same intensity and elegance that Urdu offers.

Trump Announces India’s Commitment to Reducing Tariffs Amid Growing Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump stated on Friday that India has agreed to significantly reduce its tariffs.

Speaking from the Oval Office, Trump remarked, “India charges us massive tariffs, massive—you can’t even sell anything in India. It’s almost… it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside. They have agreed, by the way. They want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they have done.”

His comments came just hours after India announced that it was exploring ways to deepen trade relations with the US, including reducing tariff and non-tariff barriers under a bilateral trade agreement.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for the Ministry of External Affairs, noted that during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the US last month, both countries had revealed plans to negotiate a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA).

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US for discussions with his counterparts, as both governments continued working on advancing talks related to the multi-sector trade pact, Jaiswal added.

“Our objective through the BTA is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across the goods and services sector, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

In his latest remarks, the US President also addressed a joint session of Congress, where he listed India alongside the European Union, China, and Canada as countries that impose high tariffs on American products.

Trump asserted that for decades, other nations had used tariffs against the US, and now it was “our turn” to impose them in return.

On February 13, Prime Minister Modi met with Trump in Washington, DC, where both leaders agreed to finalize a major trade agreement by the end of the year. They also set an ambitious goal of reaching USD 500 billion in annual trade by 2030, aiming to narrow the trade deficit.

“Recognizing that this level of ambition would require new, fair-trade terms, the leaders announced plans to negotiate the first tranche of a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA) by fall of 2025,” stated a joint press release summarizing the Modi-Trump meeting.

In its Union Budget for 2025-26, India disclosed plans to lower tariffs on products such as bourbon whiskey, wines, and the electric vehicle (EV) sector—widely interpreted as an effort to accommodate US concerns.

Meanwhile, Washington has been urging New Delhi to purchase more American oil, gas, and defense equipment to help reduce the trade deficit, which currently favors India by approximately USD 45 billion.

The US remained India’s largest trading partner in 2023, with total bilateral trade in goods and services reaching USD 190 billion.

Trump Temporarily Eases Tariffs on Canada and Mexico Amid Market Turmoil

U.S. President Donald Trump announced a temporary suspension of steep tariffs on Canada and Mexico on Thursday, March 6, 2025, offering a brief reprieve for businesses and consumers following strong backlash from global markets.

The decision came after the implementation of tariffs of up to 25% on imports from the two neighboring countries on Tuesday, March 4, 2025. The move had caused stock markets to drop significantly, with economists cautioning that such broad tariffs could slow U.S. economic growth and contribute to rising inflation in the near term.

Although the Republican president rejected claims that his trade policies were responsible for market instability, he opted to temporarily pause the tariffs on trade with Canada and Mexico that falls under a regional agreement.

Additionally, Mr. Trump reduced the newly imposed 25% tariff on Canadian potash, a crucial component in fertilizer. U.S. officials noted that their country does not produce large amounts of this resource, making the import levy particularly impactful.

The suspension of these tariffs, which will remain in effect until April 2, follows a similar move a day earlier when the White House announced temporary relief for automakers.

“These changes make conditions much more favorable for our American car manufacturers,” Mr. Trump said on Thursday, March 6, 2025.

However, he emphasized that significant updates would be announced on April 2, when he is expected to introduce “reciprocal tariffs” aimed at addressing what Washington perceives as unfair trade practices. He made it clear that Canadian and Mexican goods could still be subject to new levies after that date.

At the same time, Mr. Trump confirmed that tariffs on steel and aluminum, set to take effect next week, would remain unchanged.

‘Good’ Relationship With Mexico

Explaining the temporary relief for some Mexican imports, Mr. Trump stated on Truth Social that he made the decision “as an accommodation, and out of respect for” Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum. He added, “Our relationship has been a very good one.”

His remarks about Mexico stood in stark contrast to his tense relations with Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau.

On Thursday, March 6, 2025, Mr. Trudeau acknowledged that some industries might receive temporary exemptions but maintained that Canada would remain in a trade conflict with the U.S. for the foreseeable future.

“Our goal remains to get these tariffs, all tariffs removed,” Mr. Trudeau asserted.

‘Economic Reality’

Scott Lincicome, vice president of general economics at the Cato Institute, described Mr. Trump’s decision to ease tariffs on Mexico as “a recognition of economic reality.”

He explained that the move demonstrated an understanding of how tariffs disrupt supply chains, place financial burdens on consumers, and create uncertainty that markets dislike. “The market doesn’t like them and certainly doesn’t like the uncertainty surrounding them,” Mr. Lincicome told AFP.

Since beginning his second term in January, Mr. Trump has frequently threatened tariffs against both allies and adversaries.

He has defended tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China as necessary measures to curb illegal immigration and combat the trafficking of fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid.

However, official data from both Canadian and U.S. government sources indicate that Canada contributes less than 1% of the fentanyl in the illicit U.S. supply. Furthermore, Canada is not a major source of illegal immigration, particularly in comparison to migration across the southern border with Mexico.

Meanwhile, China has rejected U.S. accusations regarding its role in fentanyl trafficking, asserting that the issue is a domestic matter for the U.S. and that tariffs will not address it.

Inflation and Trade Deficit Concerns

U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent dismissed concerns on Thursday, March 6, 2025, that Mr. Trump’s tariffs would drive up inflation, stating that any effect on prices would likely be temporary.

Mr. Trump has consistently portrayed tariffs as a tool for generating government revenue and correcting trade imbalances.

New government data released on Thursday, March 6, 2025, showed that the U.S. trade deficit had reached an all-time high in January.

The Commerce Department reported that the overall trade deficit of the world’s largest economy surged by 34% to $131.4 billion, driven by a sharp increase in imports.

Analysts suggested that a significant portion of the rise in the trade deficit was due to increased gold imports. However, data also indicated that many businesses had boosted their imports in anticipation of potential new tariffs.

Government by Chaos Returns Under Trump’s Leadership

President Donald Trump’s approach to governance has once again thrown global and domestic affairs into turmoil. One day, he imposed steep tariffs on Canada and Mexico; the next, he temporarily halted auto tariffs after realizing their potential damage to the American automotive industry—something experts had warned about.

Last week, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky visited the White House to sign a deal on rare-earth minerals, which Trump hailed as a significant achievement for the U.S. However, after being provoked by Vice President JD Vance, Zelensky left abruptly, creating a diplomatic debacle that European leaders have been scrambling to address.

Meanwhile, Elon Musk is aggressively dismantling government bureaucracy, firing workers indiscriminately, and causing instability for citizens and industries reliant on federal assistance. This is happening at a time when the economy is already fragile and susceptible to shocks.

Trump’s initial surge of executive orders and policy shifts provided a burst of energy, especially compared to the perceived stagnation of President Joe Biden’s final months in office. However, six weeks into his term, as Trump disrupts post-Cold War security structures, global trade, and federal agencies that helped establish U.S. supremacy, a stark realization is emerging—there appears to be no coherent plan.

His unpredictable policies on Ukraine, trade tariffs meant to revive Rust Belt industries, and sweeping cuts to government are driven by instinct rather than strategy. This approach, reminiscent of his campaign-style “weave” speeches, leaves global leaders uncertain and on edge.

“There’s too much unpredictability and chaos coming out of the White House right now,” remarked Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly on Wednesday, describing U.S. trade policy as a “psychodrama” that Canada cannot endure every month.

Unpredictable Leadership Yields Mixed Results

Trump’s erratic leadership often leaves allies questioning his motives. On Wednesday, he criticized Canada for not doing enough to prevent fentanyl trafficking, even though the quantities involved are negligible. At other times, he blames Canada for unauthorized migration southward, despite low numbers. He also aims to shift manufacturing away from Canada to the U.S., leading some in Ottawa to suspect he is trying to weaken Canada for potential annexation.

Despite the turmoil, Trump’s aggressive foreign policy has yielded some results. His alarm over a Hong Kong-based firm owning two ports on the Panama Canal prompted U.S. investment giant BlackRock to negotiate their acquisition. While Trump’s claim that China controlled the canal was inaccurate, the deal could still bolster U.S. strategic interests.

Additionally, while he is diminishing the strength of NATO, Trump’s pressure has spurred an unprecedented military buildup among European allies—something past U.S. presidents had urged for years.

However, Trump often appears more interested in asserting personal power than executing a long-term plan.

Michael Froman, former U.S. trade representative and chair of the Council on Foreign Relations, told CNN’s Jim Sciutto that while tariffs generally have more costs than benefits, they can serve as leverage in negotiations. This has worked with Mexico, which has broader trade issues with the U.S. than Canada. However, Froman added, “You have to know what it is you want them to do for that leverage to be useful.”

Trump’s Chaos as a Political Strategy

To some extent, disorder is intentional. Trump thrives on political theatrics, using headline-grabbing maneuvers to rally his base. However, his administration often overlooks the domestic political constraints of allied nations.

Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum, who, like Trump, is newly in office, hinted Wednesday that Mexico could seek alternative trade partners if necessary.

In the U.K., Prime Minister Keir Starmer recently honored British soldiers who fought alongside the U.S. in Iraq and Afghanistan. His speech appeared to counter Vice President Vance’s comment on Fox News that Ukraine needed stronger security guarantees than those from “some random country that has not fought a war in 30 or 40 years.” The remark, widely interpreted as a slight against Britain and France, caused significant outrage. Vance later claimed on X that such an interpretation was “absurdly dishonest.” However, Britain and France are currently the only two nations to have openly committed troops to a post-war security force in Ukraine.

French President Emmanuel Macron, acknowledging the shift in global dynamics since Trump’s return to power, stated Wednesday that he is considering extending France’s nuclear protection to European allies.

For Trump’s staunchest supporters, his ability to enrage Democrats, the media, and foreign governments is a success in itself. His populist nationalist base views the destruction of government institutions as a necessary step toward dismantling the “administrative state.”

Trump’s leadership style was honed in his Manhattan real estate empire, where he used aggressive tactics—making extreme demands, engaging in public disputes, and abruptly shifting positions—to throw opponents off balance. Now, he employs the same approach in politics, using unpredictability as a tool to consolidate power amid disorder.

However, while unpredictability may be a strength in business negotiations, it is a liability when managing a country, an economy, and international alliances—where stability and consistency are essential.

“It’s just constant, and it’s exhausting,” said Julian Vikan Karaguesian, a former Canadian Ministry of Finance official, about Trump’s aggressive trade policies. “It’s almost surreal. Is it real? Is it going to be real this time?” Now a lecturer at McGill University, Karaguesian added, “Maybe the modus operandi here is uncertainty. It’s not tariffs, it’s not anything else, but intentionally creating a sense of chaos and a sense of uncertainty.”

Trump’s Auto Tariff Reversal

Trump’s sudden decision Wednesday to pause auto tariffs for a month, just a day after imposing a blanket 25% tariff on Canada and Mexico, highlights his tendency to second-guess his own moves.

Market forces may have influenced his reversal. The announcement led to a near-500-point rebound in the Dow Jones Industrial Average, following two days of significant losses.

CNN reported that Trump relented after discussions with the CEOs of the Big Three automakers. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt later stated that Trump was open to “hearing about additional exemptions.”

The notion that corporate executives can lobby for exemptions unavailable to ordinary Americans contradicts principles of economic fairness. Trump has repeatedly dismissed the value of rules-based systems that prevent patronage and corruption—characteristics more common in autocratic regimes.

This suggests that Trump prefers using tariff threats as leverage rather than enforcing them. However, by repeatedly issuing and retracting threats, he is creating uncertainty for businesses, disrupting supply chains, and discouraging consumer spending—factors that could harm the already slowing economy.

“There’s so much uncertainty about what the administration is doing that the mere prospect of tariffs is creating a big anchor on the economy,” said Bharat Ramamurti, former deputy director of Biden’s National Economic Council. “The prospect of significant tariffs on our allies has resulted in withholding investments and preemptive price increases that are going to be borne by small businesses and, ultimately, by consumers.”

Long-Term Risks of Trump’s Approach

Trump’s pattern of antagonizing allies while seemingly advancing Russia’s interests in Ukraine could weaken U.S. power in the long run.

“What we have seen this week is that the dollar has suffered a very sharp decline,” said Ruchir Sharma, founder of Breakout Capital, on CNN International. “It’s revealing that the rest of the world is getting its act together … and I think investors are beginning to notice there are other countries worth investing in, given all this policy volatility that is emerging in the U.S.”

The broader risk is that another four years of Trump’s policies could reshape the global economic landscape in a way that diminishes U.S. influence rather than reinforcing it. While geography ensures that Canada and Mexico will continue trading with the U.S., both nations may also find it beneficial to deepen ties with China. Similarly, the European Union—expecting its own round of Trump-imposed tariffs—could seek economic partnerships elsewhere.

America’s closest allies have long-standing ties with Washington and do not want to see it falter. However, they also have national interests to protect. While Canada lacks the economic strength to win a trade war against the U.S., its patience is wearing thin over Trump’s combative tactics.

Doug Ford, the Premier of Ontario, Canada’s largest economic hub, insists that Trump must eliminate tariffs altogether instead of selectively lifting them by industry.

“All this gives us is uncertainty again,” Ford told CNN’s Phil Mattingly on Wednesday. “There is one person that’s causing that problem today: that’s President Trump.”

Kohli’s Masterclass Guides India to Champions Trophy Final with Win Over Australia

For the second time in ten days, Virat Kohli demonstrated why he is regarded as the ‘Chasemaster’ in ODIs, delivering a crucial half-century (84 off 98 balls, including five fours) to propel India into the final of the Champions Trophy. India secured a four-wicket victory over Australia in the first semifinal at the Dubai International Cricket Stadium on Tuesday, March 4, 2025.

The 36-year-old batsman, much like his unbeaten century against Pakistan during the league stage, played a controlled innings, minimizing risks while maintaining a strong strike rate.

Chasing 265, Indian skipper Rohit Sharma provided the team with a brisk start before Kohli and Shreyas Iyer steadied the innings with a crucial 91-run stand for the third wicket.

Kohli began his innings confidently, lofting and pulling Nathan Ellis for two early boundaries, showcasing his ability to maneuver the field with precision. Meanwhile, Shreyas took an aggressive approach against left-arm spinner Cooper Connolly, cutting and sweeping him for three quick fours.

India’s players paid tribute to the late Padmakar Shivalkar by wearing black armbands during the Champions Trophy semifinal.

On what was the best batting surface of the tournament at this venue, Kohli and Shreyas faced little trouble against an Australian bowling attack that lacked sharpness.

Kohli executed sweeps and pulls against leg-spinners Adam Zampa and Tanveer Sangha, reaching his half-century in just 53 balls.

Following Shreyas’s dismissal, the former India captain—who was given a reprieve on 51 when Glenn Maxwell dropped a catch—built key partnerships with Axar Patel and K.L. Rahul (an unbeaten 42 off 34 balls, including two fours and two sixes) to ensure that Steve Smith’s men never had a real chance to make a comeback.

As India neared victory, requiring just 40 more runs, Kohli attempted to loft Zampa down the ground but was caught at long-on, falling 16 runs short of a century.

Rahul and Hardik Pandya (28 off 24 balls, including one four and three sixes) then completed the chase in style, thrilling the crowd with an array of boundaries and sixes. Their efforts helped India secure its first knockout-stage win over Australia in an ICC event in 14 years.

Prior to the game, Rohit Sharma had emphasized the importance of maintaining the same approach as in previous matches, saying, “We understand the opposition, need to approach the game like the last three games.”

Earlier in the day, half-centuries from Smith (73) and Alex Carey (61) had set the stage for Australia to post a competitive total. However, a disciplined performance from India’s bowlers, combined with proactive captaincy from Rohit, ensured that timely breakthroughs kept the reigning ODI champions to a modest 264.

Opener Travis Head got Australia off to a quick start before Smith took control of the innings. After being given a lifeline on 36—when Mohammed Shami dropped a catch—Smith accelerated, driving and pulling Varun for consecutive boundaries.

At the other end, Carey played aggressively against the spinners, employing the sweep effectively. He guided Kuldeep Yadav’s deliveries to fine leg and sent Varun’s bowling over midwicket with powerful slog sweeps.

Just as Smith looked set to increase the scoring rate, he misjudged a charge against Shami and was bowled by a full toss. Axar Patel then dismissed Glenn Maxwell in the following over, leaving Australia at 205 for six in the 38th over.

From there, India’s bowlers tightened their grip on the match, conceding only 51 runs in the final 10 overs. Their efforts set the perfect stage for Kohli to once again showcase his brilliance in chasing down targets.

Trump’s Address to Congress: Six Key Takeaways

After an intense six weeks back in the White House, President Trump delivered a bold and partisan speech to a joint session of Congress on Tuesday night.

Lasting just under 100 minutes, it became the longest such address in modern history. The speech also saw a Democratic lawmaker being ejected, multiple Democrats walking out at different points, and a Republican Party that stood firmly behind its president.

Here are six major takeaways from the speech:

  1. Trump Praised His Actions So Far, Including Controversial Moves

“America is back,” Trump declared at the start of his speech. Ironically, this was the same phrase Joe Biden used at the beginning of his presidency following Trump’s first term.

The similarity highlights the deep division in the country regarding its values, identity, and direction for the future.

Trump has pursued what he describes as a “commonsense revolution,” characterized by “swift and unrelenting action.” This effort has been led by Elon Musk and his Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), with Trump spotlighting and praising Musk’s initiatives. These moves have been popular among the GOP base but strongly opposed by many others, including independents.

A recent NPR/PBS News/Marist poll showed that only 34% of independents approve of Trump’s performance, and Musk and DOGE received the same 34% favorability rating. Additionally, two-thirds of respondents felt that Trump was implementing changes too quickly without fully considering their impact on the federal government.

  1. A Speech Geared Toward MAGA Supporters, Not Bipartisanship

While Americans remain divided on Trump’s leadership, his speech did not attempt to bridge that divide. Instead, it focused primarily on issues that resonate with MAGA supporters.

Trump dismissed Democrats, referring to them as “these people” and “radical left lunatics.” He also used his controversial nickname “Pocahontas” when discussing Senator Elizabeth Warren and the ongoing war in Ukraine. Warren later responded, stating that she was applauding U.S. aid to Ukraine, which Trump has since halted.

Trump claimed that Democrats would never support his policies, so he concentrated on topics favored by his base, including the anti-trans culture war, opposition to pro-diversity programs, his push to make English the country’s official language, and his effort to rename North America’s highest peak back to Mount McKinley. (The peak was renamed Denali during Obama’s presidency to reflect the preferences of most Alaskans.)

“Our country will be woke no longer,” Trump proclaimed.

During his speech, Trump spoke more forcefully about cracking down on illegal immigration than about the economy and inflation—despite rising prices playing a crucial role in his 2024 election victory.

Presidents often receive more credit or blame for the economy than they deserve, as they have limited control over prices. However, one tool they do have—tariffs—can lead to higher prices in the short term, according to economists.

Trump’s speech coincided with the implementation of steep tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He defended these measures, calling tariffs essential to saving the “soul” of the country—a phrase Biden has also used but in a different context.

Experts, business owners, and most Americans disagree with Trump’s approach. In the NPR poll, conducted before the latest round of tariffs, 57% of respondents anticipated higher prices in the next six months. Additionally, more people believed Trump’s economic policies would worsen conditions rather than improve them.

Despite these concerns, Trump largely avoided discussing the economy, instead repeatedly blaming Biden. He mentioned the former president 13 times, stating, “Joe Biden especially let the price of eggs get out of control. The egg prices, out of control. And we’re working hard to get it back down.”

However, the recent spike in egg prices has primarily been attributed to a bird flu outbreak.

While it is common for presidents to blame their predecessors for economic struggles, accountability eventually shifts to the person currently in office.

  1. Numerous False or Misleading Claims

Trump made several inaccurate statements throughout his speech, many of which have been thoroughly fact-checked. NPR compiled an in-depth analysis of over 20 misleading claims.

Among the most notable were:

— Trump claimed DOGE uncovered “hundreds of billions” in fraud, but even DOGE’s own estimates do not support this figure. He exaggerated the amount even beyond what the agency itself reports.

— He alleged that numerous people over 120 years old were still receiving Social Security payments. However, even Trump’s own Social Security Administration head refuted this claim, clarifying that these individuals lack recorded death dates but are not fraudulently receiving benefits.

— Trump stated that tariffs on China during his first term generated trillions of dollars for the U.S. This is inaccurate. While tariffs were imposed on about $380 billion in goods, they did not result in a net economic gain. In fact, economists argue they may have harmed the GDP in the long run.

— Trump falsely claimed the U.S. spent $350 billion on the war in Ukraine. The actual amount is closer to $115 billion over three years, with some funds allocated to domestic weapons production rather than direct aid to Ukraine. While the U.S. has provided more military aid than any single country, European nations collectively have contributed around $130–140 billion.

  1. Legislative Priorities for the Republican-Led Congress

Trump outlined several policy requests, offering insight into his legislative agenda for the coming year. His asks included:

— Increased funding for deportations

— Another round of major tax cuts

— Enhanced police protections (with no mention of the January 6 attack on officers at the U.S. Capitol)

— A new crime bill

— A mandate for the death penalty for anyone convicted of murdering a police officer (noting that the death penalty varies by state)

— The creation of a “Golden Dome” missile defense system, similar to Israel’s Iron Dome but intended for U.S. use.

  1. Reality-TV-Style Moments, A Trump Staple

While this speech lacked some of the theatrics of past Trump addresses, it still included dramatic moments, such as:

— Announcing an executive order naming a wildlife refuge after a girl allegedly killed by undocumented immigrants.

— Naming a 13-year-old cancer survivor as an honorary Secret Service agent.

— Publicly recognizing a high school student’s acceptance to West Point.

— Declaring the capture of the suspect responsible for the Abbey Gate bombing in Afghanistan.

  1. Elissa Slotkin’s Response: A Speech for Democrats to Note

Michigan Senator Elissa Slotkin delivered what many consider one of the strongest rebuttals to a presidential address in recent history. Comparisons were drawn to former Senator Jim Webb’s fiery response to George W. Bush in 2007 during the Iraq War.

Unlike previous opposition responses, which have often been met with criticism, Slotkin’s speech was commanding and poised. Speaking before a backdrop of American flags, she leaned on her background as a former CIA officer and the daughter of a Republican father and Democratic mother. She also highlighted her success in a state that Trump won in 2024.

Slotkin emphasized that the “middle class is the engine of our country” and warned against reckless policymaking. She criticized Trump’s tax plans for benefiting billionaires at the expense of essential public programs. Additionally, she took aim at Musk and his team, accusing them of improperly accessing sensitive personal data.

“As a Cold War kid, I’m thankful it was Reagan and not Trump in office in the 1980s,” she remarked, referencing Trump’s handling of the war in Ukraine. “Trump would have lost us the Cold War.”

Slotkin’s speech provided a clear strategy for Democrats struggling to respond to Trump’s presidency. Her composed delivery stood in stark contrast to the chaotic reaction from Rep. Al Green, whose loud interruptions led to his removal from the chamber.

As Trump moves forward with his agenda, the battle lines in Washington appear more firmly drawn than ever.

Trump’s Tariff War Escalates: Impact on Economy, Markets, and Politics

On Tuesday, President Donald Trump intensified a trade war by imposing significant tariffs on the top three U.S. trading partners—Canada, Mexico, and China.

The newly announced tariffs include a 25 percent import tax on Canada and Mexico, while duties on Chinese goods were raised from 10 percent to 20 percent.

These measures will impact more than $1 trillion worth of imported goods. In 2022, these three countries exported a combined $1.4 trillion in goods to the U.S., representing over 5 percent of that year’s gross domestic product (GDP).

Trump has made several tariff-related announcements during his tenure, some of which he later reversed or postponed. However, Tuesday’s decision marks the most significant escalation yet in his broader effort to reshape U.S. trade policy, fulfilling a campaign pledge.

Short-Term Market Reaction

The financial markets reacted negatively to Trump’s latest trade move. On Monday, stock prices plummeted after he stated there was “no room left” for Canada and Mexico to negotiate on tariffs.

The market downturn continued into Tuesday. The Dow Jones Industrial Average, which tracks major U.S. companies, dropped by more than 685 points, representing a 1.6 percent decline. The S&P 500 index fell by 1.3 percent, while the tech-focused Nasdaq Composite ended the day down by 0.4 percent.

Goldman Sachs estimated that these tariffs, particularly the 25 percent duties on Canada and Mexico and the higher levies on China, would reduce its earnings-per-share forecasts for the S&P 500 by 2 to 3 percent.

Rising Consumer Costs

Businesses and economic analysts have cautioned that Trump’s import duties could lead to higher consumer prices.

“Tariff-induced disruptions risk exacerbating inflation, increasing the cost of essential goods, and placing financial strain on businesses and consumers alike,” the National Association of Wholesale Distributors stated on Tuesday.

Although tariffs do not automatically translate to price hikes, companies can absorb the increased costs or adjust their supply chains. Trump’s 2018 tariffs did not significantly drive inflation as the COVID-19 pandemic did in 2020.

However, the current tariffs could lead to supply chain disruptions in North America, potentially raising consumer prices. A study by the Anderson Economic Group estimated that the price of some vehicles manufactured in North America could rise by as much as $12,000 due to these import taxes.

Economic Consequences

Economic models suggest the new tariffs will slow U.S. economic growth.

According to the Yale Budget Lab, real GDP growth is expected to be 0.6 percentage points lower in 2025 and 0.1 percentage points lower in 2026 because of these tariffs.

Lower-income Americans will likely feel the impact more than wealthier households. “The percent change in disposable income resulting from the tariffs is almost three times as much for households in the second decile by income as it is for households in the top decile,” Yale researchers reported.

The U.S. economy has been performing well in recent quarters, but consumer spending has been slowing amid concerns over persistent inflation. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta has projected a contraction in the U.S. economy for the first quarter of the year.

Despite concerns about economic performance, some labor groups see potential benefits. The Teamsters union acknowledged the risks but suggested tariffs could be worth it if they support American industries.

“We support any solution that brings work back to America,” a Teamsters spokesperson told The Hill.

Political and Diplomatic Fallout

Trump campaigned on reducing costs for Americans, capitalizing on voter frustration over inflation. The cost of living was a key issue in the 2024 election.

If the tariffs lead to higher prices and a slowing economy, they could undermine Trump’s economic credibility, which has been one of his strongest advantages with voters.

Even some Republicans have expressed concern about the tariffs’ impact. When asked whether he was worried about their effects, Sen. Markwayne Mullin (R-Okla.) responded, “Of course.”

Democrats have seized on the potential economic fallout.

“It’s only taken the president 43 days to wreak havoc on our economy and the American people,” said Rep. Richard Neal (D-Mass.), the ranking Democrat on the House Ways and Means Committee. “The outlook for economic growth has plummeted into the negative, consumer sentiment has plunged, and small businesses and farmers from coast to coast fear what’s to come with his trade war.”

The tariffs could also strain diplomatic relations between the U.S. and its North American neighbors.

Following Trump’s initial tariff announcement in February, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau urged Canadians to avoid vacationing in the U.S.

A recent YouGov poll revealed shifting perceptions between the two countries. Half of Canadians now view the U.S. as “unfriendly” or an “enemy,” while only 6 percent of Americans feel the same way about Canada.

Uncertainty Over the Tariffs’ Future

Trump has a history of imposing tariffs and then reversing them. It remains uncertain whether he will maintain these latest levies.

For example, after he placed tariffs on Chinese shipments worth $800 or less, he reversed the decision two days later when U.S. ports became overwhelmed with undelivered packages.

Many businesses hope Trump will reconsider the latest tariffs as well.

“We urge reconsideration of this policy and a swift end to these tariffs,” said Neil Bradley, the chief policy officer at the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, in a statement on Monday.

Mexico has already signaled plans to retaliate. Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum dismissed Trump’s tariff threats as a bluff in the past but stated that Mexico would respond if the measures remain in place.

“We have decided to respond with both tariff and non-tariff measures that I will announce in a public square on Sunday,” Sheinbaum said.

With economic, political, and diplomatic consequences looming, the coming weeks will determine whether these tariffs remain in effect or become another short-lived trade policy shift.

Arab Leaders Approve $53 Billion Gaza Reconstruction Plan in Response to Trump’s Proposal

A $53 billion (£41.4 billion) reconstruction initiative, seen as a counter to former U.S. President Donald Trump’s idea of “taking over Gaza” and relocating over two million Palestinians, has been endorsed by Arab leaders at an emergency summit held in Cairo, Egypt.

“The Egypt plan is now an Arab plan,” declared Ahmed Aboul Gheit, secretary general of the Arab League, following the prolonged meeting.

Without directly mentioning Trump’s proposal, Aboul Gheit emphasized the unified Arab stance against any form of Palestinian displacement, whether voluntary or forced.

Egypt developed a comprehensive blueprint, encapsulated in a 91-page glossy document filled with images depicting green neighborhoods and grand public structures, aiming to provide an alternative to a U.S.-led scheme dubbed the “Middle East Riviera,” which had sparked widespread alarm across the Arab world and beyond.

The new plan extends beyond real estate development, focusing on political solutions and the rights of Palestinians.

Egyptian President Abdul Fattah al-Sisi, in his opening speech, urged for a simultaneous political process alongside the reconstruction effort, advocating for a two-state solution—a Palestinian state coexisting with Israel. This framework is widely recognized by Arab nations and much of the international community as the only viable resolution to the conflict, yet it remains firmly opposed by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his allies.

Under this new proposal, Gaza would temporarily be administered by a “Gaza management committee under the umbrella of the Palestinian government,” composed of skilled technocrats.

The document does not clarify what role, if any, Hamas would have in this administration. It only briefly alludes to militant groups as an “obstacle” and suggests that their presence would be addressed if the fundamental causes of the conflict with Israel were resolved.

Opinions among Arab states vary regarding Hamas’ future; some call for its complete dissolution, while others believe that decision should be left to the Palestinian people. Reports suggest that Hamas has acknowledged it will not participate in governing Gaza but remains adamant that it will not disarm.

Netanyahu, who has called Trump’s plan “visionary,” has ruled out any future governance by both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority.

The critical issue of security is addressed by calling for the deployment of international peacekeepers under the United Nations Security Council.

A large-scale international conference is scheduled for next month to secure the necessary funds for the ambitious reconstruction effort.

Wealthy Gulf nations have signaled a willingness to contribute to the massive financial requirement. However, potential donors remain hesitant, unwilling to invest unless assured that their contributions will not be obliterated in another conflict.

The fragility of the current ceasefire, now appearing to be at risk of collapse, only heightens this uncertainty.

The Arab reconstruction plan outlines a three-phase process, beginning with an initial six-month “early recovery stage” focused on clearing the extensive debris and unexploded ordnance. The following two phases are expected to span several years.

During the early stage, approximately 1.5 million displaced Palestinians would be housed in temporary container units. The proposal’s accompanying images showcase these units as well-constructed homes surrounded by landscaped environments.

Trump continues to question, “Why wouldn’t they want to move?” His characterization of Gaza as a “demolition site” underscores the devastation in the territory, with the United Nations estimating that 90% of homes are either damaged or destroyed.

Essential services such as schools, hospitals, sewage infrastructure, and electricity grids have been almost entirely obliterated.

Trump further stirred controversy by posting an AI-generated video on his Truth Social account, depicting a gleaming, luxurious vision of Gaza. The video featured a golden statue of himself, Elon Musk snacking on a beach, and shirtless images of Trump and Netanyahu basking in the sun—all set to a catchy tune proclaiming, “Trump Gaza is finally here.”

“They had President Trump in mind,” observed a Western diplomat who attended a briefing on Egypt’s plan at the foreign ministry in Cairo. “It’s very glossy and very well-prepared.”

Egypt’s proposal reportedly draws from a broad array of expertise, incorporating insights from World Bank specialists on sustainability and Dubai developers on hospitality.

Additionally, the blueprint reflects lessons learned from the rebuilding of cities devastated by war, including Hiroshima, Beirut, and Berlin. Egypt’s own experience in constructing its ambitious “New Cairo” project, a costly new administrative capital emerging from the desert, has also played a role in shaping the design.

Trump has stated that he will not “force” his vision on anyone but insists that his plan is “the one that really works.”

Now, it is up to Arab states and their allies to demonstrate that their proposal is the definitive solution.

UN Faces Existential Threat as Trump Administration Pushes for Drastic Funding Cuts

The United Nations, an institution that has endured for nearly eight decades, now faces an existential crisis as the Trump administration continues its threats to significantly cut funding and withdraw from various UN agencies that primarily offer humanitarian aid worldwide.

Tech billionaire Elon Musk, who wields considerable influence over President Trump, has advocated for the U.S. to leave both the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and the United Nations. Responding to a right-wing political commentator’s post suggesting, “It’s time” for the U.S. to exit NATO and the UN, Musk simply wrote, “I agree.”

Widely described as Trump’s most powerful advisor, Musk has aggressively targeted the U.S. federal bureaucracy in his role as the head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE). This has raised concerns about whether the UN will be his next target.

The threat to the UN has gained momentum with a group of Republican lawmakers recently introducing a bill calling for the U.S. to withdraw from the organization. They argue that the UN does not align with Trump’s “America First” agenda.

Kul Chandra Gautam, a former UN assistant secretary-general and former Deputy Executive Director of UNICEF, told IPS that if any proof was needed of the Trump-Musk administration’s “mean & malevolent intentions,” this is it.

As part of its cost-cutting measures, the U.S. has decided to terminate funding for several critical global programs, including those targeting polio, HIV/AIDS, malaria, and nutrition. Many of these initiatives have been implemented by reputable international non-governmental organizations (INGOs), UN agencies, governments, and private contractors known for their efficiency and success. Previously, the State Department had deemed these programs essential and granted them waivers to continue receiving funding.

“Here is a case of throwing the baby with the bathwater—millions of children and women cruelly condemned to become sick, malnourished, and dying to satisfy the ego and hubris of the world’s richest man and a would-be Master of the Universe,” Gautam said.

He further noted that this move shattered the illusion of a “waiver” for essential and lifesaving projects, exposing the lack of credibility in Trump and Senator Marco Rubio’s assurances that crucial humanitarian efforts would be protected.

UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres addressed the crisis in a press briefing last week, expressing deep concern.

“I want to start by expressing my deep concern about information received in the last 48 hours by UN agencies—as well as many humanitarian and development NGOs—regarding severe cuts in funding by the United States. These cuts impact a wide range of critical programs,” Guterres said.

He highlighted the far-reaching consequences of the funding reductions, affecting areas ranging from lifesaving humanitarian aid to support for communities recovering from war or natural disasters, as well as development efforts, counterterrorism initiatives, and the fight against illicit drug trafficking.

“The consequences will be especially devastating for vulnerable people around the world,” he warned.

Andreas Bummel, executive director of Democracy Without Borders, told IPS that while calls for a U.S. withdrawal from the UN have periodically emerged from the Republican Party, Trump’s position remains uncertain.

“While it seems unlikely, it cannot be ruled out that Trump will support this at some point or at least use the scenario to build up diplomatic pressure,” Bummel said.

He pointed out that the U.S. stands to lose more than it gains from such a move. However, Trump’s decisions are not always rational or aligned with America’s best interests. “Certainly, it can be expected that the U.S. first will reduce or threaten to reduce its UN contributions,” he added.

Currently, the U.S. provides 22 percent of the UN’s budget through assessed contributions. The organization’s 2024 regular and peacekeeping budget stands at $3.59 billion.

When asked whether the U.S. can unilaterally cut its contributions, Ambassador Anwarul K. Chowdhury of Bangladesh, a former UN Under-Secretary-General and High Representative, explained that it cannot.

“No, the U.S. cannot do that unilaterally,” Chowdhury told IPS. He clarified that changes in contributions are negotiated in the Committee on Contributions and must be approved by the Fifth Committee, typically by consensus, before being confirmed by the UN General Assembly.

He pointed out that U.S. Ambassador Richard Holbrooke played a crucial role in 2000-2001 in securing an agreement to lower the U.S. contribution from 25% to 22%, which required negotiations with all member states.

Because UN contributions must total 100%, any reduction by one country must be offset by increases from others. However, if the U.S. withdraws from a UN entity, it would no longer be obligated to pay.

“In cases of pending contributions, negotiations would follow,” Chowdhury said. He recalled that in the past, the U.S. has used tactics such as delaying full payments or making partial contributions to exert financial pressure on the UN.

In 2000, Ambassador Holbrooke convinced Senator Jesse Helms, chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, to agree to clear U.S. arrears to the UN in exchange for a reduction in the country’s contribution rate.

When asked how much money the UN stands to lose and which programs would be affected, UN Spokesperson Stephane Dujarric told reporters on February 28 that the situation remains chaotic.

“We have been informed, and this started a while back but intensified over the last few days, that various agencies have gotten letters. We don’t have a ballpark figure, because this has been done in a bit of a… frankly, in a chaotic way,” Dujarric said.

He provided specific examples of the impact, stating that the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) has had approximately 50 projects terminated. The agency’s Mexico office, which works to curb fentanyl trafficking, may have to shut down, affecting programs in Central America and the Darien Gap that focus on combating human trafficking.

“The IOM’s (International Organization for Migration) programs in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) have basically shut down. Their programs in Haiti are at risk. And our FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization) colleagues received 27 termination letters, and the list goes on,” he said.

Guterres has been in contact with the heads of major humanitarian and development agencies to discuss the situation and assess the scale of the crisis. However, Dujarric described the overall outlook as grim.

Agencies are attempting to reach out to their U.S. government counterparts for clarification, but those efforts have yielded little engagement.

“So, we’re continuing to try to seek some clarity. But I can tell you that for our side, our priority and our focus and our determination remain on doing everything we can to continue to provide life-saving aid to those who urgently need it,” Dujarric stated.

He emphasized that the U.S. has been a critical and founding member of the UN for decades, with American generosity helping to lift millions out of poverty, eradicate diseases, and promote global stability.

“The generosity of the American people has helped to lift millions out of poverty, has helped to eradicate diseases, has frankly helped to build a more prosperous and safer world for which Americans benefit and the whole world benefits. We have tried at a fairly senior level to engage, especially on this issue, but I can’t say we’ve detected much interest in engaging on this issue,” he noted.

When asked whether the UN is considering cost-cutting measures as a contingency plan, Dujarric acknowledged that the organization is exploring ways to diversify funding sources and increase efficiency.

“Our colleague, Tom Fletcher, the Coordinator of Humanitarian Affairs, who chairs what we call the Interagency Committee—which brings together UN agencies and NGOs—his message has also been clear, which is that we have to figure out how we can save money,” Dujarric said.

He added that efforts are underway to eliminate inefficiencies, overlaps, and bureaucratic turf wars, recognizing that any organization can find ways to work more effectively.

Trump’s Tariffs on Canada and Mexico Could Raise Prices on Everyday Goods

President Donald Trump has introduced tariffs on Canada and Mexico, a move that threatens to escalate into a trade conflict between the United States and its neighboring countries. Goods entering the U.S. from these nations will now face a 25% tax. In response, Canada has announced retaliatory tariffs, and Mexico has stated it will also implement countermeasures.

The three countries have closely connected economies, with supply chains that facilitate the movement of around $2 billion (£1.6 billion) worth of manufactured goods across their borders each day.

Trump has defended the tariffs, saying they are necessary to safeguard American industries. However, many economists caution that these duties could drive up prices for U.S. consumers. This is because the tax is paid by American importers, who may either pass on the increased costs to customers or reduce imports, which would result in a decrease in available products.

Possible Price Increases on Consumer Goods

Automobiles

The cost of cars is expected to rise, with TD Economics estimating an increase of approximately $3,000 per vehicle.

Car manufacturing involves components crossing the U.S., Canadian, and Mexican borders multiple times before final assembly. Several major automakers, including Audi, BMW, Ford, General Motors, and Honda, rely on this cross-border trade.

With the introduction of tariffs, higher costs incurred on imported parts are likely to be passed on to customers.

“Suffice it to say that disrupting these trends through tariffs… would come with significant costs,” noted Andrew Foran, an economist at TD Economics.

He emphasized that “uninterrupted free trade” in the automotive industry had existed for decades, leading to lower prices for consumers.

Alcoholic Beverages: Beer, Whisky, and Tequila

Popular Mexican beer brands such as Modelo and Corona could become more expensive for U.S. consumers if American importers choose to pass on the additional tax costs. However, companies might also decide to reduce the amount they import instead of raising prices.

Modelo, which became the best-selling beer in the U.S. in 2023, continues to hold the top position.

Spirits face a more complex situation. Since the 1990s, the industry has largely operated without tariffs. Prior to the new tariffs, industry organizations from the U.S., Canada, and Mexico issued a joint statement expressing their “deep concern.”

They pointed out that certain spirits, including Bourbon, Tennessee whiskey, tequila, and Canadian whisky, are “recognized as distinctive products and can only be produced in their designated countries.”

Because production cannot simply be relocated, these beverages may face supply shortages, potentially leading to price hikes. The industry groups also noted that many companies own various spirit brands across all three countries.

Housing Costs

Canada supplies approximately one-third of the softwood lumber used in the U.S. annually. This essential building material will now be subject to the tariffs imposed by Trump. Despite Trump’s claim that the U.S. has “more lumber than we ever use,” the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) has urged the administration to exempt building materials, warning that the tariffs could negatively impact housing affordability.

The NAHB has voiced “serious concerns” that tariffs on lumber will drive up the cost of home construction—especially since most U.S. homes are primarily built with wood. The group fears this could deter developers from building new houses.

“Consumers end up paying for the tariffs in the form of higher home prices,” the NAHB stated.

Lumber from Canada is not the only material at risk. A second potential threat now looms over most timber and lumber imports into the U.S., regardless of their country of origin.

On March 1, Trump ordered an investigation into whether additional tariffs should be applied to lumber and timber imports from all countries or if incentives should be introduced to boost domestic production. The findings of this inquiry are expected by the end of the year.

Maple Syrup

For American households, one of the most noticeable effects of the trade dispute with Canada may be the rising cost of Canadian maple syrup, according to Thomas Sampson, an associate professor of economics at the London School of Economics.

Canada’s maple syrup industry is valued at over a billion dollars and accounts for 75% of global production. Approximately 90% of this syrup comes from Quebec, home to the world’s only strategic maple syrup reserve, established 24 years ago.

“That maple syrup is going to become more expensive. And that’s a direct price increase that households will face,” Sampson said.

He added, “If I buy goods that are domestically produced in the U.S., but that are produced using inputs from Canada, the price of those goods is also going to go up.”

Fuel Prices

Canada is the leading foreign supplier of crude oil to the United States. Official trade data indicates that between January and November last year, 61% of U.S. oil imports came from Canada.

While the new tariffs impose a 25% tax on Canadian imports, energy imports will face a lower 10% tariff.

Although the U.S. does not have a shortage of oil, its refineries are specifically designed to process “heavier” crude oil, which primarily comes from Canada and, to a lesser extent, Mexico.

“Many refineries need heavier crude oil to maximize flexibility of gasoline, diesel, and jet fuel production,” according to the American Fuel and Petrochemical Manufacturers.

If Canada retaliates by reducing crude oil exports to the U.S., gasoline prices at the pump could increase as a result.

Avocados

One of the most significant potential price increases for U.S. consumers involves avocados.

Mexico, known for its warm and humid climate, is the primary supplier of avocados to the U.S., accounting for nearly 90% of the American avocado market each year.

Should tariffs be imposed, the U.S. Department of Agriculture has cautioned that the cost of avocados could surge, affecting prices for popular avocado-based dishes like guacamole.

Conclusion

The new tariffs imposed by President Trump on Canada and Mexico have sparked concerns about potential price increases on several consumer goods, including cars, alcoholic beverages, housing materials, maple syrup, fuel, and avocados. While the administration argues that these measures will protect American industries, economists warn that they may ultimately burden U.S. consumers with higher costs. With Canada and Mexico already planning retaliatory tariffs, the trade dispute could escalate further, impacting prices and supply chains across North America.

Hollywood Stars Shine on the Oscars Red Carpet with Stunning Fashion Choices

At the Oscars, fashion often holds as much significance as the films themselves, with Hollywood’s biggest stars gracing the red carpet in eye-catching ensembles ahead of Sunday’s ceremony in Los Angeles.

Among the standouts was Cynthia Erivo, known for her role in Wicked, who paid homage to her character Elphaba by donning a rich green velvet ballgown. Though she did not secure the award for Best Actress, she did win recognition for having the best nails.

Her co-star, Ariana Grande, a nominee for Best Supporting Actress, opted for a striking champagne-colored Schiaparelli gown. However, practicality took precedence, and she switched outfits before taking the stage to open the show alongside Erivo.

Best Actor nominee Timothée Chalamet introduced a splash of brightness to the red carpet with a daffodil-colored Givenchy tuxedo. Meanwhile, Demi Moore, who was nominated for Best Actress for her role in The Substance, exuded classic Hollywood elegance in a jeweled silver gown.

Ultimately, Moore lost to newcomer Mikey Madison, who made a sartorial nod to Breakfast at Tiffany’s, another tale centered on a sex worker. Madison’s choice was a baby pink and black column Dior gown, paired with a Tiffany’s necklace from the 1910s—a look reminiscent of Audrey Hepburn’s iconic style.

Selena Gomez, star of Emilia Perez, embraced timeless glamour with a figure-hugging silhouette. Meanwhile, Zoë Saldaña opted for a dramatic maroon duvet-dress featuring a jewel-encrusted bustier. Saldaña later secured the award for Best Supporting Actress for her performance in Emilia Perez.

Another Best Actor contender, Colman Domingo, has been a style icon throughout the awards season. He explained that his choice of a red custom Valentino jacket symbolized love. Andrew Garfield, dressed in a sharp brown suit, took to the stage as one of the evening’s presenters.

Margaret Qualley, who starred in The Substance, wore a backless Chanel gown accentuated with a backward diamond necklace. Felicity Jones, a British actress nominated for Best Supporting Actress for The Brutalist, dazzled in a slinky metallic custom Armani Privé dress.

Jeff Goldblum, known for his role in Wicked, sported a floral shirt paired with real flowers adorning his white dinner jacket. He was accompanied on the red carpet by his wife, Emilie Livingston.

Monica Barbaro, nominated for her portrayal of Joan Baez in A Complete Unknown, chose a Dior gown with a voluminous skirt. Her co-star, Elle Fanning, opted for a lace-layered Givenchy dress cinched with a long black ribbon belt.

Michelle Yeoh, last year’s Best Actress winner, attended the event in a sophisticated blue Balenciaga gown, joining her fellow Wicked cast members.

Rachel Zegler, soon to appear in a Snow White remake, turned heads in a strapless, studded sheer Dior gown. British actress Raffey Cassidy, part of The Brutalist cast, showcased a flowing gown accented with a giant bow.

Jeremy Strong, nominated for Best Supporting Actor, marked his return to the Oscars red carpet in an olive suit paired with a quirky matching tie. His presence was particularly notable, given that decades ago, he had watched the ceremony from the bleachers as a young fan.

Ana de Armas, who was among the evening’s award presenters, embraced elegance in a sleek black dress with an intricately jeweled halter neckline.

Double Oscar winner Emma Stone channeled 1920s glamour with a shimmering Louis Vuitton dress reminiscent of the flapper era. Meanwhile, Nosferatu star Lily-Rose Depp opted for a sheer floral lace Chanel creation.

Miley Cyrus also embraced gothic glamour, donning a beaded black Alexander McQueen gown with a halter neck and lace gloves.

British actress Yasmin Finney, known for Heartstopper and Doctor Who, made a bold statement in a dress adorned with tall feathers.

K-pop sensation Lisa of Blackpink took to the red carpet in a dramatic floor-length black-and-white jacket and shirt by Markgong, accentuated with a red floral brooch. Later in the evening, she took the stage to perform Live and Let Die in a tribute segment honoring the James Bond film franchise.

Another performer in the James Bond tribute was UK singer Raye, who captivated audiences in a red Vivienne Westwood creation.

Halle Berry shimmered in a gown with a mirrored mosaic effect, adding to the night’s display of dazzling fashion.

Among the nominees, Edward Norton was in contention for Best Supporting Actor for his portrayal of folk music legend Pete Seeger in A Complete Unknown.

Beloved animated characters Wallace and Gromit joined Hollywood’s elite on the red carpet after Vengeance Most Fowl received a nomination for Best Animated Film. They made their appearance alongside creator Nick Park, producer Richard Beek, and co-director Merlin Crossingham.

Veteran actress Isabella Rossellini, who earned her first Oscar nomination for playing a nun in Conclave, paid homage to her cinematic legacy by wearing a blue velvet gown—a nod to her 1986 breakthrough film, Blue Velvet.

Four-time Oscars host Whoopi Goldberg returned to the stage as a presenter, wearing an ensemble described by designer Christian Siriano as resembling “liquid water” due to its reflective quality.

Best Actor winner Adrien Brody maintained a traditional approach with his suit, which featured intricate bird-shaped beading on the shoulder.

Grammy-nominated artist Omar Apollo brought avant-garde flair with a netted veil, paired with a black-and-white spotted shirt and scarf.

Bowen Yang, who was part of the Wicked cast and had previously announced the Oscar nominations in January, made a stylish entrance in a jacket embellished with floral details and a frilled pink shirt.

The Oscars red carpet once again served as a platform for stars to showcase their bold and extravagant fashion choices, with each look reflecting a unique blend of personality, artistic homage, and glamour.

New York City Tops List as World’s Wealthiest City in 2024

New York City has once again secured its position as the richest city in the world, according to the Henley & Partners’ World’s Wealthiest Cities Report 2024. The city boasts an impressive 349,500 millionaires, along with 675 centi-millionaires—individuals with a net worth of at least $100 million—and 60 billionaires, solidifying its status as the wealthiest place on Earth.

The city’s enormous economy, valued at approximately $1 trillion in 2023, is largely driven by Wall Street. Home to the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and Nasdaq, these financial hubs are recognized as the world’s largest stock markets. The securities sector alone employs over 181,000 individuals and contributes billions of dollars in tax revenue. Several major financial giants, including JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup, Morgan Stanley, and Goldman Sachs, have their headquarters in Manhattan, reinforcing the city’s reputation as a financial powerhouse.

In addition to finance, New York serves as a global leader in various other industries such as media, technology, fashion, healthcare, and real estate. The city’s growing tech sector, often referred to as “Silicon Alley,” continues to expand, with major corporations like Google, Amazon, and Facebook increasing their footprint. The fashion industry remains a key player in New York’s economy, employing approximately 180,000 individuals. Additionally, renowned media companies such as The New York Times, NBC, and Condé Nast are headquartered in the city, further solidifying its role as a global media hub.

Luxury real estate in New York remains among the most expensive worldwide. Fifth Avenue has been officially ranked as the most expensive shopping street, while residential rental prices in the city are the highest in the United States. Despite the high cost of living, New York continues to be a preferred destination for the wealthiest individuals globally.

With a population exceeding 8.2 million and more than 800 languages spoken throughout the city, New York remains a magnet for global talent, investment, and ambition. Its enduring appeal as a center of opportunity ensures its continued dominance as the world’s ultimate financial and cultural capital.

Trump Moves Forward with Tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China Amid Trade Tensions

President Donald Trump has confirmed the implementation of 25% tariffs on goods imported from Canada and Mexico into the United States, stating that negotiations had reached their limit.

Following this announcement, U.S. stock markets reacted negatively, with major indices experiencing significant declines. These tariffs, which Trump had been warning about for months, are set to take effect on Tuesday. Additionally, an extra 10% tariff on Chinese imports is expected to be imposed, subjecting all three of the U.S.’s largest trading partners to increased trade barriers in a short span of time.

“There’s no room left for Mexico or for Canada,” Trump said from the White House on Monday. “The tariffs, you know, they’re all set. They go into effect tomorrow.”

Following his remarks, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed 1.4% lower, the S&P 500 fell by 1.75%, and the Nasdaq dropped by 2.6%.

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau responded strongly, stating, “Canada will not let this unjustified decision go unanswered.”

Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly told the press that Ottawa is planning retaliatory tariffs on U.S. imports valued at C$155 billion ($107 billion; £84 billion), with an immediate first round of C$30 billion targeting essential consumer goods such as pasta, clothing, and perfume.

Joly also emphasized the severity of the situation, calling the tariffs “an existential threat to us,” adding that “thousands of jobs in Canada [are] at stake.”

Meanwhile, China’s commerce ministry condemned the new U.S. tariffs, promising countermeasures. The ministry accused the Trump administration of attempting to “shift the blame” and “bully” Beijing, particularly over the issue of fentanyl distribution.

In a statement, the Chinese ministry urged Washington to “immediately withdraw” the tariffs, calling them “unreasonable and groundless, harmful to others.”

The state-run media outlet The Global Times reported on Monday that China is likely to target U.S. agricultural and food products with a combination of tariff and non-tariff restrictions.

Mexico also declared its intent to retaliate against the new U.S. tariffs, raising concerns about an escalating trade dispute.

Trump justified the tariffs as a measure against what he described as an unacceptable influx of illegal drugs and undocumented immigrants into the U.S. He has previously argued that tariffs, which function as a tax on imported goods, are a necessary tool for economic protection.

These tariffs were initially scheduled to take effect last month, but the U.S. granted Canada and Mexico a one-month reprieve to allow further negotiations. However, the U.S. had already moved ahead with a 10% tariff on Chinese exports in February, effectively raising the total duty on Chinese goods entering the country to at least 20%.

Trump has consistently defended tariffs as a mechanism to correct trade imbalances and bolster U.S. manufacturing.

Despite concerns about the potential economic fallout, particularly in North America, where businesses have long benefited from free trade agreements, Trump dismissed fears of harm to the U.S. economy.

“What they’ll have to do is build their car plants, frankly, and other things, in the United States, in which case they have no tariffs,” he said.

Negotiators from Canada and Mexico had been engaged in discussions in Washington in an attempt to prevent the tariffs from being implemented.

Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum appeared to address Trump’s actions directly during a public event in Colima earlier on Monday, asserting that “Mexico has to be respected.”

“Co-operation [and] co-ordination, yes, subordination, never,” she declared.

Meanwhile, Prime Minister Trudeau, who was in the United Kingdom, met with King Charles on Monday. Ahead of their meeting, he stated that he planned to raise key issues concerning Canadians, particularly “standing up for our sovereignty and our independence as a nation.”

A day prior, Trudeau had spoken at a summit in London, refuting U.S. claims that Canada was a major contributor to America’s fentanyl crisis.

According to U.S. data, only 1% of fentanyl seized within the country is believed to have originated from Canada.

The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) also defended its role in controlling fentanyl trafficking, stating that it has been intensifying its efforts to prevent the drug’s entry into the U.S.

Further escalating trade tensions, Trump also announced a 25% tariff on all steel and aluminum imports, scheduled to take effect on March 12.

Beyond North America and China, he has additionally threatened to introduce “reciprocal” tariffs against specific countries and impose a 25% duty on goods from the European Union.

Europe Seeks United Front on Ukraine as Starmer Calls for Action

The West faces a “crossroads in history,” British Prime Minister Keir Starmer declared at a crucial summit in London on Sunday. The gathering aimed to shift control of negotiations over the Russia-Ukraine war away from the United States and establish a unified European approach, particularly as tensions between Kyiv and Washington reached a breaking point.

“This is not a moment for more talk. It’s time to act,” Starmer emphasized after an intense day of diplomacy in London, where European leaders worked to pave the way for a ceasefire in Ukraine.

The urgency of the meeting, held at Lancaster House, escalated after U.S. President Donald Trump criticized Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky in the Oval Office. The encounter alarmed Western allies while seemingly benefiting Moscow. Zelensky and numerous European leaders attended the summit, a critical moment given the heightened anxieties surrounding the conflict.

Starmer revealed that he was collaborating with France and a select group of nations to develop a proposal to halt the hostilities, which would then be presented to the United States.

French President Emmanuel Macron outlined the framework of this initiative in an interview with Le Figaro, stating that France and the UK had suggested a one-month limited ceasefire in Ukraine.

The initial phase of this Franco-British alternative peace plan would enforce a temporary truce covering air, sea, and energy infrastructures, Macron explained to the French publication. The next stage, he added, would address ground forces. CNN sought comments from Downing Street regarding the proposal.

This initiative appears to rival the negotiation process Trump’s administration launched with Russia the previous month. It also acknowledges the possibility that direct negotiations between Trump and Zelensky could reignite tensions rather than resolve them.

Nevertheless, securing American backing remains essential. During a Sunday press conference, Starmer reinforced this notion, stressing that the U.S. was “not an unreliable ally.” His reassurance came after Trump’s heated dispute with Zelensky deeply unsettled European leaders.

Sunday’s summit aimed to reignite momentum in peace efforts that had been making progress throughout the week, only to collapse after Friday’s confrontation. The meeting underscored European unity, as multiple leaders pushed back against the perception that the continent was merely a spectator in the ongoing negotiations.

“In the end, a deal will have to involve Russia, of course it will, but we can’t approach this on the basis that Russia dictates the terms of any security guarantee before we’ve even got to a deal – otherwise, we won’t make any progress at all,” Starmer asserted.

The UK and France have been working to assemble a “coalition of the willing” that would deploy to Ukraine once an agreement is secured. “If a deal is done, it has to be a deal that is then defended,” Starmer said.

Zelensky commended the summit on social media platform X, stating, “Europe’s unity is at an exceptionally high level, one that has not been seen in a long time.” Separately, he asserted that any potential peace agreement should begin with a prisoner exchange “and the return of children.” This step, he argued, would “demonstrate Russia’s true intention for peace.”

Macron highlighted the advantages of the Franco-British ceasefire proposal, noting its straightforward monitoring process. “We know how to measure it,” he stated. “In the event of a ceasefire, it would be very difficult to verify that the front is respected.”

Macron, who Le Figaro reported had spoken with Trump on Friday, clarified that “no European troops” would be deployed to Ukraine “in the coming weeks.” The French newspaper also reported that Macron remained skeptical about any ceasefire agreement negotiated solely between the U.S. and Russia, arguing that he was “convinced that Vladimir Putin will seek to humiliate Ukraine.”

When asked whether he was aware of the proposal, Zelensky responded that he was “aware of everything” but did not explicitly state whether he supported the ceasefire plan.

‘Nobody Wants to See That’

Zelensky received a warm reception from Starmer on Saturday, a stark contrast to the tense welcome he experienced at the White House. Additionally, King Charles met with the Ukrainian leader at his Sandringham estate on Sunday.

The earlier confrontation between Trump, Vice President J.D. Vance, and Zelensky, where they accused him of being ungrateful for American military aid and of risking “World War III” by resisting Russia’s invasion, cast a shadow over the weekend’s diplomatic efforts.

The episode encapsulated Europe’s worst fears. “Nobody wants to see that,” Starmer remarked to the BBC on Sunday. He disclosed that he immediately began reaching out to leaders after witnessing the heated exchange, adding, “My driving purpose has been to bridge this.”

Zelensky returned to Kyiv with more than just diplomatic assurances. On Saturday, Britain announced a plan to expedite$2.8 billion in loans to Ukraine. According to the UK government, the first installment of the funding would be released the following week.

In a Telegram post on Saturday, Zelensky stated, “The money will go toward the production of weapons in Ukraine. This is the fair way: the one who started the war should pay.” He further noted that “the loan will strengthen our defense capabilities.”

On Sunday, Starmer introduced another agreement permitting Ukraine to use £1.6 billion ($2 billion) in UK export finance to procure more than 5,000 advanced air defense missiles, which would be manufactured in Belfast.

‘A Once-in-a-Generation Moment’

“We gather here today because this is a once-in-a-generation moment for the security of Europe, and we all need to step up,” Starmer declared at the summit’s opening.

Downing Street outlined three primary objectives for the meeting: addressing Ukraine’s immediate requirements, securing a “lasting deal” to end the conflict, and formulating robust security guarantees.

“I hope you know that we are all with you and the people of Ukraine for as long as it takes, everyone around this table,” Starmer reassured Zelensky in his opening remarks.

The summit brought together key global figures, including French President Emmanuel Macron, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, and leaders from various European nations, along with representatives from the European Union and NATO.

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni emphasized the need for unity during her discussion with Starmer on Sunday, stressing that it is “very, very important that we avoid the risk that the West divides” over Ukraine.

Both Starmer and Meloni are expected to play crucial roles in advancing the peace process. Their established relationships with Trump may prove instrumental in persuading him to take European proposals seriously.

Oscars 2025: The Best and Worst Moments from Hollywood’s Biggest Night

There is no night in Hollywood quite like the Oscars, filled with dazzling red carpet appearances, heartfelt acceptance speeches, and unexpected reunions. Of course, there are many award nights, as Moira Rose (Catherine O’Hara) from Schitt’s Creek once described award season as her favorite. However, the Academy Awards always bring a special charm to close out the season, and this year was no exception. The 2025 Oscars, hosted by Conan O’Brien, delivered a mix of memorable moments—some spectacular and others puzzling. Here’s a roundup of the highlights and lowlights from this year’s ceremony.

One of the most breathtaking moments of the night was the opening performance featuring Cynthia Erivo and Ariana Grande. It felt like a dream come true when Grande, wearing a ruby-red dress reminiscent of Dorothy’s slippers, took the stage to sing Somewhere Over the Rainbow. Just when it seemed things couldn’t get better, Erivo followed with a stirring rendition of Home. The magic continued as the Wicked co-stars joined hands for the climactic portion of Defying Gravity, where Glinda steps aside, allowing Elphaba to take center stage. Their flawless harmonization and emotional delivery set the perfect tone for the night.

Adam Sandler, known for his comedic brilliance and casual wardrobe choices, combined both for a hilarious moment during Conan O’Brien’s opening monologue. Seated in the audience, Sandler appeared in his signature basketball shorts and hoodie, prompting O’Brien to joke, “You’re dressed like a guy playing video poker at 2 a.m.” Feigning offense, Sandler stormed out of the Dolby Theatre but not before inviting everyone to join him for a game of five-on-five basketball. He even took a moment to shout a playful “Chalameeeetttt!” at Timothée Chalamet before making his grand exit.

Kieran Culkin not only won an Oscar but also reignited a personal bet with his wife, Jazz Charton. Accepting the award for Best Supporting Actor for A Real Pain, Culkin recalled a past awards show where he publicly mentioned wanting a third child because his wife had jokingly agreed—never expecting him to win. He then revealed that after his Emmy win for Succession, he told his wife he actually wanted four kids. Her response? “I will give you four when you win an Oscar.” Seizing the moment, Culkin looked into the camera and addressed his wife directly: “Love of my life, ye of little faith, no pressure, I love you, I’m really sorry I did this again, and let’s get cracking on those kids. What do you say?”

Not every moment of the ceremony was well-received, particularly the perplexing James Bond tribute. While celebrating the legendary franchise seemed fitting, especially with the Broccoli family recently handing creative control to Amazon MGM, the execution left many confused. The tribute began with a traditional video montage, but things took a strange turn when Margaret Qualley took the stage to perform a dance routine. This was followed by performances from Blackpink’s Lisa, Doja Cat, and Raye, who sang three different Bond theme songs. The most baffling aspect was that this elaborate segment took place on a night when performances of the Best Original Song nominees had been cut. The result was a confusing spectacle that left audiences wondering: why?

The Oscars also found a creative way to honor the heroic members of the Los Angeles Fire Department. O’Brien welcomed LAFD firefighters onstage, prompting a standing ovation. However, instead of stopping there, he had them participate in a comedic bit where they read jokes from the teleprompter—lines that O’Brien himself wasn’t daring enough to deliver. One of the standout jokes: “Our hearts go out to all of those who have lost their homes — and I’m talking about the producers of Joker 2.” The firefighters embraced the humor, making for a lighthearted and memorable segment.

Unfortunately, technical difficulties put a damper on the evening for some viewers when Hulu experienced a major outage. Given the enormous viewership expected for the Oscars, streaming issues were the last thing anyone wanted. Early in the show, many users found themselves unable to watch, and according to DownDetector.com, more than 30,000 people were affected. The frustration peaked at the end of the ceremony when the livestream abruptly cut off during Sean Baker’s Best Director acceptance speech, with two major categories still left to be announced. The abrupt outage raised questions about whether Hulu had underestimated the show’s runtime.

June Squibb proved once again why she is a Hollywood treasure. At 95 years old, Squibb was simply presenting an award, yet she managed to steal the spotlight. Standing alongside Scarlett Johansson, Squibb playfully joked about the power of Hollywood makeup artists. “I’m actually being played by Bill Skarsgård right now,” she quipped. “Half the time you see me in public, it’s Bill Skarsgård. The real June Squibb is at home with a book right now.” While the bit was a hit, there was a disappointing lack of a standing ovation for the legendary actress. Given her immense contributions to cinema, her presence alone should have prompted the entire room to rise in applause.

The night also included an emotional tribute to the late Gene Hackman, a two-time Oscar-winning legend whose passing deeply affected Hollywood. To honor him, the Academy invited Morgan Freeman, who co-starred with Hackman in Unforgiven and Under Suspicion, to introduce the In Memoriam segment. Freeman shared a heartfelt message, quoting Hackman: “Gene always said, ‘I don’t think about legacy, I just hope people remember me as someone who tried to do good work.'” He then added, “So I think I speak for us all when I say, Gene, you’ll be remembered for that and for so much more. Rest in peace, my friend.”

The 2025 Oscars delivered a mix of breathtaking performances, heartfelt speeches, and a few perplexing missteps. From Ariana Grande and Cynthia Erivo’s show-stopping opening to Kieran Culkin’s playful family planning announcement, the night was filled with unforgettable moments. However, the James Bond tribute left audiences scratching their heads, and Hulu’s untimely outage frustrated many viewers. Despite a few stumbles, the Academy Awards once again proved why they remain the pinnacle of Hollywood’s award season.

Trump Signs Executive Order Making English the Official Language of the U.S.

President Donald Trump has issued an executive order declaring English as the official language of the United States.

Under this order, government agencies and federally funded organizations now have the option to decide whether they will offer services and documents in languages other than English. This move overturns a policy introduced by former President Bill Clinton in 2000, which required such entities to provide language assistance to individuals who do not speak English.

“Establishing English as the official language will not only streamline communication but also reinforce shared national values, and create a more cohesive and efficient society,” the order states.

This decision marks the first time in nearly 250 years that the U.S. has designated an official language at the federal level.

However, the order clarifies that agencies are not required to eliminate or discontinue any language assistance services they currently provide.

“In welcoming new Americans, a policy of encouraging the learning and adoption of our national language will make the United States a shared home and empower new citizens to achieve the American dream,” it further states.

The executive order also argues that proficiency in English is beneficial both economically and socially, stating, “Speaking English not only opens doors economically, but it helps newcomers engage in their communities, participate in national traditions, and give back to our society.”

At the same time, it acknowledges America’s multilingual history, emphasizing that the country has a “long tradition of multilingual American citizens who have learned English and passed it to their children for generations to come.”

According to the U.S. Census Bureau, nearly 68 million residents out of the country’s 340 million people speak a language other than English at home. Among these, there are over 160 Native American languages.

Spanish, various Chinese languages, and Arabic are among the most widely spoken languages in the U.S. after English, according to Census Bureau data.

Efforts to declare English as the official language have been made in the past, particularly by Republican lawmakers. Members of the House introduced legislation in 2021 seeking to establish English as the official national language, but the bill did not pass.

Critics of such measures have argued that there is no need for an official language, as English is already widely spoken across the U.S. They have also expressed concerns that this move could lead to discrimination against individuals who do not speak English fluently.

During his 2024 presidential campaign, Trump made references to non-English languages while advocating for stricter immigration policies.

“It’s the craziest thing – they have languages that nobody in this country has ever heard of. It’s a very horrible thing,” he told his supporters in February 2024.

Across the world, around 180 countries have designated official national languages, and many of them recognize multiple official languages.

Some nations, including the United Kingdom, do not have an official language.

Currently, more than 30 U.S. states have already designated English as their official language. Additionally, Alaska and Hawaii have granted official status to several indigenous languages.

Norway Faces Pressure to Boost Ukraine Aid Amid European Crisis

Europe finds itself in turmoil following a tense confrontation between former U.S. President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy at the White House. Reports indicate that the Trump administration is considering halting all military aid to Ukraine, raising concerns across European nations.

Norway, home to the world’s largest sovereign wealth fund valued at €1.7 trillion, has benefited from an estimated €109 billion in war-related profits due to surging gas prices in 2022 and 2023. Despite its vast financial resources, Norway has contributed only €3.35 billion to Ukraine’s war effort. This figure was strongly criticized by leading Swedish and Danish newspaper editors, who described the amount as “pathetic” and “reprehensible.” In comparison, Sweden and Denmark have donated €5.41 billion and €8.05 billion, respectively.

Liberal Party leader Guri Melby emphasized the need for increased contributions, stating on Saturday, “Norway is one of the few countries that has large amounts of money readily available, and we must therefore multiply our support for Ukraine immediately.”

Norway’s former Conservative Prime Minister, Erna Solberg, echoed the call for swift action. She urged a significant and rapid increase in aid, adding, “The government can safely assume there is will in Parliament to give more.”

In response to growing pressure, the Liberal Party and the Socialist Left Party have requested an emergency parliamentary session. However, Euractiv reports that they are now awaiting a formal proposal from the government before proceeding further.

Meanwhile, Sylvi Listhaug, leader of the conservative Progress Party—Norway’s second-largest party according to recent polls—proposed increasing defense spending to 3% of GDP by 2030. At present, Norway allocates approximately 2% of its GDP to defense.

The leader of the Green Party, which currently polls at 2.7%, took an even more ambitious stance, suggesting that Norway should commit €85.5 billion to support Ukraine.

A spokesperson from Norway’s foreign ministry defended the country’s contributions, asserting, “Norway is among the largest donors to Ukraine. We have so far committed at least NOK 167 billion (€14.7 billion) in support until 2030.” The spokesperson also emphasized the importance of long-term investments, noting that both Ukraine and NATO allies value the predictability of Norway’s assistance. “For 2025, based on a cross-party agreement in Norway’s parliament, we have so far pledged and allocated 35 billion NOK.”

Norwegian Prime Minister Jonas Gahr Støre assured that additional support measures are forthcoming. “We will present a proposal to increase Ukraine support for parliament soon,” he said. Støre is also set to participate in a meeting of European leaders in London tomorrow.

Calls to Utilize Sovereign Wealth Fund

Since 2001, Norway has adhered to a fiscal rule limiting annual withdrawals from its sovereign wealth fund to 4%, later reduced to 3%. This policy was established under the leadership of Jens Stoltenberg’s first cabinet and has enjoyed broad political backing. Stoltenberg, who previously served as NATO’s Secretary General, now holds the position of Norway’s finance minister, coinciding with renewed scrutiny of the budget rule.

Amid escalating security concerns, discussions on using the sovereign wealth fund to bolster European defense and support Ukraine have gained traction in Norway. One proposal suggests reallocating approximately €300 billion of the fund’s €450 billion in liquid bonds into European defense bonds, with the stipulation that the funds be used exclusively to enhance Europe’s defense capabilities.

On Friday, Solberg reinforced the argument for increased spending, stating that Norway must leverage its oil wealth to strengthen its own defense. Some of her party’s high-ranking members had previously advocated for tighter regulations on how the fund’s money should be allocated. “Peace is more important than shortsightedness and inflation,” she asserted.

However, Stoltenberg cautioned against altering the budgetary framework, warning on February 7, “It is a dangerous idea to break the budgetary rule to give more money to Ukraine.”

Norway’s Expansive Financial Resources

Despite adhering to its fiscal guidelines, Norway remains in a strong financial position to expand its aid commitments.

Sveinung Rotevatn, deputy chair and financial policy lead for the Liberal Party, revealed that a proposal currently under discussion in Norway’s Parliament, the Storting, aims to increase Ukraine support by an additional 100 billion Norwegian kroner this year. If approved, this would elevate Norway’s financial assistance to Ukraine for 2025 from €3 billion to €11.5 billion.

Norway’s Foreign Ministry declined to specify further details on potential increases in aid, instead referring to Prime Minister Støre’s recent statement on the matter.

Rotevatn underscored the urgency of the situation, declaring, “It has become unequivocally clear that all of Europe must shift gears in our support and policy towards Ukraine and to ensure security in Europe.”

Minister of Foreign Affairs Espen Barth Eide reinforced this stance, asserting, “All other policies we pursue assume that we are a free and independent country and that we have a functioning international world order.”

As European nations grapple with the potential consequences of the U.S. withdrawing military support from Ukraine, Norway faces increasing pressure to step up its financial commitments. With vast sovereign wealth at its disposal, the question remains: Will Norway heed the calls for greater contributions, or will it continue to adhere to its longstanding fiscal restraints?

Atlanta Fed GDP Tracker Signals Economic Contraction Amid Trade and Policy Uncertainty

The latest update from the Atlanta Federal Reserve’s GDP tracker suggests that the U.S. economy is heading toward a 1.5% contraction in the first quarter, a stark shift from the 2.3% growth forecasted just days ago. This also represents a sharp decline from the previous quarter when the economy expanded by 2.3%. Several economic indicators have begun signaling trouble as businesses and consumers prepare for the impact of Trump’s tariffs and reductions in federal jobs.

Less than two weeks ago, the U.S. economy appeared to be on stable ground, but a series of troubling indicators have since emerged. The most dramatic development occurred on Friday when the Atlanta Fed’s GDPNow tracker revised its first-quarter estimate from 2.3% growth on February 19 to a 1.5% contraction.

This sudden shift also marks a notable downturn from the fourth quarter’s 2.3% economic growth, which had reinforced the notion of “American exceptionalism.” The U.S. had previously appeared resilient compared to other major economies like China and Europe, both of which were experiencing economic slowdowns.

According to the Atlanta Fed, this abrupt reversal is due to new data on the U.S. trade deficit, which acts as a drag on growth, along with declining consumer spending.

On Friday, the trade balance in goods revealed a record $153.3 billion deficit for January, driven by a surge in imports totaling $34.6 billion, while exports increased by only $3.3 billion.

Although most of former President Donald Trump’s tariffs have yet to take effect, businesses and consumers have been stockpiling imported goods since the election to avoid potential price increases. The latest durable goods orders report, which showed an increase, may also be evidence of a rush to purchase imports before costs rise further.

Despite this spike in imports, overall demand appears to be weakening. Separate data released on Friday showed that Americans cut their spending in January at the fastest rate in four years. While unseasonably cold weather may have played a role, Trump’s policies—particularly plans to significantly reduce federal spending and shrink the workforce—have also contributed to the decline.

“Increased uncertainty surrounding trade, fiscal and regulatory policy is casting a shadow over the outlook,” said Lydia Boussour, a senior economist at EY, in an interview with the Associated Press.

Several other economic indicators are flashing warning signs. Jobless claims increased last week as layoffs linked to DOGE impacted the labor market, pending home sales fell to record lows, and consumer confidence declined due to concerns over tariff-driven inflation.

Additionally, regional Federal Reserve surveys have reported a deteriorating economic outlook, along with declining plans for capital investments.

However, a single quarter of economic contraction does not necessarily indicate a recession. The widely accepted definition of a recession involves two consecutive quarters of negative growth, though the official determination is made by the National Bureau of Economic Research, often retroactively.

Economists at JPMorgan have revised their first-quarter growth projection downward from 2.25% to 1.5%. They anticipate that while economic activity was weak in January, a rebound in February and March could offset some of the decline.

“For now, we are not inclined to hit the panic button,” JPMorgan economists said on Friday, pointing out that labor market data does not currently align with an economy in decline.

The U.S. Labor Department is set to release weekly jobless claims data on Thursday, followed by the February employment report on Friday.

Apollo Management Chief Economist Torsten Slok commented in a note on Saturday that the U.S. economy is likely to experience a “modest stagflationary shock” but should avoid a recession.

“In other words, DOGE and tariffs combined are a mild temporary shock to the economy that will put modest upward pressure on inflation and modest downward pressure on GDP,” Slok wrote.

Andrew Cuomo Announces Run for New York City Mayor in Political Comeback Attempt

Former New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced his candidacy for mayor of New York City on Saturday, aiming to make a political comeback. In a 17-minute video posted on his website, Cuomo delivered his message while images of the city played alongside him.

“We know that today our New York City is in trouble,” Cuomo said as footage of homeless individuals, graffiti-covered streets, and subway stations appeared on the screen. “You see it in the empty storefronts, the grime, the migrant influx, and the random violence. The city just feels threatening, out of control, and in crisis.”

Cuomo’s decision to enter the already crowded mayoral race represents his attempt to reestablish himself in politics following his resignation in 2021 due to a sexual harassment scandal. Eleven women accused him of misconduct, allegations that were detailed in a report by the state attorney general. Cuomo denied the accusations at the time.

His candidacy sets up a direct challenge to incumbent Mayor Eric Adams, who has faced increased scrutiny. Calls for Adams to step down have grown louder, especially after the Trump-led Department of Justice dropped corruption charges against him. Adams has consistently denied any wrongdoing, and his campaign declined to comment on Cuomo’s announcement.

Since leaving office, Cuomo has largely remained out of the public eye. However, CNN previously reported that he and his team had been laying the groundwork for a mayoral run for months, particularly in light of Adams’ recent controversies. Last week, signs of his intentions became clearer when allies launched a super PAC under the name “Fix the City,” according to State Board of Elections records.

Opponents Respond Swiftly

Cuomo’s announcement was met with immediate pushback from his competitors. There are at least eight other candidates in the race, and some lawmakers who oppose his return to office have been working behind the scenes to recruit additional challengers to counter his bid.

New York City Comptroller Brad Lander criticized Cuomo’s campaign, calling him an “agent of chaos.”

“The greatest city in the world deserves better than this,” Lander stated.

Scott Stringer, who ran for mayor in 2021 and is again a candidate, also responded with a video, arguing that Cuomo has always prioritized his own interests over the needs of New Yorkers.

“Being mayor of New York may help Andrew Cuomo, but it doesn’t do a damn thing for New Yorkers,” Stringer said.

Meanwhile, New York State Attorney General Letitia James, who led the investigation into the sexual harassment allegations against Cuomo, has reportedly been working to encourage City Council Speaker Adrienne Adams to enter the race. While Adrienne Adams has yet to officially announce her candidacy, she recently opened a campaign committee account, signaling she is seriously considering joining the contest.

Shortly after making his campaign announcement, Cuomo hit the campaign trail, beginning with a visit to the headquarters of the 32BJ SEIU union in Manhattan for a candidate screening. He later stopped for lunch at a Dominican restaurant in the Kingsbridge section of the Bronx. Videos posted on social media showed Cuomo shaking hands and greeting diners.

Leveraging Political Experience

Cuomo, the son of former New York Governor Mario Cuomo, has spent decades in politics. Before running for office, he served as President Bill Clinton’s Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. He initially ran for New York governor in 2002 but dropped out after a racially charged primary against then-State Comptroller Carl McCall. The experience was a major political setback, which Cuomo has described as one of the lowest points in his life.

He later rebounded by successfully running for New York attorney general in 2006 and then for governor in 2010.

During the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, Cuomo gained national prominence with his daily televised briefings, which became must-watch events for Americans under lockdown. However, his handling of the pandemic came under scrutiny, particularly a directive that required nursing homes to accept recovering COVID-19 patients. His administration faced accusations of manipulating data to conceal the impact of that policy on nursing home deaths.

Allegations of sexual harassment against Cuomo first emerged in December 2020. Charlotte Bennett, a former aide, claimed Cuomo asked her inappropriate questions about her sex life and mentioned his openness to relationships with younger women. Another former aide, Lindsey Boylan, alleged that Cuomo forcibly kissed her during a private meeting in his office.

Cuomo denied any wrongdoing but acknowledged that his comments may have been misinterpreted.

“I never touched anyone inappropriately,” he said. “I never knew at the time that I was making anyone feel uncomfortable.”

Boylan responded to Cuomo’s mayoral bid by stating, “New York City deserves better.” In a Vanity Fair article, she warned voters that Cuomo’s leadership could be worse than Adams’.

A Bid for Redemption

Cuomo’s return to politics has been in the works for months. According to a source familiar with his strategy, his campaign is not about apologizing but about presenting himself as the right leader to tackle the city’s problems. With concerns over crime, public safety, and affordability dominating voters’ minds, Cuomo believes his experience makes him the best candidate for the job.

The political landscape has shifted since his departure. Although opponents are certain to highlight his past controversies, Cuomo has recently secured some legal victories that may help him reshape his narrative. Charlotte Bennett dropped her lawsuit against him in December, just before she was scheduled to be deposed. However, she later accused Cuomo of using the legal process to intimidate her and her loved ones.

“Throughout this extraordinarily painful two-year case, I’ve many times believed that I’d be better off dead than endure more of his litigation abuse,” Bennett said. “I desperately need to live my life. That’s the choice I am making today.”

After the case was dropped, Cuomo quickly announced his intention to sue Bennett for defamation.

Cuomo’s campaign is relying on a close-knit team of veteran aides, including Melissa DeRosa, his former secretary, and Richard Azzopardi, his longtime spokesperson. He has also sought advice from campaign strategists like Chris Coffey and Steven Cohen, who previously worked in his attorney general’s office.

With only four months until the primary, Cuomo’s candidacy adds a significant twist to the race. He has nearly $8 million in campaign funds that he may be able to use, giving him a financial edge over his opponents.

A Familiar Strategy

Despite never running for mayor before, Cuomo understands New York City’s political dynamics. Winning requires building a coalition of Black and Latino voters, union members, and moderate White voters. While New York City remains a Democratic stronghold, the city’s political climate has shifted slightly rightward in recent years, as some voters have grown disenchanted with progressive policies.

In his campaign video, Cuomo does not directly criticize Trump but expresses a willingness to collaborate with the federal government.

“I have worked with President Trump in many different situations, and I hope President Trump remembers his hometown and works with us to make it better,” Cuomo says.

Although he promotes his leadership experience, Cuomo faces significant obstacles, including his past scandals and the city’s ranked-choice voting system, which may complicate his path to victory.

Cuomo frames himself as a moderate Democrat capable of addressing New York City’s crisis, emphasizing public safety and economic recovery. His proposals include expanding the NYPD’s presence in subways, improving public housing, and regulating e-bikes.

“We know that today our New York City is in trouble. You feel it when you walk down the street and try not to make eye contact with a mentally ill homeless person or when the anxiety rises in your chest as you walk into the subway,” Cuomo states. “The city just feels threatening, out of control, and in crisis.”

Without mentioning Adams by name, Cuomo criticizes what he calls “failed Democratic leadership” and the absence of “intelligent action” in city government.

His entrance into the race ensures that the 2025 mayoral election will be one of the most competitive in decades.

European Leaders Rally Behind Zelenskyy as Trans-Atlantic Ties Fray

Even before the dramatic Oval Office confrontation between President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, relations between the U.S. and Europe were growing increasingly strained.

Following Friday’s diplomatic breakdown between Trump, Zelenskyy, and Vice President JD Vance, the future of the trans-Atlantic alliance, which has endured for eight decades, appears uncertain.

In a striking rebuke to Trump, European leaders expressed their unwavering support for Zelenskyy. Trump had accused Zelenskyy of being “disrespectful” and “gambling with World War III” by continuing Ukraine’s resistance against Russia’s invasion.

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen praised Zelenskyy’s resolve, posting on X, “Zelenskyy’s dignity honors the bravery of the Ukrainian people. Be strong, be brave, be fearless. You are never alone, dear President Zelenskyy. We will continue working with you for a just and lasting peace.”

Germany’s likely next leader, Friedrich Merz, reaffirmed his stance, emphasizing that “we must never confuse aggressor and victim in this terrible war.” French President Emmanuel Macron also voiced strong support, stressing the importance of respecting the Ukrainians “fighting for their dignity, their independence, for their children and for the security of Europe.”

Perhaps the most striking statement came from European Union foreign minister Kaja Kallas, who asserted, “Today it became clear that the free world needs a new leader. It’s up to us, Europeans, to take this challenge.”

However, not everyone sided against Trump. Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban characterized the tense Oval Office meeting as “difficult” but commended Trump, saying he “stood bravely for peace.” Meanwhile, some observers argued that Zelenskyy escalated tensions unnecessarily by publicly challenging a far more powerful negotiating partner upon whom Ukraine heavily depends.

For Zelenskyy’s supporters, these European leaders’ strong backing reflects a belief that Ukraine’s struggle is not just a localized war but part of a broader hybrid conflict. They contend that Russia’s aggression extends beyond the battlefield, encompassing cyberattacks on Western democracies. They fear that granting Moscow a symbolic victory in Ukraine could embolden further expansionist moves. This concern is heightened by accusations that Trump is undermining the alliance by pressuring U.S. allies while fostering closer ties with Russian President Vladimir Putin, who is widely regarded in Europe as a war criminal.

This growing unease explains why U.S.-Europe relations were fraying even before the recent diplomatic debacle. Over the past several weeks, there have been increasing indications that European powers are seeking greater autonomy from their long-standing reliance on Washington.

Following his center-right Christian Democratic Union party’s victory in Germany’s elections, Merz signaled a shift in priorities. “My absolute priority will be to strengthen Europe as quickly as possible so that, step by step, we can really achieve independence from the U.S.,” he declared. He also questioned whether NATO’s upcoming June summit would maintain the alliance in its current form or require the rapid establishment of an independent European defense structure.

His remarks were particularly striking, given his traditionally pro-American stance. They suggested not only a willingness to boost defense spending—something Trump has long demanded—but also a desire for Europe to chart its own course. “I never thought I would have to say such a thing on a television program,” he admitted.

Yet, many questions remain about what this European military independence would entail. Would it require Europe to match U.S. defense spending within NATO? Leaders like Macron and British Prime Minister Keir Starmer have expressed no desire to reduce cooperation with Washington. Alternatively, would the U.S. gradually withdraw from its European commitments altogether?

Regardless of the approach, the challenges are immense. The U.S. military’s deep integration into Europe means that its removal would leave critical gaps in air defense, military satellites, and cyber capabilities. Sven Biscop, a director at the Brussels-based Egmont Institute, warned that such a shift would create “huge holes” in European security infrastructure.

Since World War II, the U.S. has provided military protection to Europe in exchange for influence across the continent. Unraveling this interdependence would require hundreds of billions of dollars—costs that would likely fall on European taxpayers already struggling with a cost-of-living crisis and cuts to public services.

Last year, the European Union’s collective defense budget stood at $457 billion, far below the U.S. defense budget of $968 billion. Even Russia’s military spending, at $462 billion, surpassed that of the EU, despite Russia’s smaller economy. Since its invasion of Ukraine three years ago, Moscow has refocused its entire economy on military production.

Achieving full European military deterrence without U.S. support would take a minimum of five years, according to Luigi Scazzieri, assistant director at the London-based Centre for European Reform. “You can probably get something that fills a large part of the gap in two to three years—but only with a lot of urgency,” he added.

Despite these logistical hurdles, Merz’s statements reflect an acknowledgment that trans-Atlantic relations are entering a new phase. Sophia Besch, a senior Europe fellow at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, noted that the Trump administration “no longer acknowledges shared community of values, shared interests, and puts forward a very ‘great power competition’ view of the world, where Europe is a side player and Russia is an equal.”

Merz is not alone in his call for European self-reliance. Macron has long advocated for Europe to reduce its dependence on Washington. In response to Merz’s remarks, Macron declared, “We are experiencing a historic moment. It can lead to an unprecedented Franco-German agreement.”

Biscop believes that European leaders must act swiftly to organize this shift in defense strategy. He suggested forming a European “war Cabinet” to coordinate efforts, potentially including leaders such as Britain’s Starmer, Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk, NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte, and the EU’s von der Leyen.

“They need agility and they need to move fast,” Biscop urged. “Even faster on Ukraine—because the Americans and Russians are already negotiating.”

As tensions between Washington and Europe continue to rise, the question remains whether Europe can truly break free from its historical reliance on U.S. military and economic support. For now, leaders across the continent appear determined to chart a new course—one that may redefine the future of the trans-Atlantic alliance.

India Leads Global Whisky Market with Unmatched Sales

When people think of whisky (or whiskey in the U.S. and Ireland), they often picture Scotland’s rolling highlands or distilleries steeped in centuries-old traditions. However, the best-selling whiskies in the world today come from an unexpected source: India.

In collaboration with Rare Whisky 101, Visual Capitalist has analyzed recent whisky sales to identify the most popular brands worldwide.

The Dominance of Indian Whisky

The global alcohol industry is currently valued at approximately $1.8 trillion and is projected to expand at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 9.7% between 2025 and 2030. A significant portion of this growth is being driven by the Indian and Chinese markets, where demand for luxury and artisanal beverages is surging. Given this trend, it is not surprising that eight of the world’s 20 most popular whisky brands originate from India.

Below is a ranking of the world’s best-selling whisky brands based on sales volume in million 9-liter cases:

Rank Brand Country Sales (Million 9L Cases)
1 McDowell’s Whisky India 31.4
2 Royal Stag India 27.9
3 Officer’s Choice India 23.4
4 Imperial Blue India 22.8
5 Johnnie Walker Scotland 22.1
6 Jim Beam U.S. 17.0
7 Suntory Kakubin Japan 15.8
8 Jack Daniel’s Tennessee Whiskey U.S. 14.3
9 8PM India 12.2
10 Jameson’s Ireland 10.2
11 Blender’s Pride India 9.6
12 Royal Challenge India 8.6
13 Ballantine’s Scotland 8.2
14 Crown Royal Canada 7.7
15 Canadian Club Canada 6.0
16 Sterling Reserve Premium Whiskies India 5.1
17 Chivas Regal Scotland 4.6
18 Grant’s Scotland 4.4
19 William Lawson’s Scotland 3.4
20 Dewar’s Scotland 3.3

Top 10 Wealthiest States in India and Their Economic Strength

India’s alcohol industry is vast and expanding at a rate significantly faster than the global average. According to estimates from The Spirits Business, India’s alcohol market is projected to be seven times larger in 2027 than it was in 2019. This exceptional growth highlights the country’s strong preference for whisky.

Why India’s Whisky Market Stands Out

India’s whisky market has flourished due to the country’s deep-rooted enthusiasm for the drink. While India imports whisky from renowned producers in Scotland, the U.S., and Japan, it is the country’s locally made whiskies that dominate global sales.

The most popular Indian whisky, McDowell’s, is also the best-selling whisky in the world. In 2023, the brand recorded sales of 31.4 million cases, reflecting a 2.1% increase from the previous year. To put this in perspective, McDowell’s nearly doubled the sales of the most popular American whisky, Jim Beam.

A Global Whisky Market Driven by India

The global whisky industry is currently shaped by soaring demand for premium and luxury spirits in large markets like India. This shift has positioned India as a dominant force in the whisky industry, with its brands consistently surpassing global sales figures from other regions.

For those interested in exploring whisky trends further, Rare Whisky 101 offers one of the most comprehensive whisky databases in the world. It includes regional sales comparisons, valuations of rare Scotch bottles, and much more.

Top 10 Wealthiest States in India and Their Economic Strength

India’s economic structure is shaped by the contributions of its 28 states, each playing a significant role in the nation’s Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP). Some states have gained wealth through advancements in agriculture, tourism, and technology. Maharashtra leads as the richest state in India, with Mumbai serving as its financial hub and home to Bollywood and numerous multinational corporations. Tamil Nadu, known for its IT, textile, and automotive industries, ranks second. Karnataka, particularly Bengaluru, recognized as India’s tech capital, secures the third position. Other states benefit from natural resources, industrial growth, and trade, which help sustain their economies.

Top 10 Richest States in India and Their Annual GSDP

The following list, based on Forbes data for 2024–2025, highlights the wealthiest states in India and the primary sources of their economic strength.

Rank State Name GSDP (2024-2025)
1 Maharashtra ₹42.67 Lakh Crore
2 Tamil Nadu ₹31.55 Lakh Crore
3 Karnataka ₹28.09 Lakh Crore
4 Gujarat ₹27.9 Lakh Crore
5 Uttar Pradesh ₹24.99 Lakh Crore
6 West Bengal ₹18.8 Lakh Crore
7 Rajasthan ₹17.8 Lakh Crore
8 Telangana ₹16.5 Lakh Crore
9 Andhra Pradesh ₹15.89 Lakh Crore
10 Madhya Pradesh ₹15.22 Lakh Crore

Overview of the Wealthiest States and Their Economic Drivers

  1. Maharashtra
  2. Maharashtra continues to be India’s economic powerhouse, with a projected GSDP of ₹42.67 lakh crore for 2024–2025. The state’s economy thrives on manufacturing, entertainment, banking, and information technology. Mumbai, India’s financial capital, houses major financial institutions and corporate headquarters, further strengthening its economic dominance.
  3. Tamil Nadu

Tamil Nadu’s economy, estimated at ₹31.55 lakh crore in 2024–2025, is diverse, encompassing manufacturing, textiles, automotive, and information technology. The state’s coastal location provides an advantage for trade and exports, boosting its financial standing.

  1. Karnataka

Karnataka is anticipated to record a GSDP of ₹28.09 lakh crore in 2024–2025. The state is known for its strong manufacturing, biotechnology, aerospace, and IT sectors. Bengaluru, its capital, is often called the “Silicon Valley of India” due to its thriving tech industry.

  1. Gujarat

Gujarat has established itself as an industrial hub, specializing in petrochemicals, textiles, and pharmaceuticals. The state’s economy, projected at ₹27.9 lakh crore, benefits from significant investments, excellent infrastructure, and policies that favor businesses.

  1. Uttar Pradesh

With a GSDP of ₹24.99 lakh crore, Uttar Pradesh maintains its economic strength largely through agriculture, particularly the production of rice, wheat, and sugarcane. Additionally, the state has recently witnessed growth in manufacturing and service industries, further diversifying its economic base.

  1. West Bengal

West Bengal’s economy, valued at ₹18.8 lakh crore, is supported by agriculture, manufacturing, and the service sector. As India’s leading producer of jute and paddy, the state also has a growing IT sector, particularly in Kolkata, which contributes to its overall development.

  1. Rajasthan

Rajasthan’s economy, estimated at ₹17.8 lakh crore, relies on tourism, mining, and agriculture. The state’s historical landmarks and cultural heritage attract a large number of tourists, making tourism a key economic driver.

  1. Telangana

Telangana’s economy is expected to reach ₹16.5 lakh crore in 2024–2025, driven primarily by IT, pharmaceuticals, and biotechnology. Hyderabad, the state capital, serves as a major IT hub, attracting investments from global technology firms.

  1. Andhra Pradesh

Agriculture remains the backbone of Andhra Pradesh’s economy, with a GSDP of ₹15.89 lakh crore. The state is also focusing on horticulture and expanding its manufacturing sector to strengthen economic growth.

  1. Madhya Pradesh

Madhya Pradesh’s economy, projected at ₹15.22 lakh crore, depends on agriculture, mining, and forestry. The state is a leading producer of wheat, soybeans, and pulses, and is gradually moving towards industrialization to further economic progress.

Zelensky Urges Stronger U.S. Support After Heated Clash with Trump

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky has called on the United States to “stand more firmly on our side” following what he described as a “tough dialogue” with former U.S. President Donald Trump.

Zelensky stated that Ukraine is prepared to finalize the U.S.-proposed minerals deal but stressed that Kyiv requires concrete security guarantees from Washington.

His remarks follow a heated exchange at the White House on Friday, during which Trump accused him of “gambling with World War Three.”

Meanwhile, the British government has confirmed that Prime Minister Keir Starmer will host Zelensky at Downing Street today. This meeting comes ahead of an important summit with European leaders set for Sunday.

How U.S. Media Outlets Are Reacting

American media outlets are actively covering the fallout from last night’s public diplomatic standoff between Zelensky and Trump.

Fox News ran the headline “‘World War III’ fears,” previewing an interview with Zelensky conducted by host Bret Baier. In the interview, Baier questioned whether Zelensky believed the relationship with Trump could be salvaged after the confrontation.

Bloomberg’s front page carried the headline: “President Zelensky’s blow-up with Trump leaves allies facing disaster.”

The Washington Post reported that the “fiery meeting” in the Oval Office had “upended Trump’s Russia-Ukraine peace deal.” Meanwhile, CNN focused on the global implications, running the headline: “Western leaders scramble to back Ukraine.”

MSNBC’s Anthony L. Fisher characterized the encounter as a disgraceful moment for the United States, writing, “Trump’s Oval Office meeting with Zelensky was a shameful moment for America.”

The New York Times framed the incident as emblematic of a broader shift in U.S. foreign policy, stating that the meeting “points to Trump’s foreign policy revolution.”

Ukrainian Reactions: ‘Trump Looks Like a Partner for Russia’

The reaction in Ukraine has been swift, particularly from residents in Lviv, located in the western part of the country.

One local commented that Trump does not seem to be aligned with Ukraine’s interests, saying, “He looks like a partner for Russia.”

Another citizen expressed the need for greater European involvement, stating, “Europe should be much more active economically and in terms of military support.”

A third resident noted that he had low expectations ahead of Zelensky’s trip to Washington, suggesting that the recent developments have only reinforced doubts about U.S. commitment.

Observers have pointed out that the once-solid alliance between Ukraine and the U.S. appears to be fracturing, forcing European nations to step in and fill the gaps, particularly in terms of military aid.

The White House meeting itself has drawn mixed interpretations—some viewing it as a moment of necessary bluntness, while others see it as a display of arrogance.

Senator JD Vance’s involvement in the confrontation also stood out. Typically, vice presidents play a more restrained role in high-level diplomatic meetings, but Vance’s aggressive approach surprised many.

Zelensky, appearing visibly frustrated, engaged in the verbal sparring, escalating tensions further. “I’ve never seen anything like last night’s argument in the White House before,” an observer remarked. Some speculate that the confrontation was orchestrated to provoke the Ukrainian leader.

Moscow Watches as U.S.-Ukraine Tensions Rise

The Kremlin has taken a cautious approach in responding to the fallout from the White House meeting. Russian President Vladimir Putin has not commented on the situation, though analysts believe the confrontation played into Moscow’s hands.

During a meeting with Russian security officials, Putin acknowledged that Trump’s stance on Russia offers some “hope” but refrained from making any predictions about whether improved relations with Washington could influence the war in Ukraine.

Despite increased diplomatic engagement between Moscow and the White House, no concrete agreements have emerged, and there is no scheduled meeting between Trump and Putin.

For Russia, the optics of Trump and Vance confronting Zelensky serve as an unexpected strategic advantage. Nevertheless, while rhetoric may be shifting, the war in Ukraine persists, and fears over U.S. aid reductions have yet to materialize.

Putin appears to be treading carefully, ensuring that his comments do not alienate the Trump administration while also maintaining Russia’s longstanding adversarial stance toward the U.S.

A Devastating Visit for Ukraine

Regardless of whether Zelensky was intentionally provoked or should have handled the situation with greater diplomacy, the visit to Washington proved to be disastrous for Ukraine.

Many Ukrainians watching from Kyiv perceived the encounter as a moment of existential importance for their nation.

Yulia, a Kyiv resident, defended Zelensky’s approach, saying, “It was an emotional conversation, but I understand our president. Maybe it wasn’t diplomatic, but it was sincere. It’s about life, we want to live.”

Andriy, a 30-year-old local, criticized Trump and Vance’s conduct. “They were so rude,” he said. “They don’t respect the people of Ukraine.”

Dmytro, 26, voiced concerns that U.S. policy might be shifting in Russia’s favor. “It looks like Washington supports Russia,” he observed.

Inna Sovsun, a Ukrainian member of parliament, described the reaction in Kyiv as one of “shock.”

“It was difficult to watch a president who’s been a victim of Russian aggression being attacked by the leader of the free world,” she said. “It’s painful.”

Moscow Declares Zelensky’s Trip a Failure

Russia has wasted no time in labeling Zelensky’s visit to Washington as a diplomatic disaster.

Maria Zakharova, the Kremlin’s foreign ministry spokeswoman, claimed the Ukrainian leader was “obsessed” with prolonging the war. She reiterated Moscow’s goals of “demilitarizing” Ukraine and permanently annexing occupied territories.

Zakharova also accused Zelensky of being a reckless instigator of global conflict. “With his outrageously rude behavior during his stay in Washington, Zelensky confirmed that he is the most dangerous threat to the world community as an irresponsible instigator of a major war,” she said.

She added that Kyiv and certain European capitals must recognize this reality if there is to be any hope for a peaceful resolution to the crisis.

Meanwhile, Putin remains silent on the Oval Office incident. While world leaders have weighed in, the Russian president has opted to observe developments from the sidelines.

However, former Russian President Dmitry Medvedev did not hold back. Writing on social media, Medvedev said Zelensky had been “slapped down in the Oval Office” and urged Washington to halt military assistance to Ukraine.

Zelensky Calls for U.S. Support as the War Continues

Zelensky has reiterated his plea for stronger U.S. backing, emphasizing that Ukraine needs more than just diplomatic assurances.

Posting on X, he reaffirmed his willingness to sign a minerals deal with Trump but underscored the necessity of clear security commitments from Washington.

His remarks come in the wake of the contentious Oval Office meeting, where he faced sharp criticism from Trump and Vice President JD Vance.

Trump has since characterized the encounter as a misstep for Zelensky, asserting that the Ukrainian leader “overplayed his hand with a weak set of cards.”

Following his Washington visit, Zelensky has arrived in London, where he is set to meet Prime Minister Keir Starmer. Later, he will attend a European summit where Ukraine’s security and military aid will be key discussion points.

Meanwhile, the war rages on in Ukraine. The city of Kharkiv has suffered further casualties following a Russian drone attack, highlighting the ongoing devastation despite the political drama unfolding on the world stage.

Maha Kumbh Mela 2025 Concludes with Record-Breaking Devotee Participation

The Maha Kumbh Mela 2025, recognized as one of the largest religious congregations globally, concluded on Wednesday after a 45-day-long celebration in Prayagraj, Uttar Pradesh.

This year’s event set a historic record, with nearly 66 crore devotees taking a dip at the Triveni Sangam, the sacred confluence of the Ganga, Yamuna, and the mythical Saraswati rivers. Reports suggest that the number of pilgrims who attended the Kumbh Mela was approximately twice the population of the United States, which is estimated to be around 34 crore.

The Kumbh Mela is a deeply significant religious gathering that draws millions of pilgrims, saints, and visitors seeking spiritual cleansing and blessings.

The Next Kumbh Mela in 2027

The forthcoming Kumbh Mela is scheduled to take place in 2027 in Nashik, Maharashtra. This religious event will be organized at Trimbakeshwar, a sacred site located roughly 38 kilometers from Nashik. The city is situated along the banks of the Godavari River, India’s second-longest river, and is renowned for the Trimbakeshwar Shiva Temple, one of the twelve revered Jyotirlingas.

According to reports, the Kumbh Mela in Nashik will be held from July 17 to August 17, 2027. The event is expected to draw millions of devotees from around the world, continuing the centuries-old tradition of mass pilgrimage and ritual bathing in the holy river.

During the NASSCOM Technology and Leadership Forum 2025 in Mumbai, Maharashtra Chief Minister Devendra Fadnavis shared his vision for integrating advanced technology into the 2027 Nashik Kumbh Mela. He emphasized how technological innovations would play a crucial role in allowing those unable to physically visit the site to participate in the holy experience virtually.

“Technology will play a key role in enabling those unable to bathe in the holy water to experience it virtually,” Fadnavis stated, highlighting the potential of digital advancements in broadening access to religious practices.

Why Is the Next Kumbh Mela in Just Three Years?

Kumbh Melas are held in four major cities—Prayagraj, Haridwar, Nashik, and Ujjain—with at least one of these grand religious gatherings taking place every three years.

The event that occurs every four years is referred to as the Kumbh Mela, whereas the version held every six years is known as the Ardh Kumbh Mela. The Purna Kumbh Mela, which takes place every 12 years, is considered a highly significant religious occasion. The recently concluded Maha Kumbh Mela is believed to be an even rarer event, occurring only once every 144 years.

Key Highlights of Maha Kumbh Mela 2025

The Maha Kumbh Mela 2025 attracted a host of notable figures, including Prime Minister Narendra Modi, Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath, and Gujarat Chief Minister Bhupendrabhai Patel. Business magnates Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani were also present at the event, emphasizing the significance of the gathering in both religious and socio-cultural spheres.

Several Bollywood celebrities were among the attendees, with actors such as Akshay Kumar, Katrina Kaif, and Vicky Kaushal making their presence felt. The internationally acclaimed lead singer of Coldplay, Chris Martin, also participated in the religious event, marking a rare appearance by a global music icon at the Kumbh Mela.

Additionally, the event witnessed the participation of at least 118 diplomats representing 77 different countries, showcasing its far-reaching impact beyond Indian borders. The massive scale of this gathering, along with its cultural and religious significance, reaffirmed the Kumbh Mela’s status as one of the most extraordinary spiritual events in the world.

European Leaders Rally Behind Zelensky After White House Clash with Trump

European leaders have expressed strong support for Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky following his tense encounter with former U.S. President Donald Trump at the White House.

Leaders from Germany, France, Spain, Poland, and the Netherlands took to social media to reaffirm their backing for Ukraine. Zelensky responded to each message, personally thanking them for their solidarity.

Zelensky has since traveled to London for a summit hosted by UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer, whose government has emphasized its unwavering commitment to Ukraine, according to Downing Street.

The show of European unity follows a heated exchange in the Oval Office on Friday, where Trump told Zelensky to negotiate a settlement with Russia or risk losing U.S. support.

During the confrontation, Trump criticized Zelensky for not showing enough gratitude for the military and political aid the U.S. has provided to Ukraine in its war against Russia. Trump warned him that failing to appreciate this assistance was akin to “gambling with World War Three.”

As international leaders reacted to the confrontation, social media was flooded with messages of support for Ukraine, including statements from the prime ministers of Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. Zelensky responded to each one with a simple but direct acknowledgment: “Thank you for your support.”

French President Emmanuel Macron strongly condemned Russia’s actions, stating, “There is an aggressor: Russia. There is a victim: Ukraine. We were right to help Ukraine and sanction Russia three years ago—and to keep doing so.”

Dutch Prime Minister Dick Schoof reiterated the Netherlands’ commitment, writing, “We support Ukraine now more than ever. We want a lasting peace and an end to the war of aggression started by Russia. For Ukraine and its people, and for Europe.”

Germany’s outgoing Chancellor Olaf Scholz stressed the Ukrainian people’s desire for peace, remarking, “No one wants peace more than the citizens of Ukraine.” His expected successor, Friedrich Merz, reinforced this stance, stating, “We stand with Ukraine” and emphasizing that the world “must never confuse aggressor and victim in this terrible war.”

Spain’s Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez kept his message straightforward: “Ukraine, Spain stands with you.” Meanwhile, Poland’s Prime Minister Donald Tusk addressed Zelensky and the Ukrainian people directly, stating, “Dear [Zelensky], dear Ukrainian friends, you are not alone.”

European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen praised Zelensky’s leadership, stating, “Your dignity honors the bravery of the Ukrainian people.”

Beyond Europe, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau assured, “Canada will continue to stand with Ukraine and Ukrainians in achieving a just and lasting peace.”

Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese echoed similar sentiments, writing, “Australia has proudly supported the brave people of Ukraine in their struggle to defend their sovereignty against the brutality of Russian aggression and in support of international law.”

Additional statements of support came from Austria, Belgium, Croatia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Moldova, Romania, Sweden, and Slovenia.

However, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán offered a different perspective, siding with Trump. He posted, “Strong men make peace, weak men make war. Today President @realDonaldTrump stood bravely for peace. Even if it was difficult for many to digest. Thank you, Mr. President!”

Following his confrontation with Trump, Zelensky left the White House earlier than expected. Nevertheless, he later expressed gratitude to Trump on social media, writing, “Ukraine needs just and lasting peace, and we are working exactly for that.”

On Saturday, Zelensky took to the messaging platform Telegram to emphasize the significance of global attention on Ukraine. “It is very important for us that Ukraine is heard and that no one forgets about it, neither during the war nor after,” he wrote.

He added, “It is important for people in Ukraine to know that they are not alone, that their interests are represented in every country, in every corner of the world.”

In an interview with Fox News after his White House visit, Zelensky admitted that his dispute with Trump was “not good for both sides” but expressed hope that their working relationship could be repaired.

The tense encounter unfolded as the two leaders were set to sign an agreement granting the U.S. access to Ukraine’s deposits of rare earth minerals. However, the conversation took a turn when U.S. Vice President JD Vance, who was present in the meeting, suggested that the war needed to be concluded through diplomatic means.

Zelensky pushed back, asking, “What kind of diplomacy?” He referenced a 2019 ceasefire agreement negotiated before Russia’s full-scale invasion, a deal that took place while Moscow was still backing separatist forces in eastern Ukraine.

Vance, in response, accused Zelensky of being disrespectful and “litigating” the conflict in front of the media. The conversation grew increasingly tense as both sides interrupted each other.

Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni has since called for an urgent summit between the U.S., Europe, and other allies to address the situation in Ukraine.

On Sunday, Sir Keir Starmer is set to host critical talks at Downing Street, where European leaders will discuss potential strategies for enforcing a future peace agreement.

The UK Prime Minister believes that any lasting settlement will require U.S. military assets to play a role in monitoring and enforcing the terms. This could include intelligence-sharing, surveillance efforts, and possibly even air support to deter further aggression from Russian President Vladimir Putin.

From H-1B Visa to Billionaire: Raj Sardana’s Journey from Humble Beginnings to Innova Solutions

A recent Forbes report highlighting billionaire immigrants who began their careers in the United States on an H-1B visa features only a few individuals of Indian origin. One of them is Raj Sardana, the founder and CEO of Innova Solutions. Sardana, who initially moved to the U.S. for higher education, built his business from the ground up and has now amassed a fortune of $2 billion.

Born in 1960 to Punjabi parents who had migrated to India during the Partition of 1947, Sardana spent his early years in government housing in New Delhi. His family lacked modern amenities, living without heating, air conditioning, a refrigerator, a phone, a television, or a car, as reported by HT.

“Despite our humble beginnings, my parents instilled the values of relentless hard work and found a way to provide quality education to me and my brother,” Sardana shared in an interview with Authority Magazine.

Moving to the U.S. with Only $100

In 1981, Sardana relocated to the United States to pursue a master’s degree in mechanical engineering at Georgia Tech. Arriving with merely $100 in his possession, he took up a job in the college cafeteria to sustain himself financially.

“I started my life from scratch here,” he said. “I got a job at the cafeteria of Georgia Tech and supported myself through college.”

Upon completing his studies, he obtained an H-1 visa—predecessor to the current H-1B visa—and secured employment at Howmet Aerospace.

A Career Setback That Paved the Way for Success

By 1987, Sardana had landed a prestigious position at Teledyne CAE, a company engaged in the manufacturing of Tomahawk missile engines. However, in 1990, with the Cold War coming to an end, missile production was discontinued, and Sardana found himself unemployed.

“I had just bought a house with a mortgage, had a six-month-old daughter, and my parents were also living with me. At that moment, I had no income to support my family,” he recalled.

Rather than searching for another job, he chose to embark on an entrepreneurial journey.

Establishing Innova Solutions from the Ground Up

With savings amounting to $25,000, Sardana launched his own business. Over the next decade, his efforts culminated in the creation of Innova Solutions, an IT services firm. Today, the company has expanded to employ over 50,000 individuals across the globe, and Sardana’s net worth has soared to $2 billion.

-+=